1? 

i    — H 

■: 

t:i:i:^^^:^:j;>                                   >:::^:o:::^:::i:^>;^;^i^i  :"i- 

T 

f\ -a-  'rr 

TlV-  T 

Xv 

W^iKJI 

i8H 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT  LOS  ANGELES 


DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE 

BUREAU  OF  THE  CENSUS 

SAM.  L.  ROGERS,  Director 


CENSUS 

OF  THE 

VIRGIN  ISLAND 

OF  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


NOVEMBER  1,  1917 


PREPARED  UNDER  THE  SUPERVISION  OP 

EUGENE  F,  HARTLEY 

CHIEF  STATISTICIAN  FOE  MANUFACTUKE3 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
.■>    ■  ■  JOt£ 


U7V7 
1  vj 

CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Geography H 

Harbors 12 

Trade  with  the  United  States 14 

Minerals,  flora,  and  fauna 16 

Climate  and  rainfall 16 

History 18 

Efforts  to  acquire  the  islands 22 

Government 24 

St.  Croix  (Santa  Cruz)  Island 24 

St.  John  Island 25 

St.  Thomas  Island 26 

Treaty  between  Denmark  and  the  United  States 28 

Act  to  provide  a  temporary  government  for  the  Virgin  Islands 33 

POPULATION. 

Introduction 35 

Population  and  its  distribution 36 

Total  population 36 

Decrease  in  population 37 

Causes  of  decrease  in  populatirm 37 

Population  of  cities 40 

Urban  and  rural  population  compared 41 

Table  3. — Total  population  for  islands,  cities,  and  rural  districts:  1835- 

1917 41 

Density  of  population 43 

Minor  civil  di\dsions 44 

Color  or  race 44 

Sex  distribution 46 

Table  10. — Males  and  females  and  ratio  of  males  to  females  for  islands, 

cities,  and  rural  districts:  1917 49 

Age  distribution 50 

Table  11. — Distribution  by  sex  and  age  periods:  1917  and  1911 51 

Table  12. — Distribution  by  sex  and  broad  age  periods  for  islands,  cities, 

and  rural  districts:  1917 53 

Table  13. — Distribution  by  age  periods  and  by  each  year  of  age  for  per- 
sons under  25  years  of  age :  1917 54 

Marital  condition 56 

Table  15. — Marital  condition  of  the  population  15  years  of  age  and  over, 

for  islands,  cities,  and  rural  districts:  1917 58 

Table  16. — Marital  condition  of  the  tatal  population,  by  color  or  race  and 

age  periods:  1917 59 

(3) 


16041!'" 


CONTENTS. 


Place  of  birth 61 

Table  17. — Place  of  birth  and  color  or  race:  1917 61" 

Males  of  voting  and  militia  ages 62 

Citizenship 63 

School  attendance 65 

Table  24. — Persons  5  to  20  years  of  age  attending  school,  by  age  periods: 

1917 66 

Table  25. — Persons  5  to  20  years  of  age  attending  school,  by  age  periods, 

for  islands,  cities,  and  rural  districts:  1917 67 

Table  26. — Persons  5  to  21  years  of  age  attending  school,  by  single  years 

of  age :  1917 69 

Illiteracy 70 

Table  27. — Illiterates  in  the  population  10  years  of  age  and  over,  for  islands, 

cities,  and  rural  districts:  1917 71 

Table  29. — Illiterates  in  the  population  10  years  of  age  and  over:  1917.  ...  73 

Inability  to  speak  English 73 

Dwellings  and  families 74 

Occupations 75 

Number  and  proportion  of  persons  occupied 75 

Number  and  proportion  of  persons  in  the  general  di\dsions  of  occupations.  77 

Persons  occupied,  distributed  by  sex 78 

Persons  occupied,  distributed  by  age  periods 78 

Persons  occupied ,  distributed  by  color  or  race 80 

Persons  occupied ,  distributed  by  marital  condition 81 

Description  of  the  occupation  general  tables 82 

Table  41. — Total  persons  10  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  each  specified 

occupation,  classified  by  sex :  1917 83 

Table  42. — Total  persons  10  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  each  specified 

occupation,  classified  by  sex,  for  islands  and  cities:  1917 85 

Table  43. — Total  persons  10  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  selected 
occupations,  classified  by  age  periods,  color  or  race,  and  sex,  and  by  mar- 
ital condition  for  persons  16  years  of  age  and  over:  1917 88 

Table  44. — Total  males  and  females  10  years  of  age  and  over  in  selected 
occupations,  classified  by  age  periods  and  color  or  race,  and  by  marital 

condition  for  persons  16  years  of  age  and  over,  for  islands  and  cities:  1917 .  94 

Wages  and  hours  of  labor 106 

Table  45. — ^Wages  received,  hours  worked  per  day,  and  days  worked  per 

year,  by  employees  in  each  specified  occupation:  1917 108 

AGRICULTURE. 

Introduction 113 

Area  of  enumeration 113 

Schedules  and  methods  of  canvass 113 

Definitions 113 

Text  discussion  of  tables 114 

Value  of  farm  products 114 

P'arms  and  farm  property 114 

Farm  data  for  the  islands:  1917 ]  14 

Farm  tenure 116 

Farnas  by  size  groups 119 


CONTENTS.  5 

Page. 

Live  stock  on  farms  and  elsewhere 121 

Live  stock  on  farms 121 

Live  stock  not  on  farms 123 

Live  stock  on  farms  and  not  on  farms 123 

Live-stock  products 123 

Poultry  products 124 

Honey  and  wax - 124 

Crops 124 

Summary 1 24 

Tropical  fruits  and  nuts 124 

Forest  products 125 

Selected  farm  expenses 125 

Farm  expenses 125 

Receipts  from  sales  of  feedable  crops 126 

Age  of  farmers 120 

Age  of  farm  operator 126 

Term  of  occupancy  of  farms 127 

Term  of  occupancy 127 

Table  15. — Farms  and  farm  property,  and  live  stock  not  on  farms:  Novem- 
ber 1,  1917 128 

Table  16.^ — Number,  acreage,  and  value  of  farms,  classified  by  tenure  and 

color  of  farmers;  by  islands:  November  1,  1917 130 

Table  17. — Value  of  all  crops  and  principal  classes  thereof,  and  acreage  and 

production  of  principal  crops,  by  islands:  1917 130 

MANUFACTURES. 

Introduction 131 

General  summary 132 

Sugar 133 

Liquors,  distilled — Rum 133 

Bay  rum 133 

Bread  and  other  bakery  products 133 

Wage  earners  employed,  by  months 134 

Prevailing  hours  of  labor 134 

Location  of  establishments 135 

Character  of  ownership 136 

Engines  and  power 136 

Fuel 137 

Special  statistics ]  37 

General  table 137 

Table  9. — Detail  statement  for  the  Virgin  Island  group,  for  each  island 

and  each  city:  1917 138 

FISHERIES. 

Introduction 141 

General  summary 142 

Persons  engaged 143 

Equipment 143 

Products 144 


6  CONTENTS. 

MAPS. 

Page. 

Fig.  1 .  The  Virgin  Islands 10 

Fig.  2.  The  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States — Location  with  respect  to  the 
principal  Atlantic  trade  routes 15 

ILLUSTRATIONS. 

Facing  page. 
Fig.  3.  Bird's-eye  view  of  Charlotte  Amalie  and  western  part  of  St.  Thomas 

Harbor 12 

Fig.  4.  Harbor  of  St.  Thomas,  Charlotte  Amalie 20 

Fig.  5.  Christiansted,  St.  Croix,  from  Protestant  Cay 26 

Fig.  6.  Charlotte  Amalie,  from  St.  Thomas  Harbor 32 

Fig.  7.  Native  women  coaling  ship,  St.  Thomas  Harbor 40 

Fig.  8.  Type  of  cistern  used  in  storing  rain  water  in  rural  districts  of  St.  Thomas.  48 

Fig.  9.  Main  Street,  Clnistiansted,  St.  Croix.     Schoolhouse  in  foreground 64 

Fig.  10.  Sugar  plantation,  St.  Croix  Island 116 

Fig.  11.  Type  of  farmhouse,  St.  Thomas  Island 120 

Fig.  12.  Cattle  on  Estate  Diamond,  St.  Croix  Island 124 

Fig.  13.  Transporting  cattle  to  St.  Thomas  market 126 

Fig.  14.  Charcoal  kiln  on  St.  Thomas  Island 136 

Fig.  15.  Magens  Bay,  St.  Thomas  Island.     Hans  Lollik  Island  in  background.  142 

APPENDIXES. 

Page. 

I.  General  order 149, 150 

II.  Instructions  to  enumerators — General  instructions,  and  instructions  for 

punching  card 151-163 

III.  Enumeration  districts  and  enumerators 164, 165 

IV.  Schedules 166-174 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE, 

Bureau  of  the  Census, 
Washington,  D.  C,  June  15,  1918, 
Sir: 

I  submit  the  following  report  concerning  the  special  census  of  the 
Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States,  authorized  by  the  Secretary  of 
Commerce  at  the  request  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  general  order  promulgated  October  1, 
1917,  by  the  Director  of  the  Census,  and  approved  by  the  Secretary 
of  Commerce  (Appendix  I),  a  census  of  the  Virgin  Islands  was 
ordered  to  be  taken  as  of  November  1,  1917,  and  Mr.  Eugene  F. 
Hartley,  chief  statistician  for  manufactures  of  the  Census  Bureau, 
was  designated  as  supervisor  in  charge.  The  inquiries  were  to 
relate  to  popidation,  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  fisheries.  In 
addition  to  these  inquiries,  at  the  request  of  the  naval  govermnent 
of  the  Vu'gm  Islands,  statistics  relatmg  to  wages  and  hours  of  labor 
of  persons  employed  were  collected  from  representative  industrial 
establishments. 

On  account  of  delays  mcident  to  securing  transportation,  the 
actual  enumeration  of  the  islands  did  not  begin  until  seven  weeks 
after  the  date  set  for  the  canvass.  The  supervisor,  accompanied  by 
Mr.  Arthur  J.  Hirsch,  expert  special  agent  in  charge  of  agriculture; 
Dr.  Alba  M.  Edwards,  expert  special  agent  in  charge  of  population; 
Mr.  Dan  C.  Vaughan,  chief  of  the  division  of  publications  of  the 
Department  of  Commerce;  and  Mr.  Oscar  H.  Gordon,  IVfr.  William 
Ranger,  and  IVIr.  George  li.  Thomas,  of  the  Census  Bureau,  arrived 
at  St.  Thomas  on  December  17,  1917.  On  the  following  day,  in 
conference  with  Rear  Admiral  James  H,  Oliver,  naval  governor  of 
the  Virgin  Islands,  and  his  aids,  Maj.  J.  F.  Dyer,  Lieut.  Commander 
William  R.  White,  and  Dr.  C.  S.  Butler,  surgeon,  United  States 
Navy,  the  scope  of  the  various  inquiries  and  the  organization  of  the 
census  were  discussed. 

On  December  19,  through  the  courtesy  of  Gov.  Oliver,  adequate 
quarters  were  provided  in  Fort  Christian,  in  the  town  of  Charlotte 
Amalie.  The  division  of  the  island  of  St.  Thomas  into  16  enumera- 
tion districts — 10  in  the  town  of  Charlotte  Amalie  and  6  in  St. 
Thomas  rural — and  of  the  island  of  St.  John  into  5  enumeration 
districts   was    completed    (Appendix    II).     Enumerators    were    ap- 

(7) 


8  THE  VtElGIN  ISLANDS. 

pointed  and  instructed,  and  on  December  24  the  enumeration  was 
begun  promptly  on  both  the  islands  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John. 

The  census  of  these  two  islands  being  well  under  way,  the  office 
was  left  in  charge  of  Mr.  Arthur  J.  Hirsch,  while  the  supervisor, 
accompanied  by  Messrs.  Edwards,  Vaughan,  Gordon,  and  Ranger, 
proceeded  to  Christiansted,  St.  Croix,  on  December  28  and  imme- 
diately took  up  plans  for  the  division  of  the  island  of  St.  Croix  into 
22  enumeration  districts  (Appendix  II)  and  the  appointment  of 
enumerators.  Ample  quarters  were  provided  in  the  Government 
House,  in  Christiansted,  and  on  December  31  the  enumerators  for 
both  the  towns  of  Christiansted  and  Frederiksted  and  for  St.  Croix 
rural  were  instructed  in  their  duties  and  proceeded  to  the  actual 
enumeration  of  the  island.  The  enumeration  of  St.  Croix,  the 
largest  of  the  islands  in  area  and  population,  was  greatly  facilitated 
by  the  efficient  cooperation  of  Asst.  Paymaster  R.  G.  Williams, 
dispatching  secretary  of  the  naval  government  for  the  island  of  St. 
Croix,  who  had  communicated  prior  to  the  arrival  of  the  census 
party  with  the  leading  estate  owners  of  the  island,  the  school  super- 
intendents of  both  Christiansted  and  Frederiksted,  and  the  quarter 
oflScers  of  the  several  quarter  districts  for  the  purpose  of  arousing 
their  interest  and  securing  their  cooperation  in  the  census  work. 
To  the  assistance  rendered  by  the  estate  owners  is  due  in  a  great 
measure  the  rapid  and  successful  enumeration  of  St.  Croix. 

It  was  in  a  measure  fortunate  that  the  census  of  the  islands  was 
deferred  until  the  latter  part  of  December,  since  the  services  of  the 
school-teachers  could  be  utilized  during  the  Christmas  vacation. 
If  the  enumeration  had  commenced  on  November  1,  no  doubt 
considerable  trouble  would  have  been  experienced  in  securing  enu- 
merators qualified  to  do  the  work. 

The  enumeration  was  closed  on  aU  three  islands  on  January  12, 
three  weeks  from  the  begmning  of  the  canvass,  and  the  census 
commission  left  on  Monday,  January  14,  for  New  York. 

In  addition  to  the  population  enumeration  of  26,051  persons,  the 
census  of  the  Virgin  Islands  included  the  securing  of  430  schedules 
of  agriculture,  2,063  schedules  of  live  stock  not  on  farms,  84  sched- 
ules of  manufacturing  establishments,  210  schedules  for  the  fisheries 
industry,  and  306  schedules  relatmg  to  wages  and  hours  of  labor. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  the  census 
commission  was  furnished  transportation  on  a  Government  vessel 
from  New  York  to  St.  Thomas,  and  the  expenses  of  the  field  work 
were  authorized  to  be  paid  by  Asst.  Paymaster  Ehner  L.  Beach, 
who  was  designated  as  a  special  disbursing  officer  for  that  purpose — 
these  payments  to  be  reunbursed  by  the  Bureau  of  the  Census. 


LETTER   OF   TRANSMITTAL.  9 

The  section  of  the  report  relating  to  population  was  prepared  by 
Dr.  Alba  M.  Edwards,  expert  special  agent  of  the  division  of  popu- 
lation, and  the  section  relating  to  agriculture  was  prepared  by 
Mr.  Arthur  J.  Hirsch,  expert  special  agent  of  the  division  of  agri- 
culture. I  also  wish  to  express  my  appreciation  of  the  valuable 
services  rendered  by  Mr.  Dan  C.  Vaughan,  chief  of  the  division  of 
pubhcations  of  the  department,  in  the  organization  of  the  field  force 
and  the  supervisioii  of  the  work  of  the  enumerators. 
Respectfully, 

Sam.  L.  Rogers, 

Director  of  the  Census. 
Hon.  William  C.  Redfield, 

Secretary  of  Commerce. 


VIRGIN     I  S  LAND  S 


^^5_  ,8,30' 


RufflinfPt 
ANEGADA  I 


^-j—  <r —  i&'Ad 


bTvT^^'l       ^'>ro.  Na       !^.<>« 


•i:>  ^"  rr?.^ 


tar 


ST.  CROIX 

Southwest  Ft 


,1^ 


(10) 


Fig.  1. 


CENSUS  OF  THE  VIRGIN   ISLANDS  OF  THE 
UNITED   STATES. 


GEOGRAPHY. 


That  group  of  the  Virgin  Islands  formerly  known  as  the  Danish 
West  Indies  was  acquired  by  the  United  States  by  purchase  from 
Denmark  for  $25,000,000,  the  formal  transfer  of  possession  taking  place 
on  March  31,  1917. 

Geographically  the  Virgin  Islands  constitute  a  part  of  what  are 
known  as  the  Leeward  Islands,  which,  taken  with  the  "Wind- 
ward Islands  to  the  south,  form  the  chain  known  as  the  Lesser 
Antilles,  reaching  from  Porto  Rico,  the  easternmost  island  of  the 
Greater  Antilles,  southward  in  a  semicircular  sweep  of  700  miles  to 
the  coast  of  South  America. 

St.  Ci'oix,  St.  .John,  and  St.  Tliomas  are  the  three  principal  islands 
of  the  group,  although  there  are  about  50  smaller  ones,  ranging  in 
importance  from  islands  of  less  than  a  square  mile  in  area  to  out- 
cropping ledges  of  rock.  Tlie  islands  lie  between  longitude  64°  34' 
and  65°  06'  west,  and  between  latitude  17°  40'- and  18°  25'  north, 
and  are  thus  well  within  the  Tropics.  The  total  area  of  the  three 
principal  islands  is  approximately  132  square  miles.  The  total 
popidation  was  26,051  at  the  special  census  taken  as  of  November  1, 
1917.  The  density  of  popidation  is  197  persons  to  the  square  mile, 
which  is  a  Httle  more  than  that  of  the  state  of  New  York  according 
to  the  figures  of  the  last  decennial  census.  St.  Croix,  the  largest 
and  most  populous  of  the  islands,  has  an  approximate  area  of  84 
square  miles  and  a  total  population  of  14,901 ;  St.  Thomas  has  an 
approximate  area  of  28  square  miles  and  a  population  of  10,191; 
St.  .John,  an  approximate  area  of  20  square  miles  and  a  population 
of  959.  The  total  area  of  the  group  is  somewhat  more  than  double 
the  area  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  about  one-fifteenth  that 
of  the  state  of  Delaware. 

Of  the  smaller  islands  or  cays,  only  5  are  inhabited.  One  of  them, 
Ijovango,  contains  approximately  1  square  mile  and  supports  a 
colony  of  20  persons  who  gain  a  Uvelihood  by  fishing  and  by  inter- 
mittent labor  on  the  neighboring  island  of  St.  John.  Buck  Island, 
4  miles  southeast  of  St.  Thomas  Harbor,  is  tenanted  by  a  fight 
keeper.  Hassel  Island  and  Water  Island — lying  in  St.  Thomas  Har- 
bor and  virtually  a  part  of  the  town  of  Charlotte  Amalie — and  Prot- 
estant Cay,  a  part  of  Christiansted,  Island  of  St.  Croix,  are  also 
inhabited. 

(11) 


12  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  belong  properly  to  the  Virgin  Arcnipelago, 
which  is  a  chain  of  islands  discovered  by  Columbus  on  his  second 
voyage  ol  exploration  in  1493  and  named  by  him  "The  Eleven 
Thousand  Virgins."  This  arcliipelago  extends  more  than  80  miles 
in  an  easterly  direction  from  Porto  Rico.  Two  other  islands  of  the 
Virgin  group^ — Vieques  and  Culebra — are  owned  by  the  United  States, 
having  come  into  its  possession  at  the  time  of  the  acquisition  of  Porto 
Rico.  ,The  island  of  Tortola,  the  largest  of  the  Virgin  group,  Virgin 
Gorda,  and  Anogada  belong  to  Great  Britain,  and  extend  eastward 
from  St.  Tliomas  and  St.  John.  St.  Croix  is  distinct,  geographically, 
from  the  Virgin  group,  although  it  belongs,  as  do  St.  Thomas  and 
St.  John,  to  the  Leeward  group. 

The  islands  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  rise  out  of  the  ocean  from 
a  shelf  on  which  the  water  is  from  15  to  30  fathoms  in  depth,  and  may 
be  considered  a  prolongation  of  the  chain  of  islands  known  as  the 
Greater  Antilles— Cuba,  Jamaica,  Haiti,  and  Porto  Rico.  St.  Croix 
is  40  miles  south  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  and  is  separated  from 
the  Virgin  group  by  a  tongue  of  the  ocean  from  12,000  to  20,000  feet 
deep.  These  islands  are  separated  from  Porto  Rico  and  the  islands 
of  Vieques  and  Culebra  by  the  Virgin  Passage.  St.  Thomas  Island 
has  tlie  principal  harbor  of  the  Virgin  group — St.  Thomas  Harbor- 
on  which  the  town  of  Charlotte  Amalie  is  situated.  It  is  about  40 
miles  east  of  Fajardo,  the  nearest  port  on  the  island  of  Porto  Rico, 
and  70  miles  from  San  Juan,  the  principal  city  and  port  of  Porto 
Rico.  St.  Thomas  lies  south,  20°  east  and  1,442  miles  distant  from 
New  York  City.  Although  St.  Croix  is  a  considerable  distance  from 
other  islands  of  the  gi'oup,  all  may  be  encompassed  within  a  circle 
whose  radius  is  25  miles. 

Structurally  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  are  similar.  The  Virgin 
Islands  as  weU  as  all  others  of  the  Lesser  Antilles  are  of  volcanic  and 
coral  origin  and  present  a  bold  appearance  on  approach.  They  are 
described  by  Dr.  Hornbeck  as  a  mass  of  bluish  hard  granite  stone 
porphyi-y. 

HARBORS. 

St.  Thomas  Harbor,  situated  about  midway  of  the  southern  side 
of  the  island  of  St.  Thomas,  is  one  of  the  best  harbors  in  the  Antilles. 
Situated  as  it  is  on  the  Virgin  Passage,  and  commanding  strategically 
this  important  gateway,  it  has  been  for  a  long  time  an  important 
calling  station  for  vessels  plying  between  Europe  and  Central  America 
and  for  vessels  bound  for  South  America  by  way  of  ports  of 
the  Lesser  Antilles,  and  recently  for  ships  sailing  by  way  of  the  Pan- 
ama Canal.  Calling  vessels  may  obtain  supplies,  such  as  coal,  oil, 
and  water,  and  ships  of  moderate  size  may  be  repaired  in  this  har- 
bor which  is  well  protected  in  all  but  the  most  severe  hurricanes. 


HARBORS.  13 

The  commerce,  however,  is  of  httle  consequence,  the  imports  received 
at  Virgin  Island  ports  from  the  United  States  in  1917  amomiting  to 
$1,416,342. 

The  coast  lines  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  are  irregular.  Many 
of  the  branching  or  lateral  ranges  of  mountains  reach  to  the  edge  of 
the  sea.  Between  these  spurs  or  elevations  baj^s  are  formed,  which 
afford  the  protection  of  harbors  on  the  leeward  side  of  the  islands.  In 
these  bays,  and  in  St.  Thomas  Harbor  as  well,  the  freebooters  and 
pirates  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  are  said  to  have 
found  concealment  and  refuge  while  engaged  in  committing  depre- 
dations on  the  Spanish  Main. 

The  harbor  of  St.  Thomas  has  long  been  celebrated  for  its  unusual 
facilities  and  its  many  advantages.  Protected  as  it  is  by  two  large 
islands — Water  Island  and  Hassel  Island — and  fringing  ledges,  it  is 
yet  easy  of  access  for  vessels  drawing  under  30  feet  of  water.  Its 
small  size  is  the  chief  drawback  to  any  development  as  a  base  for  a 
large  number  of  vessels,  the  area  being  approximately  1.3  square 
miles. 

The  great  majority  of  the  harbors  in  the  islands  of  the  Lesser 
Antilles  are  little  more  than  open  roadsteads,  and  shipping  is  afforded 
little  shelter  from  the  ^vdnds  in  more  than  one  direction.  The  harbor 
of  St.  Thomas  differs  in  this  respect  by  being  protected  in  all  wind 
disturbances,  affording  ample  shelter  to  shipping  in  blows  less  than 
those  of  the  greatest  hurricane  velocity. 

The  harbor  of  Coral  Bay  (sometimes  designated  by  the  natives  of 
St.  John  as  Crawl  Bay,  or  Craal  Bay)  on  the  eastern  end  of  St.  John  is 
approximately  three  times  as  large  as  St.  Thomas  Harbor  and  has  a 
much  greater  depth.  With  the  construction  of  breakwaters,  which  is 
considered  feasible,  it  would  afford  anchorage  to  a  very  large  fleet.  The 
Sound,  which  extends  roughly  3  miles  in  an  east  and  west  direction, 
and  2  miles  in  a  north  and  south  direction,  is  formed  between  the 
islands  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John,  and  is  protected  on  the  north  by 
a  chain  of  islands,  namely,  Thatch,  Grass,  Mingo,  and  Lovango  Cays, 
and  on  the  south  by  Great  St.  James,  Little  St.  James,  Dog  Island, 
and  small  ledges.  It  offers  one  of  the  best  anchorages  for  vessels  of 
the  deepest  draft  if  for  strategic  reasons  it  should  become  necessary 
to  develop  and  protect  by  breakwaters  a  harbor  of  such  magnitude. 
The  harbors  of  Coral  Bay  and  the  Sound  have  not  received  the  atten- 
tion their  natural  advantages  call  for  on  account  of  the  early  settle- 
ment of  Charlotte  AmaUe  and  the  development  of  that  town  into 
the  metropolis  of  the  islands. 

Of  the  importance  of  the  islands,  due  to  their  geographic  position, 
Secretary  Lansing  says:  *  *  *  "The  commercial  value  of  the 
islands  can  not  be  doubted.  Lying  in  close  proximity  to  many  of  the 
passages  into  the  Caribbean  Sea.  the  use  of  St.  Thomas  Harbor  as  a 
supply  station  for  merchant  ships  plying  between  the  United  States 


14 


THE   VIBGIN   ISLANDS. 


and  South  America,  and  for  vessels  in  other  trades,  is  of  great  im- 
portance. The  existing  modern  harbor  works,  floating  docks,  marine 
sUp  and  wharves  provided  with  electric  cranes,  oil  reservoirs,  coal 
depots,  fresh-water  tanks,  machine  shops,  and  warehouses  contribute 
to  the  commercial  advantages  of  St.  Thomas  Harbor  as  a  port  of  call 
and  transshipment  for  ships  in  the  Central  and  South  American  trades. 
''The  political  importance  of  extending  American  jurisdiction  over 
the  islands  is  not  to  be  overlooked.  The  Caribbean  is  within  the 
peculiar  sphere  of  influence  of  the  United  States,  especially  since  the 
completion  of  the  Panama  Canal,  and  the  possibility  of  a  change  of 
sovereignty  of  any  of  the  islands  now  under  foreign  jurisdiction  is  of 
grave  concern  to  the  United  States.  Moreover,  the  Monroe  doctrine, 
a  settled  national  policy  of  the  United  States,  would  have  caused  this 
country  to  look  with  disfavor  upon  the  transfer  of  sovereignty  of  the 
Danish  West  Indies  to  any  other  European  nation." 

TRADE  W^ITII  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

The  following   table    shows  the  commerce  between    the   United 
States  and  the  Virgin  Islands  (Danish  West  Indies) : 


TEAB.« 

EXPORTS. 

United  States  to  the  Virgin 
Islands. 

IMPORTS. 

United  States  from  the  Virgin 
Islands. 

Total. 

Domestic. 

Foreign 

(reex- 
ports). 

Total. 

Free. 

Dutiable. 

1907 

$777, 577 
727, 193 
693,681 
749, 174 
810, 537 
924,700 
894,087 
890, 066 
703,354 
850,377 
1,416,342 

$764,328 
721,997 
678, 600 
746, 286 
806,485 
920, 293 
887, 406 
889,461 
700, 713 
843, 754 

$13,249 
5,196 
15,081 
2,888 
4,052 
4,407 
6, 681 
1,505 
2,641 
6,623 

$440, 855 

592, 292 

221,457 

403, 926 

135, 117 

489, 639 

48, 031 

29,374 

350, 822 

63,496 

1,259,607 

$17,807 
19,116 
9,070 
20, 379 
64,042 
22, 623 
28,018 
22,251 
35, 170 
54,978 

$423,048 
.573, 176 

1908 

1909 

212, 387 
383, 547 

1910 

1911 

71,075 

1912 

467,016 

1913 

19, 113 

1914 

7,123 

1915 

315, 652 

1916 

8,518 

1917 : 

'  Fi.scal  year  ending  June  30. 

The  principal  exports  of  merchandise  from  the  United  States  to  the 
Virgin  Islands  are  breads  tuffs,  cereals,  etc.;  bituminous  coal;  iron 
and  steel  products;  boots  and  shoes;  meat  and  dairy  products;  oils; 
lumber;  and  refined  sugar. 

The  principal  imports  to  the  United  States  from  the  ^'irgin  Islands 
are  sugar  and  rum,  hides  and  skins,  and  cabinet  woods. 


(15) 


16  THE  VTEGIN   ISLANDS. 


MINERALS,  FLORA,  AND    FAUNA. 


While  it  is  reported  that  minerals  are  to  be  found  on  the  islands, 
so  far  as  known  no  attempts  at  mining  or  exploration  have  been  made. 
These  resources  are  yet  to  be  determined  by  geological  examination. 

Nearly  all  of  the  original  forests  have  been  cut  down  and  the  timber 
made  into  lumber  or  charcoal.  Charcoal  is  even  now  the  universal 
fuel,  and  the  burning  of  this  from  the  scanty  timber  growth  furnishes 
employment  to  approximately  100  persons  in  the  rural  districts  of 
the  islands. 

There  are  still  mahogany  trees  of  indigenous  growth,  principally  on 
St.  John  Island,  and  some  attempts  at  reforestation  have  met  with 
success,  the  most  notable  efforts  being  those  of  the  Danish  West  India 
Plantation  Co.  This  company  owns  a  number  of  estates  and  a  few 
years  ago  planted  over  50,000  mahogany  and  cedar  trees,  principally 
on  the  island  of  St.  Croix. 

The  fauna  of  the  islands  is  very  limited,  although  on  St.  Croix  a 
species  of  deer  is  plentiful.  Noxious  reptiles  are  scarce.  Several 
years  ago,  for  the  purpose  of  exterminating  rodents,  the  mongoose 
was  imported  from  India,  and  this  little  animal,  by  destroying  the 
eggs  of  birds  and  fowls  and  by  the  wholesale  destruction  of  poultry, 
has  caused  a  scarcity  of  domestic  fowls  and  an  absence  of  bird  life  in 
the  islands. 

Fish  in  great  number  and  variety  abound  along  the  coasts,  and 
the  annual  catch  furnishes  a  very  important  part  of  the  food  supply. 

CLIMATE    AND    RAINFALL. 

Although  the  northernmost  of  the  islands,  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John, 
are  below  latitude  18°  30'  and  thus  well  within  the  tropics,  the  entire 
group  has  the  advantage  of  possessing  a  fine  climate.  This  is  due  in 
part  to  the  northeast  trade  winds,  which  blow  briskly  with  great  regu- 
larity from  the  north-northeast  for  nine  months  during  the  year. 
These  winds  vary  in  velocity  from  a  light  to  a  moderate  breeze,  and 
attain  their  greatest  strength  usually  around  4  o'clock  in  both  the 
afternoon  and  morning. 

Owdng  to  the  relatively  small  size  of  the  islands  and  the  lack  of  hot 
land  breezes,  due  to  the  ever-present  northeast  trade  winds,  the  tem- 
perature is  equable.  The  climate  is  delightful  for  a  winter  resort, 
and  the  trade  winds  also  furnish  an  equable  mean  for  the  summer 
months.  The  mean  temperature  at  Charlotte  Amalie  on  St.  Thomas, 
covering  a  period  of  three  years,  ranged  from  78°  F.  in  March  to  84°  F. 
in  October  while  the  mean  temperature  at  Christiansted,  St.  Croix, 
covering  a  period  of  28  years,  ranged  from  76.3°  F.  in  February  to  82° 
F.  in  August. 

As  may  be  seen  from  the  following  table,  data  for  which  were  fur- 
nished by  the  United  States  Weather  Bureau,  the  rainfall  in  St. 


CLIMATE   AND  RAINFALL. 


17 


Thomas  varied,  for  the  years  available,  from  three-fourths  of  an  inch 
in  March  to  6.42  inches  in  November.  Likewise,  the  St.  Croix  rain- 
fall varied  from  1.22  inches  in  March  to  6.02  inches  in  October. 


TEMPERATURE  AND  RAINFALL. 


The  year 

January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

Ju]y 

Augaist 

September 

October 

Novcmljer 

December 


ST.  CROIX 
(CHRISTIANSTED). 


Average 
tempera- 
ture for 
28  years 
(degrees 


79.3 


76.6 
76.3 
76.8 
78.3 
79.9 
81.0 
81.5 
82.0 
81.7 
80.8 
79.3 
77.5 


Average 

rainfall 

for  28 

years 

(inches). 


47.56 


2.32 
1.93 
1.22 
2.91 
4.49 
4.61 
3.94 
4.49 
5.75 
6.02 
5.71 
4.17 


ST.  TH0MA3 

(CHARLOTTE 

AMALIE). 


Average 
tempera- 
ture for 
3  years 
(degrees 
F.). 


81.0 


Average 
rainfall 
for  10 

years 
(inches). 


38.23 


80.2 
78.4 
78.0 
79.5 
79.5 
80.6 
82.9 
8^.3 
83.8 
84.0 
83.3 
81.9 


2.87 
2.24 
0.75 
2.56 
1.50 
2.99 
3.35 
2.32 
2.99 
5.83 
6.42 
4.41 


According  to  observations  of  John  Knox,  the  maximum  tempera- 
ture on  record,  1843  to  1851,  is  91.9°,  and  the  minimum  68.9°,  the 
highest  being  in  the  month  of  September,  and  the  lowest  in  the  latter 
part  of  January. 

The  average  annual  rainfall  is  38.23  inches  for  St.  Thomas  and 
47.56  inches  for  St.  Croix.  Even  over  so  small  an  area  as  the  islands 
the  rainfall  is  not  evenly  distributed,  and  it  is  thought  to  be  more 
abundant  on  the  northern  slopes  than  on  the  southern.  In  fact, 
water  is  the  greatest  need  of  the  islands,  and  there  is  a  very  close 
relation  between  the  rainfall  and  the  production  of  sugar  cane. 

There  are  no  streams  of  consequence  on  St.  Thomas  or  St.  John. 
St.  Croix,  however,  has  a  number  of  water  courses,  rising  generally 
in  the  mountain  slopes  on  the  northern  side  of  the  island  and  flowing 
southward.  There  are  very  few  wells  in  the  islands  and  drinking 
water  is  obtained  by  collecting  rain  water  in  cisterns. 

Some  thought  and  consideration  have  been  given  the  subject  of 
irrigation  by  the  planters  of  St.  Croix,  an  attempt  having  been  made 
in  one  instance  to  impound  water  for  this  purpose.  It  is  considered 
feasible,  especially  in  the  vaUeys  between  the  spurs  on  the  southern 
slopes  of  St.  Croix,  to  develop  an  irrigation  project  or  dig  wells  which 
would  provide  water  for  sugar  cane  and  other  crops  during  periods 
of  drought. 

60396°— 18 2 


18  THE   VIKGIN  ISLANDS. 

The  islands  are  often  visited  by  severe  storms  kno"v\Ti  as  hurricanes, 
the  wind  occasionally  attaining  a  velocity  of  150  miles  an  horn". 
These  occur  sometimes  during  the  month  of  July,  but  more  frei^uently 
during  August  and  September,  and  rarely  later  than  October.  More 
than  130  of  these  hurricanes  classed  as  destructive  have  been  noted 
as  visiting  the  islands,  some  of  them  accompanied  by  much  loss  of 
life  and  destruction  of  property.  Earthquakes  are  of  frequent 
occurrence,  but  very  few  have  been  severe  enough  to  cause  any 
damage. 

HISTORY.^ 

Although  the  Virgin  Islands  are  small  in  comparison  with  the 
islands  of  the  Greater  Antilles,  there  is  much  of  interest  to  Americans 
in  their  history.  Discovered  by  Columbus  during  his  second  voyage 
in  1493,  St.  Thomas  was  first  colonized  by  the  Danes  under  Jorgen 
Iversen,  who  was  sent  out  by  the  Danish  West  India  Co.  in  1672. 
Previously  a  settlement  had  been  attempted  in  1666  by  Erik  Schmidt, 
a  Dane,  who,  arriving  in  a  ship  called  De  Endradit,  took  posses- 
sion of  St.  Thomas  Island  in  the  name  of  Denmark.  The  colonists, 
however,  remained  only  a  short  time  and  returned  to  Denmark. 

At  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  the  Virgin  Islands  it  is  very  probable 
that  St.  Thomas  was  inhabited  by  Indian  tribes  known  as  Caribs. 
The  Caribs  had  the  reputation  of  being  fierce  and  warlike,  also  of 
being  cannibals,  the  materials  for  their  feasts  being  drawn  from 
their  less  warlike  neighbors  on  the  island  of  Porto  Rico.  Inscrip- 
tions and  figures  on  rocks  on  the  eastern  end  of  the  island  of  St.  John 
supposed  to  have  been  the  worlv  of  Caribs  are  still  in  an  excellent  state 
of  preservation. 

Interesting  and  significant  to  the  student  of  history  is  the  fact  that 
the  language  of  the  islands  is  English,  although  the  Virgin  Islands 
were  under  the  Danish  flag  for  245  years,  with  the  exception  of  a 
few  months,  from  April,  1801,  to  February,  1802,  when  they  were 
held  by  England,  and  from  1807  to  1815,  when  they  were  again 
seized  by  England  during  the  Napoleonic  wars.  At  the  present  time 
the  imprint  of  years  of  Danish  Government  is  sliglit,  not  only  in 
language  but  in  customs  and  traditions. 

Acquired  by  Denmark  as  a  source  of  sugar  supply  during  the 
period  when  aU  European  nations  were  seeking  this,  and  also  for 
political  purposes,  the  islands  were  retained  by  Denmark  long  after 
they  had  ceased  to  be  a  source  of  revenue.  Tlie  earlier  schemes  of 
colonization  by  the  Danes  were  centered  in  St.  Thomas  and  St. 
John;  St.  Croix,  occupied  by  Dutch  and  English  settlers  in  1625, 
did  not  come  into  possession  of  Denmark  until  1733. 
\ 

^For  the  history  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  Dr.  Waldemar  Westergaard's  comprehensive 
volume,  "The  Danish  West  Indies,  "  was  largely  used,  while  Dr.  Charles  Edwin  Tay- 
lor's "An  Island  of  the  Sea"  and  various  consular  reports  were  also  consulted- 


HISTORY.  19 

Gov.  Iversen,  in  the  Few,  arrived  in  St.  Tliomas  Harbor,  May 
25,  1672,  with  about  100  persons  and  on  the  following  day  landed 
and  took  possession  of  the  island  and  raised  the  Danish  flag.  The 
infant  colony  was  aided  during  the  first  year  of  its  existence  by 
the  English  officer  in  charge  of  Tortola  Island  (recently  seized  from 
the  Dutch),  who  allowed  them  to  procure  sugar-cane  settings  for  the 
land  they  prepared.  The  fortune  of  the  Danish  colonists  for  the 
next  few  years  was  not  unlike  that  of  other  nationalities  seeking  to 
gain  a  foothold  in  the  New  World.  The  voj-age  across  the  Atlantic 
and  into  lower  latitudes  had  taken  terrible  toll  of  every  ship's  com- 
pany, and  the  governor  of  the  new  colony  frequentl}^  found  himself 
in  dire  straits  for  labor.  In  1674  the  Danish  West  India  Co.  was 
given  permission  to  engage  in  the  slave  trade  on  the  Guinea  Coast  of 
Africa,  and  provision  v.^as  made  at  this  time  for  the  absorption  of 
the  African  or  Guinea  Co.  into  the  Danish  West  India  Co.  Mean- 
while, however,  a  consignment  of  103  slaves  had  been  sent  to  St. 
Thomas  by  the  African  Co.  and  others  were  soon  brought. 
The  slave  trade  was  beginning  to  assume  considerable  proportions 
and  was  eagerly  engaged  in  by  the  Dutch,  English,  Spanish,  and 
Portuguese  skippers.  Despite  the  high  death  rate  from  pestilence, 
the  colonists  increased,  by  accessions  from  other  islands  and  by  the 
slaves  imported,  from  barely  100  each  of  whites  and  blacks  in  1673 
to  156  whites  and  175  blacks  in  1680. 

In  1680,  Iversen,  weary  of  governing  the  colonists,  many  of  whom 
were  disturbers  and  agitators  seeking  refuge  or  were  those  expelled 
from  other  colonics,  and  worn  out  by  the  strain  of  repelling  attacks 
of  the  French  from  the  island  of  St.  Croix,  was  relieved  at  his  own 
request  and  was  succeeded  as  governor  by  Nicholas  Esmit.  De- 
spite the  venture  of  the  company  into  the  Guinea  slave  trade  and 
the  sending  to  Denmark  of  cargoes  of  sugar,  cotton,  indigo,  tobacco, 
ginger,  hides,  and  valuable  timber,  the  new  colony  was  not  a  financial 
success  from  the  standpoint  of  the  company. 

The  Danish  Government  now  took  a  hand  in  the  company's 
affairs  and  endeavored  to  place  it  on  a  better  footing.  Officials, 
employees,  and  others  were  required  to  take  stock  in  the  enterprise, 
and  considerable  attention  was  given  to  providing  ships  for  the 
Guinea  slave  trade.  Gov.  Esmit,  on  account  of  harboring  pirates 
and  runaway  slaves,  very  early  became  embroiled  with  the  English 
governor  of  the  Leeward  Islands.  Adolph,  the  brother  of  Gov, 
Nicholas  Esmit,  usurped  the  governor's  powers  and  later  was  com- 
missioned governor  of  St.  Thomas.  Under  the  Esmit  brothers 
St.  Thomas  ])ecame  a  harbor  of  refuge  for  pirates,  and  it  frequently 
became  necessary  for  the  English  governor  at  Nevis  to  raid  St. 
Thomas  Harbor  to  secure  stolen  property. 


20 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


With  the  hope  of  restorins^  order,  as  St.  Thomas  was  regarded  by 
colonists  of  other  nationahties  on  neighboring  islands  as  an  island 
of  outlaws,  the  company  sent  George  Milan  in  1684  to  replace  Esmit, 
but  in  the  following  year  found  it  necessary  to  send  a  commissioner 
with  power  to  settle  the  difficulties.  As  a  result  of  the  commis- 
sioner's findings,  Lieut.  Christopher  Heins  was  made  governor  on 
June  29,  1686,  and  Gov.  Milan  was  returned  to  Copenhagen  under 
arrest  and  later  condemned  and  executed.  For  three  years  Lieut. 
Heins  administered  the  affairs  of  the  company,  until  his  death 
October  2,  1689.  During  the  next  13  years  the  business  of  the  Danish 
West  India  &  Guinea  Co.  was  ably  managed  by  John  Lorentz,  a  part 
of  the  time  as  assistant  and  for  six  years  as  governor.  This  man 
had  had  much  experience  in  the  affairs  of  the  company,  having  been 
in  its  employ  almost  continuously  since  the  days  of  Nicholas  Esmit. 
He  brought  affairs  from  bankruptcy  to  solvency,  and  at  his  death 
in  1702  the  colony  was  in  a  position  to  wage  a  vigorous  fight  for 
existence  among  the  Caribbean  settlements. 

Figures  from  the  earliest  censuses  or  records  of  the  Danish  West 
India  &  Guinea  Co.  show  the  growth  of  the  St.  Thomas  colony  and 
the  extent  that  the  African  slave  trade  early  assumed  in  its  history. 
Charlotte  Amalie  very  soon  took  its  place  as  an  entrepot  and 
distributing  center  for  the  slave  traffic. 


POPULATION  AND  NUMBER  OF  PLANTATIONS  ON  ST.  THOMAS. 


POPULATION. 

Number 
of  plan- 
tations. 

Total. 

White. 

Slave. 

1688               

739 

944 

3,589 

317 
389 
547 

422 

55.S 

3,042 

90 

1(591         

101 

1715  

160 

St.  John  was  settled  in  1717  by  inhabitants  of  St.  Thomas  seeking 
better  sites  for  plantations.  The  plantations  on  St.  Thomas  had 
been  cultivated  for  more  than  40  years  and  their  productivity  was 
on  the  decline.  The  land  of  St.  John  being  more  fertile,  its  growth 
was  very  rapid,  as  shown  by  the  table  below. 

POPULATION  AND  NUMBER  OF  PLANTATIONS  ON  ST.  JOHN. 


POPULATION. 

Number 
of  plan- 
tations. 

Total. 

White. 

Slave. 

1717 

41 

55 

800 

1,295 

25 
39 
123 

208 

16 
16 

677 
1,087 

25 

1721     

39 

1728  

87 

1733        

109 

--^ 


HISTORY. 


21 


In  the  year  1733  St.  John  reached  the  height  of  its  prosperity  under 
slavery,  sugar  and  cotton  being  the  principal  products.  In  November 
of  this  year  there  was  a  stuious  uprising  of  the  slaves  which  resulted 
in  the  death  of  probably  50  whites  and  three  or  four  times  that  num- 
ber of  blacks  before  the  insurrection  was  put  down. 

St.  Croix  was  purchased  by  the  Danish  West  India  &  Guinea  Co. 
from  France  for  750,000  livres.  The  treaty  providing  for  the* 
transfer  was  ratified  June  15,  1733.  St.  Croix  was  occupied  as 
early  as  1625  by  Dutch  and  English  settlers,  who  were  joined  by 
some  French  refugees  from  other  West  Indian  Islands,  principally 
from  St.  Christopher  (St.  Kitts).  Shortly  before  1650,  as  a  result 
of  a  civil  war  between  the  factions,  the  Dutch  and  French  were 
expelled  from  the  island.  The  Spaniards  from  Porto  Rico  in  August, 
1650,  drove  off  the  English  but  only  retained  possession  for  a  very 
short  period,  as  de  Poincy,  the  lieutenant  general  of  all  the  French 
islands  in  America,  sent  a  force  of  166  men  from  St.  Christopher 
and  succeeded  in  ousting  the  Spanish.  The  settlement  of  St.  Croix 
was  begun  by  the  French  in  1651  when  300  colonists  were  sent  there. 
From  1651  to  1664  St.  Croix  was  owned  by  the  Knights  of  Malta 
who  governed  it  in  the  name  of  Louis  XIV.  In  1695  the  colony 
moved  to  San  Domingo,  and  from  that  time  until  the  purchase  by 
the  Danish  company  in  1733  St.  Croix  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
inhabited. 

In  1734  Gov.  Frederick  Moth  took  possession  of  the  island  and 
began  the  work  of  laying  out  plantations  for  the  cultivation  of  sugar 
and  cotton  After  seven  years  the  first  census  showed  122  cotton 
plantations,  120  sugar  plantations,  and  over  1,900  slaves.  The 
following  table  showing  the  number  of  slaves  gives  an  idea  of  the 
importance  that  the  colony  early  assumed: 

SLAVES    ON    THE    ISLAND    OF    ST.    CROIX. 


1742 
1745 
1754 


Number 
of  slaves. 


1,906 
2,878 
7,566 


1755. 
1766. 


Numlier 
of  slaves. 


8,897 
16,956 


Uprisings  of  the  slaves  occurred  in  St.  Croix  in  1746  and  1759. 
The  first  was  speedily  put  down,  but  more  serious  results  followed 
the  second,  which  resulted  in  the  kiUing  of  about  25  of  the  Negroes 
before  order  was  restored. 

Denmark  was  one  of  the  first  countries  to  take  steps  to  curb  the 
African  slave  trade,  and  in  1848  slavery  was  aboHshed  in  the  islands. 

St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  were  early  given  unrestricted  privileges 
of  trade  with  the  other  American  colonies  (1764),  and  in  1782  this 


22  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

was  extended  to  trade  with  all  nations;  yet  it  was  not  until  1833  that 
St.  Croix  enjoyed  the  privilege  of  having  all  trade  restrictions  re- 
moved. In  1780,  of  the  516  vessels  entered  at  St.  Croix,  82  entered 
from  ports  of  the  United  States  and  123  from  Porto  Rico,  while 
only  16  came  from  Danish  possessions  in  Em'ope.  It  is  interesting 
to  note  at  this  early  period  the  comparatively  slight  commercial 
*  intercourse  with  the  mother  country  and  the  extent  of  shipping  from 
the  United  States. 

Following  the  period  in  which  St.  Thomas  increased  its  importance 
as  a  shipping  center  and  distributing  point  it  declined  in  importance 
as  an  agricultural  community.  During  the  period  from  1821  to  1830 
an  average  of  2,809  ships  of  a  tonnage  of  177,444  called  there  annually. 
During  this  decade  St.  Thomas  experienced  its  greatest  prosperity, 
being  a  distributing  center  for  merchandise  and  commodities  for  the 
other  islands  of  the  West  Indies.  Very  shortly  thereafter  the  influ- 
ence of  steam  navigation  was  to  cause  a  dechne  in  the  commercial 
importance  of  the  island.  With  the  advent  of  steam  the  merchants 
of  Porto  Rico  and  those  of  the  Lesser  Antilles  and  of  South  America 
were  able  to  import  goods  direct  from  Europe  and  America.  Later 
the  West  India  &  Panama  Telegraph  Co.  established  headquarters 
on  St.  Thomas  and  their  submarine  cables  cover  all  the  West  Indies 
and  connect  at  Jamaica  with  cables  from  Europe  and  the  United 
States. 

The  value  of  the  Virgin  Islands  now  lies  in  their  geographic  loca- 
tion and  exceptional  harbor  facilities  rather  than  in  their  commercial 
and  agricultural  activities. 

EFFORTS    TO    ACQUIRE    THE    ISLANDS. 

The  following  extract  from  a  report  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs,  dated  February  17,  1917,  is  a  statement  concerning  the 
efforts  of  the  United  States  to  acquire  the  Virgin  Islands: 

"The  acquisition  of  the  Danish  West  Indian  Islands  has  been  the 
subject  of  negotiation  and  treaty  between  the  LTnited  States  and 
Denmark  for  more  than  a  half  century.  The  United  States  first 
attempted  the  purchase  of  these  islands  in  1865,  during  the  adminis- 
tration of  President  Lincoln.  Secretary  Seward  appeared  to  be 
especially  anxious  that  they  should  belong  to  the  United  States. 
It  appears  that  Mr.  Seward  first  proposed  to  purchase  the  islands  at 
a  dinner  party  in  January,  1865.  Denmark  had  no  desire  to  part 
with  her  West  India  colonies.  The  assassination  of  President 
Lincoln  and  the  attempted  assassination  of  Secretary  Seward  sus- 
pended the  negotiations  for  some  time.  In  the  meantime,  Secretary 
Seward  visited  the  islands.  It  was  not,  however,  until  July  17,  1866, 
that  the  LTnited  States  made  a  definite  offer  of  $5,000,000  for  St. 
Thomas,  St.  John,  emd  Santa  Cruz. 


EPFORTS   TO   ACQUIRE    THE   ISLANDS.  23 

"In  1867  Denmark  declined  to  sell  the  islands  for  $5,000,000  but 
offered  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  for  $10,000,000,  or  $15,000,000  for 
the  three.  Mr.  Seward  replied  by  offering  $7,500,000  in  gold  for 
the  three  islands.  Denmark  agreed  to  take  $7,500,000  for  St.  Thomas 
and  St.  John  but  wanted  $3,750,000  in  addition  for  Santa  Cruz. 
Finally,  Secretary  Seward  agreed  to  purchase  vSt.  Thomas  and  St. 
John  for  the  price  named  by  Denmark,  $7,500,000,  but  further  com- 
plications arose  because  Denmark  insisted  that  the  consent  of  the 
people  of  the  islands  should  be  formally  given  before  the  sale  was 
consimimated.  This  was  at  first  objected  to  by  Mr.  Seward,  but  he 
finally  cabled  our  minister  to  '  concede  question  of  vote,'  and  on  the 
24th  of  October  the  treaty  was  signed. 

"The  question  was  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  people,  the  voting 
occurring  in  St.  Thomas  on  January  9,  1868,  and  out  of  1,039  votes 
cast  there  were  but  22  votes  against  the  cession.  In  St.  John  there 
were  205  votes  in  favor  of  the  cession  and  not  one  against  it. 

"The  treaty  was  submitted  to  the  Kigsdag  of  Denmark  and 
promptly  ratified  and  signed  by  the  King  on  June  30,  1868.  It  was 
submitted  to  the  United  States  Senate  on  December  3,  1867.  Senator 
Sumner  was  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  during 
this  period,  and  the  treaty  remained  unreported  for  more  than  two 
years,  when,  on  March  24,  1870,  Senator  Sumner  reported  it  adversely 
and  the  Senate  declined  to  ratify  it.  The  negotiations  for  the  pur- 
chase of  the  islands  commenced  under  President  Lincoln  and  the 
treaty  was  signed  shortly  after  Andrew  Johnson  became  President, 
but  it  was  not  acted  upon  until  the  administration  of  President 
Grant. 

"Subsequently  it  appears  that  the  purchase  of  the  islands  was  con- 
sidered by  Secretaries  Foster  and  Olney  during  the  administrations 
of  Presidents  Harrison  and  Cleveland. 

"On  March  31,  1898,  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  reported 
to  the  Senate  a  bill  authorizing  the  President  to  purchase  the  islands 
for  use  as  a  naval  and  coaling  station.  On  this  bill  Senator  Lodge 
submitted  an  exhaustive  report,  giving  in  detail  the  history  of  the 
islands  and  summarizing  the  history  of  the  negotiations  for  their 
purchase  by  the  United  States. 

"On  January  24,  1902,  a  convention  was  signed  at  Washington 
by  Mr.  Hay,  Secretary  of  State,  and  Mr.  Brun,  Danish  minister,  for 
the  cession  to  the  United  States  of  'the  islands  of  Saint  Thomas, 
Saint  John,  and  Saint  Qroix,  in  the  West  Indies,  with  the  adjacent 
islands  and  rocks,'  the  consideration  being  $5,000,000.  This  con- 
vention was  favorably  reported  by  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Rela- 
tions on  February  5,  1902,  and  ratified  by  the  United  States  Senate 
February  17,  1902.  The  treaty  was  approved  by  one  house  of  the 
Danish  Rigsdag;  but,  October  21,  1902,  the  other  house  by  a  vote  of 
32  to  32  declined  to  ratify  it." 


24  THE  VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

GOVERNMENT. 

The  islands  constitute  two  municipalities — one  consisting  of 
St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  and  the  other  of  St.  Croix. 

Each  island  is  divided  into  quarter  districts,  of  which  there  are  8 
in  St.  Thomas  outside  of  the  town  of  Charlotte  Amalie,  5  in  St.  John 
outside  of  Cruz  Bay  town,  and  9  in  St.  Croix  outside  of  Christiansted 
town  and  Frederiksted  town. 

Formerly  the  executive  power  was  vested  in  a  colonial  governor 
appointed  by  the  Crown,  who  resided  from  April  1  to  September  30 
of  each  year  in  Christiansted,  the  capital  of  St.  Croix,  and  the  other 
half  of  the  year  in  Charlotte  Amalie,  the  capital  of  the  municipality 
of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John.  Legislative  authority  in  each  munici- 
pality was  vested  in  a  colonial  council  consisting  of  18  members  for 
St.  Croix — 5  nominated  by  the  Crown  and  13  elected — and  11  m.em- 
bers  for  the  municipality  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John — 4  nominated 
by  the  Crown  and  7  elected.  Of  those  elected  in  the  latter  munici- 
pality, 4  were  from  the  town  of  Charl6tte  Amalie,  1  from  the  rural 
districts  of  St.  Thomas,  and  2  from  the  island  of  St.  John. 

There  are  two  essential  requisites  for  the  qualification  of  voters. 
First,  the  appHcant  must  own  real  estate  producing  a  monthly  income 
of  $5,  or  have  a  personal  income  of  $300  a  year;  and,  second,  he 
must  be  of  unblemished  character. 

Educational  facilities  on  the  islands  are  limited,  especially  in  the 
higher  grades.  Heretofore,  in  order  to  pursue  a  course  beyond  the 
grades,  it  has  been  necessary  to  go  to  institutions  on  the  neighboring 
islands  or  to  the  United  States  or  to  Europe.  Under  the  able  admin- 
istration of  the  naval  governor  since  the  United  States  has  taken 
possession  of  the  islands,  steps  have  already  been  taken  to  improve 
educational  conditions. 

ST.  CEOIX   (sANTA  CRUZ)   ISLAND. 

St.  Croix,  the  largest  and  most  populous  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  is 
40  mdes  south  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  and  had  a  population  of 
14,901  at  the  time  of  the  special  census.  It  has  an  area  of  84  square 
mUes,  and  a  density  of  population  of  177  to  the  square  mUe.  Of  the 
approximate  acreage  of  53,920,  there  were  reported  49,206  acres  in 
farms  at  the  census  of  1917.  The  island  is  about  20  mUes  in  extreme 
length  and  varies  in  width  from  1  mile  in  the  eastern  end  to  5  miles 
in  the  central  and  western  parts.  Unhke  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John, 
its  coast  line  is  not  indented  by  bays  and  harbors.  Tiie  harbors  of 
Christiansted  and  Frederiksted  are  practically  the  only  barbers  on 
the  island.  The  harbor  of  the  latter  city  is  nothing  more  than 
an  open  roadstead.  Although  Christiansted  Harbor  has  a  tortuous 
^  entrance  and  has  filled  up  with  mud,  it  is  considered  feasible  by 


ST.    JOHN   ISLAND.  25 

dredging  to  make  it  much  more  available  and  convenient  of  access 
for  shipping. 

On  the  northern  side  of  the  island  deep  water  is  close  to  shore, 
while  on  the  southern  side  the  shoals  or  coral  ledges  extend  from 
2  to  3  miles. 

The  northern  side  of  St.  Croix  is  somewhat  mountamous,  the  high- 
est peak  being  Mount  Eagle,  which  has  an  elevation  of  1,164  feet. 
The  range  varies  from  600  to  1,000  feet  in  the  western  end  of  the 
island  and  from  400  to  SOO  feet  in  the  eastern  end.  Southward  from 
the  mountain  range  St.  Croix  is  composed  of  broad  undulating  valleys, 
fertile  and  well  adapted  to  agriculture.  Modern  farming  methods 
are  practiced,  and  some  of  the  sugar  estates  employ  machinery  to 
advantage  in  the  cultivation  of  sugar  cane.  St.  Croix  is  well  suited 
to  the  growing  of  a  very  fine  grade  of  sea-island  cotton,  100,000 
pounds  having  been  reported  as  marketed  by  one  company  in  1917. 

The  estates  of  St.  Croix  are  owned  generally  by  a  very  intelligent 
and  progressive  class  of  men,  and  the  social  life  is  very  different  from 
that  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John.  The  estate  owners  are  natives  of 
the  Virgin  Islands,  or  the  neighboring  islands  of  Barbados,  St. 
Christopher,  and  Antigua,  or  of  the  United  States. 

Sugar  cane,  hay  and  forage,  cotton,  and  fruits  and  vegetables  were 
the  crops  of  most  importance  as  reported  at  the  1917  census.  The 
value  reported  for  all  crops  at  this  census  was  practically  half  a 
million  dollars,  sugar  cane  representing  nearly  nine-tenths  of  this 
total.  The  cUmate  and  soil  are  well  suited  to  the  growing  of  tropical 
fruits.  Bananas,  cocoa,  mangoes,  oranges,  and  pineapples  were 
reported  in  the  agriculture  census,  although  in  nothing  like  the 
quantities  customarily  grown  on  account  of  the  destruction  of  trees 
and  foliage  by  the  hurricane  of  October,  1916.  Cattle  raising  is  an 
important  industry,  the  total  value  of  live  stock  reported  on  farms 
and  elsewhere  exceeding  the  total  value  of  all  crops. 

St.  Croix  is  traversed  b}^  a  network  of  roads,  kept  in  good  con- 
dition, and  the  automobile  is  used  extensively  by  the  estate  owners 
axid  otibers  for  business  and  for  pleasure. 

ST.    JOHN    ISLAND. 

St.  John,  lying  just  east  of  St.  Thomas,  is  the  smallest  and  least 
developed  of  the  three  islands.  It  has  an  area  of  20  square  miles 
and  only  959  inhabitants,  a  density  of  48  to  the  square  mile.  There 
are  no  roads  on  the  island,  consequently  the  only  method  of  travel 
is  on  horseback  over  mountain  trails. 

The  chief  industry  now  is  cattle  raising,  and  the  estates  or  farms 
are  largely  given  over  to  this  pursuit.  Formerly  sugar  cane  was  grown 
to  a  considerable  extent,  but  has  been  discontinued  since  the  intro- 


26  THE   VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 

duction  of  modern  machinery  in  its  cultivation  in  competing  areas. 
A  small  amomit  of  sugar  cane  is  still  grown  and  converted  into  rum. 

At  the  1917  census  reports  were  secured  for  26  farms,  representing 
about  four-fifths  of  the  acreage  of  the  island.  Only  about  one-fifth 
of  the  total  land  in  farms,  however,  was  classed  as  improved  land, 
and  the  average  value  of  land  per  acre  was  reported  as  S9.46,  which 
is  less  than  one-third  the  average  value  reported  for  land  in  St. 
Thomas  and  less  than  one-fourth  that  in  St.  Croix. 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  estate  owners  the  natives  of  the  island 
of  St.  John  live  in  small  houses,  in  many  instances  little  more  than 
huts,  and  raise,  in  small  patches,  potatoes,  yams,  okra,  cucumbers, 
tomatoes,  peas,  and  pumpkins.  The}^  add  to  their  livelihood  by 
fishing,  and  by  wages  for  occasional  labor  on  neighboring  estates. 

St.  John  is  noted  chiefly  for  the  export  of  bay  oil.  For  many  years 
it  has  had  the  reputation  of  furnishing  the  best  article  of  this  kind 
on  the  market. 

Bay  oil  is  made  from  the  leaves  of  the  bay  tree  (Pimento  acris), 
the  usual  method  being  to  distill  the  leaA'^es  with  sea  water.  On 
account  of  the  destructive  hurricane  of  October,  1916,  the  produc- 
tion of  this  oil  fell  to  about  125  gallons  for  the  year  1917;  there  is 
normally  about  four  times  this  amount  produced.  The  greater  part 
of  the  product  is  marketed  in  St.  Thomas  and  there  distilled  or  com- 
bined with  alcohol  to  form  the  bay  rum  of  commerce,  favorably 
known  as  a  toilet  article. 

The  violence  of  the  wind  in  the  1916  hurricane  denuded  the  bay 
trees  of  leaves,  and  only  a  small  quantity  were  recovered  for  use. 
Some  attempts  are  being  made  at  increasing  the  output  of  bay  oil 
by  the  plantmg  of  bay  trees,  with  very  satisfactory  results. 

Some  effort  also  has  been  made  to  cultivate  lime  trees.  In  1916 
about  1,000  gallons  of  fresh  lime  juice,  250  gallons  of  concentrated 
lime  juice,  and  18  casks  of  pickled  limes  were  marketed.  All  of  the 
lime  trees  were  either  destroyed  by  the  hurricane  or  damaged  to 
such  an  extent  that  this  industry  was  suspended. 

ST.    THOMAS    ISLAND. 

The  island  of  St.  Thomas  hes  almost  east  and  west,  and  is  divided 
longitudinally  by  a  range  of  low  mountains,  which  vary  in  height  from 
500  feet  in  the  eastern  end  and  600  feet  in  the  western  end  to  an  eleva- 
tion of  1,549  feet  at  West  Mountain,  about  one-third  of  the  distance 
from  the  eastern  end  of  the  island.  Many  of  these  ranges  or  elevations 
branch  off  laterally  on  both  the  north  and  south  slopes,  extending 
in  places  almost  to  the  sea.  Thus  there  is  afforded  small  opportunity 
for  agricultural  production.  The  valleys  in  which  agriculture  can  be 
carried  on  are  small,  and  the  soil,  which  is  a  result  of  the  decomposi- 
tion of  rocks,  varies  from  10  to  50  feet  in  depth  and  is  very  fertile. 


ST.    THOMAS   ISLAND.  27 

Although  the  hills  and  undulations  render  the  valleys  iinsuited  to 
the  use  of  machinery,  if  proper  attention  were  given  to  tlie  raising 
of  fruits,  vegetables,  and  crops  other  than  cereals  a  sudicient  quantity 
could  be  grown  to  supply  the  local  needs. 

The  estates,  or  plantations,  for  which  schedules  were  secured  at 
the  1917  census  wore  63  in  number,  with  a  total  acreage  of  10,683. 
This  acreage  is  59.1  per  cent  of  the  total  acreage  of  the  island.  From 
the  beginnmg  of  the  settlement,  in  1672,  up  to  1850  considerable 
attention  was  paid  to  agriculture,  and  sugar,  cotton,  rice,  bananas, 
oranges,  lemons,  and  limes  were  raised,  although  as  early  as  1733 
St.  Thomas  b'egan  to  decline  as  a  plantation  colony.  In  recent 
years  there  has  been  a  pronounced  tendency  on  the  part  of  the  native 
population  to  seek  employment  in  Charlotte  Amalie — the  capital 
of  the  municipality  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  and  the  largest  town 
in  the  Virgin  Islands — to  the  detriment  of  industry  on  the  planta- 
tions. Their  chief  employment  is  to  be  found  in  the  coaling  of  ships 
and  other  harbor  work  incident  to  the  coaling,  provisioning,  and 
repairing  of  vessels  of  call.  This  movement  of  the  native  popula- 
tion to  the  town  has  progressed  to  such  an  extent  that  there  is  scarcely 
any  labor  available  for  the  cultivation  of  farms,  and  practically  all 
of  the  fruit  and  vegetables  and  other  food  products  are  supplied  to 
St.  Thomas  from  St.  John,  Tortola,  and  Porto  Rico. 

Charlotte  Amalie  is  the  only  incorporated  town  on  the  island  of 
St.  Thomas,  although  there  are  settlements  immediately  outside 
the  corporate  limits,  which  for  all  purposes  other  than  political  are 
a  part  of  that  town.  The  chief  of  these  settlements  in  number  of 
inhabitants  lies  to  the  westward  of  Charlotte  Amalie  and  is  known 
as  Honduras.  It  is  populated  by  over  200  persons,  whose  chief 
industry  is  fishing.  Besides  their  apparatus  used  in  fishing,  they 
also  find  time  to  make  baskets  and  straw  hats  for  sale  among  the 
natives  of  St.  Thomas! 

At  present  there  is  only  one  road  on  St.  Thomas  available  for  ve- 
hicular traffic.  This  runs  in  an  easterly  and  westerly  direction  from 
Charlotte  Amalie  to  the  ends  of  the  island.  Such  other  roads  as 
there  are,  connecting  the  various  estates  and  radiating  from  Charlotte 
Amahe,  are  little  more  than  trails.  The  roads  have  been  allowed  to 
deteriorate  since  the  decline  of  agriculture  on  the  estates. 


TREATY  BETWEEN  DENMARK  AND  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

The  following  is  the  full  text  of  the  treaty  entered  into  on  August 
4,  1916,  between  Robert  Lansing  and  Constantin  Bruii,  plenipo- 
tentiaries of  the  United  States  and  Denmark: 

Convention  Between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Denmark  and  the  United 
States  of  Amenca  Respecting  the  Cession  of  the  Danish  West-Indian 
Islands. 

The  United  States  of  America  and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Den- 
mark being  desirous  of  confirming  the  good  understanding  which 
exists  between  them,  have  to  that  end  appomted  as  plenipotentiaries: 

The  President  of  the  United  States:  Mr.  Robert  Lansing,  Secre- 
tary of  State  of  the  United  States, 

and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Denmark:  Mr.  Constantin  Brun, 
His  Majesty's  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  at 
Washington, 

who,  having  mutually  exhibited  their  full  powers,  which  were  found 
to  be  in  due  form,  have  agreed  upon  the  following  articles: 

Article  1. 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Denmark  by  this  convention  cedes  to  the 
United  States  all  territory,  dominion,  and  sovereignty  possessed, 
asserted,  or  clauned  by  Denmark  in  the  West  Indies,  including  the 
islands  of  Saint  Thomas,  Saint  John,  and  Saint  Croix,  together  with 
the  adjacent  islands  and  rocks. 

Tliis  cession  includes  the  right  of  property  in  all  public,  govern- 
ment, or  Crown  lands,  pubhc  buildings,  wharves,  ports,  harbors, 
fortifications,  barracks,  public  funds,  rights,  franchises,  and  privi- 
leges, and  all  other  public  property  of  every  kind  or  description  now 
belonging  to  Denmark,  together  with  all  appurtenances  thereto. 

In  this  cession  shall  also  be  included  any  government  archives, 
records,  papers,  or  documents  which  relate  to  the  cession  or  the  rights 
and  property  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands  ceded,  and  which  may 
now  be  existing  either  in  the  islands  ceded  or  in  Denmark.  Such 
archives  and  records  shall  be  carefully  preserved,  and  authenti- 
cated copies  thereof,  as  may  be  required,  shaU  be  at  all  times  given 
to  the  United  States  Government  or  the  Danish  Government  as  the 
case  may  be,  or  to  such  properly  authorized  persons  as  may  apply 
for  them. 

Article  2. 

Denmark  guarantees  that  the  cession  made  by  the  preceding  article 
is  free  and  unencumbered  by  any  reservations,  privileges,  franchises, 
grants,  or  possessions  held  by  any  governments,  corporations,  syndi- 
cates, or  individuals,  except  as  herein  mentioned.  But  it  is  under- 
stood that  this  cession  does  not  in  any  respect  impair  private  rights 
which  by  law  belong  to  the  peaceful  possession  of  property  of  all 
kmds  by  private  individiials  of  whatsoever  nationality,  by  munici- 
pahties,  public  or  private  establishments,  ecclesiastical  or  civic  bodies, 
or  any  other  associations  having  legal  capacity  to  acquire  and  pos- 
sess property  in  the  islands  ceded. 
(28) 


TEXT  OF   THE   TREATY.  29 

The  congregations  belonging  to  the  Danish  National  Church  shall 
retaui  the  undisturbed  use  of  the  churches  which  are  now  used  by 
them,  together  witli  the  parsonages  appertaining  thereunto  and 
other  appurtenances,  includmg  the  funds  allotted  to  the  churches. 

Article  S. 

It  is  especially  agreed,  however,  that — 

(1)  The  arms  and  military  stores  existing  in  the  islands  at  the 
time  of  the  cession  and  belonging  to  the  Danish  Government  shall 
remain  the  property  of  that  Govermiient  and  shall,  as  soon  as  cir- 
cumstances will  permit,  be  removed  by  it,  unless  they,  or  parts 
thereof,  may  have  been  bought  by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States;  it  being,  however,  understood  that  flags  and  colors,  uniforms, 
and  such  anns  or  mihtary  artick^s  as  are  marked  as  being  the  prop- 
erty of  the  Danish  Government  shall  not  be  included  in  sucb  purchase. 

(2)  The  movables,  especially  silver  plate  and  pictures,  which  may 
be  found  in  the  govermnent  buildings  in  the  islands  ceded  and  be- 
longing to  the  Danish  Government  shall  remain  the  property  of  that 
Government  and  shall,  as  soon  as  circumstances  will  permit,  be 
removed  by  it. 

(3)  The  pecuniary  claims  now  held  by  Denmark  against  the  colo- 
nial treasuries  of  the  islands  ceded  are  altogether  extinguished  in 
consequence  of  this  cession  and  the  United  States  assumes  no  re- 
sponsibOity  whatsoever  for  or  in  connection  with  these  claims. 
Excepted  is,  however,  the  amount  due  to  the  Danish  treasury  in 
account  current  with  the  West  Indian  colonial  treasuries  pursuant 
to  the  making  up  of  accounts  in  consequence  of  the  session  of  the 
islands;  should,  on  the  other  hand,  this  final  accounting  show  a 
balance  in  favour  of  the  West  Indian  colonial  treasuries,  the  Danish 
treasury  shall  pay  that  amount  to  the  colonial  treasuries. 

(4)  The  United  States  will  maintain  the  following  grants,  conces- 
sions, and  licenses,  given  by  the  Danish  Govermnent,  in  accordance 
with  the  terms  on  which  they  are  given: 

a.  The  concession  granted  to  "Det  vestindiske  Kompagni"  (the 
West  Indian  Company)  Ltd.  by  the  communications  from  the  Min- 
istry of  Finance  of  January  18th,  1913,  and  of  April  16th,  1913, 
relative  to  a  license  to  embank,  drain,  deepen,  and  utihze  certain 
areas  in  St.  Thomas  Harbor  and  preferential  rights  as  to  commercial, 
industrial,  or  shipping  establishments  m  the  said  harbor. 

h.  Agreement  of  August  10th  and  14th,  1914,  between  the  muni- 
cipality of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  and  "Det  vestindiske  Kompagni," 
Ltd.,  relative  to  the  supply  of  the  city  of  Charlotte  Amahe  with  elec- 
tric hghting. 

c.  Concession  of  March  12th,  1897,  to  "The  Floating  Dock  Com- 
pany of  wSt.  Thomas,  Ltd.,"  subsequently  transferred  to  "The  St. 
Thomas  Engineering  and  Coaling  Company,  Ltd.,"  relative  to  a 
floating  dock  in  St.  Thomas  Harbor,  in  which  concession  the  main- 
tenance, extension,  and  alteration  of  the  then  existing  repairing  slip 
are  reserved. 

d.  Royal  Decree  No.  79,  of  November  30th,  1914,  relative  to  the 
subsidies  from  the  colonial  treasuries  of  St.  Thomas  and  Sainte  Croix 
to  "The  West  India  and  Panama  Telegraph  Company,  Ltd." 


30  THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 

e.  Concession  of  November  3rd,  1906,  to  K.  B.  Hey  to  establish 
and  operate  a  telephone  system  on  St.  Thomas  Island,  which  con- 
cession has  subsequently  been  transferred  to  the  "St.  Thomas  Tele- 
fonselskab,"  Ltd. 

/.  Concession  of  February  28th,  1913,  to  the  municipality  of  Sainte 
Croix  to  establish  and  operate  a  telephone  system  in  Sainte  Croix. 

g.  Concession  of  July  16th,  1915,  to  Ejnar  Svendsen,  an  engineer, 
for  the  construction  and  operation  of  an  electric-light  plant  in  the 
city  of  Christiansted,  Sainte  Croix. 

h.  Concession  of  Jime  20th,  1904,  for  the  estabhshment  of  a 
Danish  West  Indian  bank  of  issue.  TTiis  bank  has  for  a  period  of  30 
years  acquired  the  monopoly"  to  issue  bank  notes  in  the  Danish 
West  India  Islands  against  the  payment  to  the  Danish  Treasury  of  a 
tax  amoimting  to  ten  per  cent  of  its  annual  profits. 

i.  Guarantee  according  to  the  Danish  supplementary  budget  law 
for  the  financial  year  1908-1909  relative  to  the  St.  Thomas  Harbor's 
four  per  cent  loan  of  1910. 

(5)  Whatever  sum  shall  be  due  to  the  Danish  treasury  by  private 
individuals  on  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  ratifications  are  reserved 
and  do  not  pass  by  this  cession;  and  where  the  Danish  Government 
at  that  date  holds  property  taken  over  by  the  Danish  treasury  for 
sums  due  by  private  imlividuals,  such  property  shall  not  pass  by 
this  cession,  but  the  Danish  Government  shall  sell  or  dispose  of  such 
property  and  remove  its  proceeds  within  two  years  from  the  date 
of  the  exchange  of  ratifications  of  this  convention;  the  United  States 
Government  bemg  entitled  to  sell  by  public  auction,  to  the  credit 
of  the  Danish  Government,  any  portion  of  such  property  remaining 
unsold  at  the  expiration  of  the  said  term  of  two  years. 

(6)  The  colonial  treasuries  shall  contmue  to  pay  the  yearly  allow- 
ances now  given  to  heretofore  retired  functionaries  appointed  in  the 
islands  but  holding  no  royal  commissions,  unless  such  allowances 
may  have  imtil  now  been  paid  in  Denmark. 

Article  4-, 

The  Danish  Government  shaU  appoint  with  convenient  despatch 

an  agent  or  agents  for  the  purpose  of  formally  delivering  to  a  similar 
agent  or  agents  appointed  on  behalf  of  the  United  States,  the  territory, 
dominion,  property,  and  appurtenances  which  are  ceded  hereby,  and 
for  doing  any  other  act  which  may  be  necessary  in  regard  thereto. 
Formal  delivery  of  the  territorj"  and  property  ceded  shall  be  made 
immediately  after  the  payment  by  the  United  States  of  the  sum  of 
money  stipulated  in  this  convention ;  but  the  cession  with  the  right  of 
immediate  possession  is  nevertheless  to  be  deemed  complete  on  the 
exchange  of  ratifications  of  this  convention  without  such  formal 
delivery.  Any  Danish  military  or  naval  forces  which  may  be  in  the 
islands  ceded  shall  be  withdrawn  as  soon  as  may  be  practicable  after 
the  formal  delivery,  it  being  however  imderstood  that  if  the  persons 
constitutmg  these  forces,  after  having  terminated  their  Danish 
service,  do  not  wish  to  leave  the  islands,  they  shall  be  allowed  to 
remain  there  as  civilians. 


TEXT   OF   THE   TREATY.  31 

Article  5. 

In  full  consideration  of  the  cession  made  by  this  convention,  the 
United  States  agrees  to  pay,  within  ninety 'days  from  the  date  of  the 
exchange  of  the" ratifications  of  this  convention,  in  the  city  of  Wash- 
ington to  the  diplomatic  representative  or  other  agent  of  His  Majesty 
the  King  of  Denmark  duly  authorized  to  receive  the  money  the  sum 
of  twenty-five  miUion  dollars  in  gold  coin  of  the  United  States. 

Article  6. 

Danish  citizens  residing  in  said  islands  may  remain  therein  or  may 
remove  therefrom  at  will,  retaining  in  either  event  all  their  rights  of 
property,  including  the  right  to  sell  or  dispose  of  such  property  or 
its  proceeds;  in  case  they  remain  in  the  islands,  they  shall  continue 
imtil  otherwise  provided  to  enjoy  all  the  private,  municipal,  and 
religious  rights  and  liberties  secured  to  them  by  the  laws  now  in 
force.  If  the  present  laws  are  altered  the  said  inhabitants  shall  not 
thereby  be  placed  in  a  less  favorable  position  in  respect  to  the  above- 
mentioned  rights  and  liberties  than  they  now  enjoy.  Those  who 
remain  in  the"  islands  may  preserve  their  citizenship  in  Denmark  by 
making  before  a  court  of  record,  within  one  year  from  the  date  of 
the  exchange  of  ratifications  of  this  convention,  a  declaration  of  their 
decision  to  preserve  such  citizenship ;  in  default  of  which  declaration 
they  shall  be  held  to  have  renounced  it,  and  to  have  accepted  citizen- 
ship in  the  United  States;  for  children  under  eighteen  years  the  said 
declaration  may  bo  made  by  their  parents  or  guardians.  Such  elec- 
tion of  Danish  citizenship  shall,  however,  not,  after  the  lapse  of  the 
said  term  of  one  year,  be  a  bar  to  their  renunciation  of  their  preserved 
Danish  citizenship  and  their  election  of  citizenship  in  the  United 
States  and  admission  to  the  nationality  thereof  on  the  same  terms  as 
may  be  provided  according  to  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  for  other 
inhabitants  of  the  islands. 

The  civil  rights  and  the  political  status  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
islands  shall  be  determmed  by  the  Congress,  subject  to  the  stipulations 
contained  in  the  present  convention. 

Danish  citizens  not  residing  in  the  islands  but  owning  property 
therein  at  the  time  of  the  cession  shall  retain  their  rights  of  property, 
including  the  right  to  sell  or  dispose  of  such  property,  being  placed 
in  this  regard  on  the  same  basis  as  the  Danish  citizens  residing  in 
the  island^  and  remaining  therein  or  removing  therefrom,  to  whom 
the  first  paragraph  of  this  article  relates. 

Article  7. 

Danish  subjects  residing  in  the  islands  shall  be  subject  in  matters 
civil  as  well  as  criminal  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  courts  of  the  islands, 

Eursuant  to  the  ordinary  laws  governing  the  same,  and  they  shall 
ave  the  right  to  appear  before  such  courts  and  to  pursue  the  same 
course  therein  as  citizens  of  the  comatry  to  which  jthe  courts  belong. 


32  THE  VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

Article  8. 

Judicial  proceedings  pending  at  the  time  of  the  formal  delivery  in 
the  islands  ceded  shall  be  determined  according  to  the  f oUov/ing  rules : 

(1)  Judgments  rendered  either  in  civil  suits  between  private  mdi- 
viduals,  or  in  criminal  matters,  before  the  date  mentioned,  and  with 
respect  to  which  tliere  is  no  recoiu'se  or  right  to  review  under  Danish 
law,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  final,  and  shall  be  executed  in  due  form 
and  without  any  renewed  trial  whatsoever,  by  the  competent  au- 
thority in  the  territories  within  which  such  judgments  are  to  be 
carried  out. 

If,  in  a  criminal  case  a  mode  of  punishment  has  been  applied 
which,  according  to  new  rules,  is  no  longer  applicable  on  the  islands 
ceded  after  delivery,  the  nearest  correspondmg  punisliment  in  the 
new  rules  shall  be  applied. 

(2)  Civil  suits  or  criminal  actions  pending  before  the  first  courts, 
in  which  the  pleadmgs  have  not  been  closed  at  the  same  time,  shall 
be  confirmed  before  the  tribunals  established  in  the  ceded  islands 
after  the  delivery,  m.  accordance  with  the  law  which  shall  thereafter 
be  in  force. 

(3)  Civil  suits  and  criminal  actions  pending  at  the  said  time 
before  the  superior  com-t  or  the  supreme  court  in  Denmark  shall 
continue  to  be  prosecuted  before  tlie  Danish  courts  until  imal  judg- 
ment according  to  the  law  hitherto  in  force.  The  judgment  shall 
be  executed  in  due  form  by  the  competent  authority  in  the  terri- 
tories within  whicti  such  judgment  should  be  carried  out. 

Article  9. 

The  rights  of  property  secured  by  copyrights  and  patents  acquired 
by  Danish  subjects  in  the  islands  ceded  at  the  time  of  exchange  of 
the  ratifications  of  this  treaty  shall  continue  to  be  respected. 

Article  10. 

Treaties,  conventions,  and  all  other  international  agreements  of 
any  nature  existing  between  Denmark  and  the  United  States  shall 
eo  ipso  extend,  in  default  of  a  provision  to  the  contrary,  also  to  the 
ceded  islands. 

Article  11. 

In  case  of  differences  of  opinion  arising  between  the  High  Con- 
tracting Parties  in  regard  to  the  interpretation  or  application  of  this 
convention  such  differences,  if  they  can  not  be  regulated  tlnough 
diplomatic  negotiations,  shall  be  submitted  for  arbitration  to  the 
permanent  Court  of  Arbitration  at  The  Hague. 

AHicle  12. 

The  ratification^  of  this  convention  shall  be  exchanged  at  Wash- 
ington as  soon  as  possible  after  ratification  by  both  of  the  High 
Contracting  Parties  according  to  their  respective  procedure. 

In  faith  whereof  the  respective  plenipotentiaries  have  signed  and 
sealed  this  convention  in  the  Englisli  and  Danish  languages. 


ACT  TO  PROVIDE  A  TEMPORARY  GOVERNMENT  FOR  THE  VIRGIN 

ISLANDS. 

An  Act  To  provide  a  temporary  government  for  the  West  Indian  Islands  acquired 
by  the  United  States  from  Denmark  by  the  convention  entered  into  between  said 
countries  on  the  fourth  day  of  August,  nineteen  hundred  and  sixteen,  and 
ratified  by  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  on  the  seventh  day  of  September, 
nineteen  hundred  and  sixteen,  and  for  other  purposes. 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  oftJie  United 
States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  all  military,  civil,  and  judicial  powers  necessary  to  govern 
the  West  Indian  Islands  acquired  from  Denmark  shall  be  vested  in  a 
governor  and  in  such  person  or  persons  as  the  President  may  appoint, 
and  shaU  be  exercised  in  such  manner  as  the  President  shall  direct 
until  Congress  shall  provide  for  the  government  of  said  islands: 
Provided,  That  the  President  may  assign  an  officer  of  the  Army  or 
Navy  to  serve  as  such  governor  and  perform  the  duties  appertaining 
to  said  office :  And  provided  further,  That  the  governor  of  the  said 
islands  shall  be  appointed  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Senate:  And  provided  further,  That  the  compensation  of  all 
persons  appointed  under  this  Act  shall  be  fixed  by  the  President. 

Sec.  2.  That  until  Congress  shall  otherwise  provide,  in  so  far  as 
compatible  with  the  changed  sovereignty  and  not  in  conflict  with 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the  laws  regulating  elections  and  the 
electoral  franchise  as  set  forth  in  the  code  of  laws  published  at 
AmaHenborg  the  sixth  day  of  April,  nineteen  hundred  and  six,  and 
the  other  local  laws,  in  force  and  effect  in  said  islands  on  the  seven- 
teenth day  of  January,  nineteen  hundred  and  seventeen,  shaU  remain 
in  force  and  effect  in  said  islands,  and  the  same  shall  be  administered 
by  the  civil  officials  and  through  the  local  judicial  tribunals  estab- 
hshed  in  said  islands,  respectively;  and  the  orders,  judgments,  and 
decrees  of  said  judicial  tribunals  shall  be  duly  enforced.  With  the 
approval  of  the  President,  or  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as 
the  President  may  prescribe,  any  of  said  laws  may  be  repealed, 
altered,  or  amended  by  the  colonial  council  having  jurisdiction. 
The  jurisdiction  of  the  judicial  tribunals  of  said  islands  shall  extend 
to  all  judicial  proceedings  and  controversies  in  said  islands  to  which 
the  United  States  or  any  citizen  thereof  may  be  a  party.  In  all  cases 
arising  in  the  said  West  Indian  Islands  and  now  reviewable  by  the 
courts  of  Denmark,  writs  of  error  and  appeals  shall  be  to  the  Circuit 
Court  of  Appeals  for  the  Third  Circuit,  and,  except  as  provided  in 
sections  two  hundi'ed  and  thirty-nine  and  two  hundred  and  forty 
of  the  Judicial  Code,  the  judgments,  orders,  and  decrees  of  such  court 
shall  be  final  in  all  such  cases. 

Sec.  3.  That  on  and  after  the  passage  of  this  Act  there  shall  be 
levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  all  articles  coming  into  the  United 
States  or  its  possessions,  from  the  West  Indian  Islands  ceded  to  the 
United  States  by  Denmark,  the  rates  of  duty  and  internal-revenue 
taxes  which  are  required  to  be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  upon  like 
articles  imported  from  foreign  countries:  Provided,  That  all  articles, 
the  growth  or  product  of,  or  manufactured  in  such  islands  from 
60396°— 18 3  (33) 


34  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

materials  the  growth  or  product  of  such  islands  or  of  the  United 
States,  or  of  both,  or  which  do  not  contain  foreign  materials  to  the 
value  of  more  than  twenty  per  centum  of  theh  total  value,  upon 
which  no  drawback  of  customs  duties  has  been  allowed  therein, 
coming  into  the  United  States  from  such  islands  shall  hereafter  be 
admitted  free  of  duty. 

Sec.  4.  That,  until  Congress  shall  otherwise  provide,  all  laws  now 
imposing  taxes  in  the  said  West  Indian  Islands,  including  the  customs 
laws  and  regulations,  shall,  in  so  far  as  compatible  with  the  changed 
sovereignty  and  not  otherwise  herein  provided,  contmue  in  force  and 
effect,  except  that  articles  the  growth,  product,  or  manufacture  of 
the  United  States  shall  be  admitted  there  free  of  duty:  Provided, 
That  upon  exportation  of  sugar  to  any  foreign  country,  or  the  ship- 
ment thereof  to  the  United  States  or  any  of  its  possessions,  there  shall 
be  levied,  collected,  and  paid  thereon  an  export  duty  of  -18  per  ton  of 
two  thousand  pounds  irrespective  of  polariscope  test,  m  lieu  of  any 
export  tax  now  required  by  law. 

Sec.  5.  That  the  duties  and  taxes  collected  in  pursuance  of  this 
Act  shall  not  be  covered  into  the  general  fund  of  the  Treasury  of  the 
United  States,  but  shall  be  used  and  expended  for  the  government 
and  benefit  of  said  islands  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the 
President  may  prescribe. 

Sec.  6.  That  for  the  purpose  of  taking  over  and  occupying  said 
islands  and  of  carrying  this  Act  into  effect  and  to  meet  any  deficit 
in  the  revenues  of  the  said  islands  resulting  from  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  the  sum  of  SI 00,000  is  hereby  appropriated,  to  be  paid  out 
of  any  moneys  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  and  to 
be  applied  under  the  direction  of  the  President  of  the  United  States. 

Sec.  7.  That  the  sum  of  $25,000,000  is  hereby  appropriated,  out 
of  any  moneys  in  the  Treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  to  be 
paid  in  the  city  of  Washington  to  the  diplomatic  representative  or 
other  agent  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Denmark  duly  authorized  to 
receive  said  money,  in  fuU  consideration  of  the  cession  of  the  Danish 
West  Indian  Islands  to  the  United  States  made  by  the  convention 
between  the  United  States  of  America  and  His  Majesty  the  King  of 
Denmark  entered  into  August  fourth,  nineteen  hundred  and  sixteen, 
and  ratified  by  the  Senate  of  the  United  States  on  the  seventh  day 
of  September,  nhieteon  hundred  and  sixteen. 

Sec.  8.  That  this  Act,  with  the  exception  of  section  seven,  shall  be 
in  force  and  effect  and  become  operative  immediately  upon  the  pay- 
ment by  the  United  States  of  said  sum  of  $25,000,000.  The  fact  and 
date  of  such  payment  shall  thereupon  be  made  public  by  a  proclama- 
tion issued  by  the  President  and  published  in  the  said  Danish  West 
Indian  Islands  and  in  the  United  States.  Section  seven  shall  become 
immediately  effective  and  the  appropriation  thereby  provided  for 
shall  be  immediately  available. 

Approved,  March  3,  1917. 

In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  foregoing  act  of  Congress, 
Rear  Admiral  James  H.  Oliver  was  appointed  naval  governor  of  the 
islands  and  on  March  31,  1917,  took  formal  possession,  thus  marking 
the  end  of  a  period  covering  more  than  half  a  century  of  negotiation 
and  treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Denmark. 


POPULATION. 

INTRODUCTION. 

The  special  census  of  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States, 
taken  by  the  Bureau  of  the  Census  as  of  November  1,  1917,  was  the 
first  census  of  population  under  the  auspices  of  the  United  States 
Government.  For  this  census  a  general  population  schedule  was 
prepared.  This  schedule  differed  but  slightly  from  that  used  for 
the  United  States  proper  at  the  Thu'teenth  Census,  1910.  The 
printed  instructions  to  enumerators  as  to  the  method  of  filhng  out 
the  schedule  and  as  to  the  manner  of  determining  who  should  and 
who  should  not  be  enumerated  in  their  districts,  followed  closely 
those  furnished  the  Thirteenth  Census  enumerators  in  the  United 
States  proper,  except  that  the  instructions  to  the  enumerators  in 
the  Virgin  Islands  were  briefer  and  were  modified  somewhat  to 
accord  with  changes  in  the  schedule  and  with  conditions  on  the 
Virgin  Islands. 

Although  the  work  of  enumeration  was  done  between  December 
24,  1917,  and  January  12,  1918,  inclusive,  the  census  was  taken  as 
of  November  1,  1917.  During  this  time  there  w^as  very  little  travel 
on  the  part  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Virgin  Islands  between  these 
islands  and  other  islands  or  countries,  and  as  few  other  persons  were 
arriving  at  or  leaving  the  islands,  the  enumeration  of  the  population 
approximately  two  months  after  the  official  census  day,  November 
1,  probably  had  httle  effect  on  the  returns. 

The  actual  work  of  enumeration  was  done  by  residents  of  the 
islands.  In  each  of  the  three  cities,  school-teachers,  both  male  and 
female,  were  appointed  enumerators.  In  the  rural  districts  the  work 
of  enumeration  was  done  partly  by  quarter  officers  (officers  corre- 
sponding closely  to  certain  township  officers  in  the  United  States) 
and  partly  by  other  persons.  On  the  island  of  St.  Croix,  especially, 
a  number  of  prominent  estate  owners  and  managers  generously  con- 
sented to  act  as  enumerators.  Each  island  was  divided  into  a  num- 
ber of  enumeration  districts — a  total  of  43  districts  for  the  three  is- 
lands. The  enumerators  were  required  to  visit  each  dwelling  per- 
sonall}^  and  to  collect  the  statistics  provided  for  on  the  population 
and  agriculture  schedules.  In  the  rural  districts  they  were  required, 
also,  to  collect  from  the  employers  the  statistics  called  for  by  the 
wages  and  hours  of  labor  schedule.  In  the  cities  these  statistics 
were  collected  by  special  enumerators. 

(35) 


36  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

In  the  cities  tlie  returns  of  each  enumerator  were  examined  from 
day  to  day  by  the  assistants  of  the  supervisor  in  charge.  In  the 
case  of  the  rural  enumerators  such  a  daily  examination  of  the  returns 
was  not  feasible,  but,  so  far  as  practicable,  a  careful  examination  of 
their  returns  was  made  before  the  schedules  were  finally  accepted. 
Notwithstanding  the  large  percentage  of  illiteracy  in  the  Negro  pop- 
ulation of  the  Virgin  Islands  (29.7  per  cent),  it  is  believed  that  in 
the  case  of  most  of  the  population  inquiries  fairly  accurate  returns 
were  secured.  The  enumerators  were  earnest  and  alert,  and  it  was 
possible  to  give  their  work  a  degree  of  supervision  and  examination 
which  it  usually  is  impossible  to  give  the  work  of  an  enumerator  in 
the  United  States  during  the  Federal  census  enumeration,  because 
of  the  larger  size  of  a  supervisor's  district  and  because  he  has  not  a 
sufficient  number  of  trained  assistants.  However,  in  the  case  of 
certain  inquiries  on  the  population  schedule,  there  may  be  a  consid- 
erable element  of  error  in  the  returns,  due  either  to  lack  of  knowl- 
edge of  the  real  facts  on  the  part  of  the  persons  enumerated  or  to  a 
desire  on  their  part  not  to  disclose  the  real  facts.  Error  due  to  one 
of  these  causes  probably  exists  in  considerable  degree  in  the  returns 
as  to  color  or  race,  age,  marital  conditon,  and  citizenship. 

The  tables  interspersed  throughout  the  text,  together  with  the 
general  tables,  present  statistics  for  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United 
States,  and,  usually,  for  each  island  separately,  relating  to  number  of 
inhabitants,  increase  and  decrease  of  population,  proportions  of  urban 
and  rural,  color  or  race,  sex,  age,  marital  condition,  place  of  birth, 
males  of  voting  and  militia  ages,  citizenship,  school  attendance, 
iUiteracy,  inability  to  speak  English,  number  of  dweUings  and  fami- 
lies, occupations,  and  wages  and  hours  of  labor.  So  fair  as  'compa- 
rable data  for  preceding  censuses  are  available  they  are  generally 
introduced  in  the  1917  census  tabulations.  On  account  of  the  wide 
differences  in  characteristics  among  different  classes  of  the  popu- 
lation, the  statistics  on  each  subject  usually  are  shown  according 
to  color  or  race.  And,  since  marked  differences  often  exist  between 
urban  and  rural  communities  with  respect  to  the  composition, 
characteristics,  and  activities  of  the  population,  statistics  for  cities 
and  rural  districts,  respectively,  are  presented  in  connection  with 
most  of  the  subjects. 

POPULATION    AND    ITS    DISTRIBUTION. 

Total  population. — The  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  of 
the  United  States  on  November  1,  1917,  was  26,051.  Compared 
with  a  population  of  27,086  on  February  1,  1911,  the  date  of  the 
last  Danish  census,  this  represents  a  decrease  during  the  intervening 
six  years  and  nine  months  of  1,035,  or  4  per  cent.  The  total  popu- 
lation of  the  islands,  and  of  each  of  the  three  principal  islands,  as 
reported  at  each  census  from  1835  to  1917,  is  given  in  Table  1. 


POPULATION. 


37 


Table  1 


CENSUS  YEAR.l 


1917 
1911 
1901 
1890 
1880 
1870 
1860 
1855 
1850 
1846 
1841 
1835 


Virgin 
Islands. 

St.  Croix. 

St. 
Thomas. 

26, 051 

1-1,901 

10, 191 

27, 086 

15,467 

10, 67S 

30,527 

18, 590 

11,012 

32,786 

19, 7S3 

12,019 

33,763 

18,430 

14,389 

37,821 

22,  700 

14,007 

38,231 

23, 194 

13,463 

37, 137 

22,862 

12,560 

39, 014 

23, 720 

13, 066 

39,588 

24,005 

13,073 

40, 955 

25,  (i24 

12,776 

43, 178 

26, 681 

14, 022 

St.  John. 


959 
941 
925 
984 

944 
1,054 
1,574 
1,715 
2,228 
2,450 
2, 5.55 
2,475 


1  The  census  of  1917  was  taken  by  the  United  Slates.    The  censuses  prior  to  1917  were  taken  by  the  Danish 
Government. 

Decrease  in  'population. — The  figures  presented  in  Table  1  show  that 
with  the  exception  of  the  censuses  of  1850  and  1860  there  was  a 
decrease  in  the  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  at  each  succeeding 
census  from  1835  to  1917.  The  decrease  during  this  entire  period 
amounted  to  39.7  per  cent.  The  decrease  was  largest  during  the 
decade  1870-1880 — a  total  of  4,058,  or  10.7  per  cent.  The  decrease 
in  total  population  between  1835  and  1917  was  common  to  each  of 
the  thi"ee  islands,  but  in  each  island  both  the  rate  of  decrease  and  the 
percentage  of  total  decrease  was  different.  The  population  of  the 
island  of  St.  CroLx  decreased  from  26,681  m  1835  to  14,901  m  1917— 
a  total  decrease  of  11,780,  or  44.2  per  cent.  Only  at  the  censuses  of 
1860  and  1890  did  the  population  of  St.  Croix  show  an  increase  over 
that  reported  at  the  preceding  census.  The  increase  was  largest 
during  the  decade  1880-1890 — 1,353,  or  7.3  per  cent.  During  the 
decade  1870-1880  the  decrease  in  population  was  4,330,  or  19  per 
cent.  The  island  of  St.  Thomas  had  a  population  of  14,022  in  1835 
and  only  10,191  in  1917,  a  total  decrease  during  this  period  of  3,831, 
or  27.3  per  cent.  The  population  of  this  island  showed  an  increase 
over  that  reported  at  the  preceding  census  at  each  of  five  different 
censuses— 1846,  1850,  1860,  1870,  and  1880.  The  increase  was 
largest  during  the  period  1855  to  1860 — 903,  or  7.2  per  cent;  and  the 
decrease  was  largest  during  the  period  1880  to  1890—2,370,  or  16.5 
per  cent.  The  population  of  the  island  of  St.  John  decreased  from 
2,475  in  1835  to  959  m  1917,  a  total  decrease  of  1,516,  or  61.3  per  cent. 
At  each  of  four  different  censuses — 1841,  1890,  1911,  and  1917 — the 
population  of  St.  John  was  greater  than  at  the  preceding  census. 
The  increase  in  population  was  largest  during  the  period  1835  to 
1841 — 80,  or  3.2  per  cent;  while  the  decrease  in  population,  if  the 
length  of  the  period  be  considered,  was  largest  during  the  five  years 
1850  to  1855—513,  or  23  per  cent. 

Causes  of  decrease  in  population. — The  many  and  varied  causes 
which  contributed  to  the  general  decline  in  the  population  of  the 
Virgin  Islands  as  shown  in  Table  1  may  be  grouped  conveniently 


38 


THE  VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


under  two  principal  heads — the  excess  of  deaths  over  births  and  the 
excess  of  emigration  over  immigration. 

Tlie  figures  given  in  Table  2  (taken  from  the  AnnuaLre  Statis- 
tique  du  Danemark,  1907,  p.  188,  and  1916,  p.  216)  show  for  the 
Virgin  Islands  the  number  of  marriages,  births,  and  deaths,  respec- 
tively, for  each  year  from  1896-1897  to  1915-1916,  inclusive. 


Table  3 

Mar- 
riages.2 

BIETIIS  (AND  STILL- 
BIRTHS).* 

DEATHS  (AND  STILL- 
BIRTHS) .2 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

808 

996 

952 

1, 173 

1,055 

993 

954 

1, 135 

1,329 

1,042 

1,023 

998 

906 

958 

955 

1,276 

1,399 

1,027 

1,205 

1,080 

Male. 

Female. 

1915-1916 

98 
138 
169 
151 
147 
165 
163 
173 
163 
160 
173 
174 
153 
162 
141 
189 
224 
151 
196 
133 

762 
873 
855 
818 
879 
915 
942 
948 
982 
949 
923 
920 
880 
846 

1,051 
870 

1,031 
970 
885 
967 

398 
440 
426 
386 
460 
443 
488 
480 
485 
501 
470 
475 
432 
412 
552 
451 
546 
505 
465 
503 

364 
433 
429 
432 
419 
472 
454 
468 
497 
448 
453 
445 
448 
434 
499 
419 
485 
465 
420 
464 

396 
481 

458 
564 
548 
512 
4S9 
562 
641 
563 
490 
460 
440 
441 
408 
642 
696 
489 
626 
541 

412 

1914  1915                                .           

515 

1913  1914           

494 

1912  1913                                           

609 

1911  1912                      

507 

lQlO-1911 

481 

1909-1910                                    

465 

1908-1909   

573 

1907  1908 

688 

1906-1907                      

479 

1905-1906 

533 

1904-1905 

538 

1903-1904 

466 

190''  1903 

517 

1901-1902 

487 

1900-1901    

634 

1899-1900 

703 

1898-1899 

538 

1897-1898       

579 

1896-1897 

539 

in  eacn  case  the  year  was  from  Apr.  1  to  Mar.  31,  Inclusive. 
2  Annuaire  Statistique  du  Danemark,  1907,  p.  188;  1916,  p.  216. 

In  the  Danish  report  of  the  1911  census  of  the  Virgin  Islands  it  is 
stated  that  the  statistics  of  births  and  deaths  are  very  incomplete, 
and  that  it  is  probable  that  the  percentage  of  deaths  is  much  larger 
than  reported.  In  view  of  this  statement,  it  is  probable  that  the 
birth  and  death  statistics  presented  above  are  defective  in  the  same 
manner  as  those  reported  for  the  census  of  1911.  But  the  statistics, 
as  they  stand,  show  that  in  two  decades,  1896  to  1916,  there  was, 
with  but  a  single  exception — the  year  1901-2 — an  annual  excess  of 
deaths  over  births. 

The  causes  determining  the  birth  rate  and  also  those  determining 
the  death  rate  of  the  Virgin  Islands  are  both  social  and  economic. 
The  present  high  infant  mortality  rate  probably  is  accounted  for 
mainly  by  the  fact  that  most  of  the  parents  are  poor  and  dependent 
on  their  daily  wages  for  a  meager  livelihood;  by  the  fact  that  58.7 
per  cent  of  the  married  women  and  women  living  with  their  husbands 
by  mutual  consent  were  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  in  1917, 
a  lai'ge  proportion  of  them  as  field  laborers;  and  by  the  further  fact 
that  a  large  proportion  of  the  children  are  born  out  of  wedlock — 
69  per  cent  of  those  baptized  in  1914-15  and  67.9  per  cent  of  those 
baptized   in   1915-16.*     Since  these  conditions   are  not   peculiar  to 

*  Annuaire  Statistique  du  Danemark. 


POPULATION".  39 

tlie  present  they  probably  account  largely,  also,  for  the  high  infant 
mortality  rate  in  past  years. 

Without  attempting  to  analyze  the  causes  determining  the  birth 
and  death  rates,  or  to  measure  the  effect  of  each  cause,  it  is  sufficient 
here  to  show  that  the  excess  of  deaths  over  births  probably  has  not 
been  large  enough  to  account  for  the  entire  decrease  in  population. 
As  shown  by  Table  1,  the  decrease  in  population  between  1901  and 
1911  was  3,441.  Table  2  shows  that  for  the  years  1901-2  to 
1910-11,  inclusive,  the  total  number  of  births  was  9,356  and  the 
total  number  of  deaths  10,293,  an  excess  of  deaths  over  births  of  937. 
Deducting  this  excess  of  937  from  the  3,441  decrease  in  population  for 
the  decade  1901-1911  leaves  a  remaining  decrease  of  2,504,  which 
must  be  ascrihed  to  the  excess  of  emigration  over  immigration.  It 
is  possible  that  during  earlier  decades  a  larger  proportion  of  the 
decrease  in  population  may  have  been  due  to  an  excess  of  deaths  over 
births  than  was  the  case  durhig  the  decade  1901-1911,  but  it  is  prob- 
able that  during  most  of  the  period  covered  by  the  census  statistics  of 
the  Virgin  Islands — 1835-1917 — much  of  the  decrease  in  population 
was  due  to  an  excess  of  emigration  over  immigration. 

In  the  case  of  the  Vhgin  Islands  the  excess  of  emigration  over 
immigi'ation  probably  has  been  due  mairdy  to  economic  causes. 
Many  causes  have  worked  together  to  retard  the  economic  develop- 
ment and  prosperity  of  these  islands,  and  their  lack  of  economic  pros- 
perity has  been  the  chief  cause  of  most  of  the  emigration. 

Several  times  within  the  last  100  years  the  Virgin  Islands  have 
been  swept  by  violent  hurricanes,  some  of  which,  such  as  that  of  1867 
and  that  of  1916,  were  very  destructive  to  property.  Great  amounts 
of  wealth  were  destroyed  by  these  different  hm-ricanes,  and  in  some 
cases  it  took  years  after  a  hurricane  for  the  islands  to  recover  from 
the  effects. 

St.  Thomas  was  formerly  the  most  important  of  the  Antilles  as  the 
general  depot  of  European  trade  with  the  West  Indies.  It  was  a 
free  port,  it  had  an  excellent  harbor,  and  its  advantageous  geo- 
graphic position  at  the  center  of  the  great  bend  described  by  the 
We^  Indian  Islands  made  it  the  pomt  whence  commodities  could 
most  easdy  be  distributed  throughout  all  the  surrounding  insular 
groups.  In  these  days  it  was  visited  by  the  merchant  ships  of  many 
nations,  it  had  numerous  large  warehouses,  and  it  did  a  very  large 
and  thriving  commercial  business.  But  the  iatroduction  of  steam- 
ships brought  the  other  West  Indian  Islands  iato  direct  and  regular 
steamship  commimication  with  the  great  supplying  markets  of  the 
world,  and  St.  Thomas  lost  its  former  monopoly.  The  number  of 
vessels  visiting  the  island  annually  feU  off  greatly,  and  there  was  a 
consequent  great  decline  in  the  commercial  business  done  and  in  the 
economic  prosperity  of  the  island. 


40  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

The  Virgin  Islands  owed  much  of  their  former  prosperity  to  the 
sugar  industry.  Sugar  cane  was  the  chief  agricultural  product,  and 
it  was  grown  extensively  on  each  of  the  islands.  Even  the  steep  and 
mountainous  country  of  St,  Thomas  and  St.  John  was  devoted  to  its 
growth,  although  it  was  necessary  to  terrace  the  hillsides  to  prevent 
the  soil  washing  away,  and  to  do  all  the  work  of  cultivation  by  hand 
labor.^  Likewise,  on  the  island  of  St.  Croix,  not  only  the  level  land 
but  also  the  steep  hills  were  once  covered  by  sugar  plantations. 
But  for  many  years  sugar  cane  has  not  been  grown  on  St.  Thomas. 
At  present  but  little  sugar  cane  is  grown  on  St.  John,  and  most  of  the 
sugar  plantations  which  formerly  covered  the  mountainous  parts  of  St. 
Croix  either  have  been  abandoned  or  devoted  to  other  uses.  To-day 
the  fertile  plain  on  the  south  side  of  St.  Croix  is  the  only  important 
area  devoted  to  sugar  cane. 

The  sugar  industry  of  the  Virgin  Islands  doubtless  was  injured 
somewhat  by  the  abolition  of  slavery  in  1848;  but,  smce  the  wages 
paid  the  freedmen,  subsequently,  were  quite  low,  the  abolition  of 
slavery  probably  was  not  a  large  factor  in  the  decline  of  the  industry. 
The  industry  also  suffered  during  several  years  from  droughts  and 
the  consequent  poor  crops.  But  the  principal  cause  of  the  decline 
of  the  sugar  industry  of  the  Virgin  Islands  seems  to  have  been  its 
inability  to  withstand  competition  with  the  sugar  grown  more 
cheaply  elsewhere  and  marketed  under  more  favorable  conditions. 
On  the  Virgin  Island  hills,  formerly  cultivated  in  sugar  cane,  it  was 
impossible  to  use  modern  labor-saving  maohmery;  and  on  the  level 
areas,  still  cultivated,  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands  have  been  slow 
to  readjust  their  agricultural  methods  to  new  conditions.  The 
islands  found  it  especially  difficult  to  compete  with  the  beet  sugar  of 
other  countries  which  usually  was  produced  by  the  most  modern 
methods  of  agriculture  and  manufacture  and  which  usually  was 
fostered  and  protected  by  Government  bounty.  Competition  was 
the  more  difficult  because  the  sugar  of  the  Virgin  Islands  in  the 
United  States,  which  is  its  natural  market,  had  to  pay  full  tariff 
duty  and  there  compete  with  the  home-grown  product,  and,  recently, 
with  Cuban  and  territorial  sugars  that  enjoyed  some  measui?e  of 
protection. 

Population  of  cities.- — The  Virgin  Islands  contain  three  cities, 
namely,  Christiansted  and  Frederiksted  on  the  island  of  St.  Croix, 
and  Charlotte  Amalie  on  the  island  of  St.  Thomas.-  The  population 
of  each  of  these  cities  in  1917,  as  compared  with  1911,  was  as  follows: 
Christiansted,  4,574,  as  compared  with  4,592 — a  loss  of  18;  Freder- 

^  These  hillsides,  now  mostly  covered  mth  grass,  are  still  plainly  marked  by  the 
old  terraces,  and  many  ruins  of  former  sugar  mills  are  still  standing. 

'^  In  addition  to  the  three  cities,  there  is  the  small  incorporated  village  of  Cruz  Bay 
on  the  island  of  St.  John.     Its  population  in  1917  was  only  50. 


POPULATION. 


41 


iksted,  3,144,  as  compared  with  3,203 — a  loss  of  59;  and  Charlotte 
Amalie,  7,747,  as  compared  with  8,247 — a  loss  of  500.  The  popula- 
tion of  each  city  as  reported  at  each  census  from  1835  to  1917,  is 
given  in  Table  3. 

Urban  and  rural  population  compared. — For  purposes  of  tabulation 
and  for  the  presentation  of  population  statistics,  the  Virgm  Islands 
have  been  divided  into  six  areas,  thi-ee  urban  and  three  rural,  as 
follows:  The  cities  of  Christiansted,  Frederiksted,  and  Charlotte 
Amalie,  respectively;  the  rural  districts  of  St.  Croix;  the  rural  dis- 
tricts of  St.  Thomas;  and  the  entire  island  of  St.  Jolm,  all  of  which  is 
considered  rural.  The  population  of  each  of  these  areas  at  each 
census  from  1835  to  1917  is  given  m  Table  3,  which  follows: 

TOTAL  POPULATION   FOR  ISLANDS,  CITIES,  AND   RURAL  DISTRICTS:  1S35-1917.> 


Table  3 

CENSUS 

YEAR. 

AKEA. 

1917 

(Nov.  1). 

1911 

(Feb.  1). 

1901 

(Feb.  1). 

1890 

(Oct.  9). 

1880 

(Oct.  9). 

1870 

(Oct.  9). 

26,051 

27, 086 

30,527 

32,786 

33,763 

37  821 

15, 465 
10,586 

16,042 
11,044 

17,  768 
12, 759 

18,637 
14, 149 

20, 183 
13,580 

17^  196 

St.  Croix 

14,901 

15, 467 

18,590 

19, 783 

18,430 

22  760 

Christiansted 

4,574 
3,144 
7,183 

10, 191 

4,592 
3,203 
7,672 

10,678 

5,483 
3,745 
9,362 

11,012 

5,499 
3,683 
10, 601 

12, 019 

4,939 
3,480 
10,011 

14, 389 

5,127 
3,817 
13,816 

14,007 

St.  Thomas   

Charlotte  Amalie 

7,747 
2,444 

959 

8,247 
2,431 

941 

8,540 
2,472 

925 

9,455 
2,564 

984 

11,764 
2, 623 

944 

11,081 
2,326 

1,054 

St.  John  2 

Rural  districts 

959 

941 

925 

984 

944 

1,054 

CENSUS 

YEAB. 

AEEA. 

1860 

(Oct.  9). 

1856 
(Oct.  9). 

1850 

(May  13). 

1846 

(Oct.  1). 

1841 

(Oct.  1). 

1835 

(Oct.  1). 

38,231 

37, 137 

39, 614 

39,588 

40,955 

43, 178 

Cities 

20, 100 
18, 131 

19, 378 
17,759 

19, 639 
19, 975 

18,012 
21, 576 

17,803 
23, 152 

19, 194 
23, 984 

Rural  districts 

St.  Crois 

23, 194 

22,862 

23,720 

24,065 

25, 624 

26  681 

5,321 
3,398 

14, 475 

13,463 

5,260 
2,957 
14, 645 

12,560 

5,370 
2,886 
15, 464 

13,666 

5,108 
2,344 
16,613 

13,073 

5,336 
2,391 
17, 897 

12,776 

5,806 
2,317 
18,558 

14  022 

Frederiksted 

Rural  districts 

St.  Thomas 

Charlotte  Amalie 

11,381 
2,082 

1,574 

11,161 
1,399 

1,715 

11,383 
2,283 

2,228 

10, 560 
2,513 

2,450 

10, 076 

2,700 

2,555 

11  071 

Rural  districts 

2*951 

St.  John  2 

2  475 

Rural  districts 

1,574 

1,715 

2,228 

2,450 

2,555 

2  475 

'  Thecensus  of  1917  was  taken  by  the  United  States.    The  censuses  prior  to  1917  were  taken  by  the  Danish 
Government. 
2  The  entire  population  of  St.  John  is  considered  rural. 


42  THE  VIRGIK  ISLANDS. 

In  1917  the  tlaree  cities  of  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States 
together  contained  15,465  inhabitants,  or  59.4  per  cent  of  the  total 
population,  while  10,586  inhabitants,  or  40.6  per  cent,  hved  in  rural 
districts.  In  1911  the  three  cities  contained  16,042  inhabitants^,  or 
59.2  per  cent  of  the  total  population,  while  11,044  inhabitants,  or 
40.8  per  cent,  hved  in  rui-al  districts.  In  these  islands,  as  m  the 
United  States,  a  larger  and  larger  proportion  of  the  population  has 
been  gradually  concentrating  in  the  cities.  In  1835  the  thi-ee  cities 
oontamed  only  44.5  per  cent  of  the  total  population,  and  m  1850 
only  49.6  per  cent,  as  compared  with  59.4  per  cent  m  1917.  Tlie 
population  of  St.  Croix  was  51.8  per  cent  urban  and  48.2  per  cent 
rural  in  1917,  as  compared  with  a  population  in  1850  which  was  34.8 
per  cent  urban  and  65.2  per  cent  rural.  In  1917  the  population  of 
St.  Thomas  was  76  per  cent  urban  and  24  per  cent  rural,  while  in 
1850  its  population  was  83.3  per  cent  urban  and  16.7  per  cent  rural. 
The  entire  population  of  St.  John  is  considered  rural.  The  largest 
population  reported  for  its  small  village  of  Cruz  Bay  at  any  census 
smce  that  of  1835  was  147,  in  1860. 

The  numerical  decrease  in  the  population  of  each  separate  island 
is  shown  by  the  statistics  presented  in  Table  1  (page  37)  and  is  dis- 
cussed in  the  accompanying  text.  The  statistics  presented  in  Table 
3  show  the  numerical  increase  or  decrease  in  the  urban  and  in  the 
rural  population  of  each  respective  area.  The  combined  population 
of  the  thi-ee  cities  decreased  from  19,194  in  1835  to  15,465  in  1917 — a 
total  decrease  of  3,729,  or  19.4  per  cent.  The  total  urban  population 
was  largest  at  the  census  of  1870 — 20,625.  Between  1870  and  1917 
it  decreased  rapidly,  the  decrease  for  this  period  being  5,160,  or  25 
per  cent.  The  total  rm-al  population  was  at  its  maximum  in  1835 — 
23,984.  It  decreased  at  each  succeeding  census  from  1835  to  1917 
except  at  the  censuses  of  1860  and  1890.  Tlie  decrease  for  the  entire 
period  was  13,398,  or  55.9  per  cent.  The  total  urban  population  of 
St.  Croix  was  at  its  highest  in  1901 — 9,228 — and  at  its  lowest  in 
1846—7,452.  It  decreased  from  8,123  in  1835  to  7,718  m  1917— a 
total  decrease  of  405,  or  5  per  cent.  This  decrease  was  confined  to 
the  city  of  Christiansted,  the  population  of  which  decreased  from 
5,806  m  1835  to  4,574  in  1917,  a  decrease  of  1,232,  or  21.2  per  cent. 
During  this  period  the  population  of  Frederiksted  increased  from 
2,317  to  3,144,  an  increase  of  827,  or  35.7  per  cent.  However,  at 
four  different  censuses — 1846,  1880,  1911,  and  1917 — its  population 
showed  a  decrease  over  that  at  the  preceding  census.  The  rural 
population  of  St.  Croix  decreased  gradually  from  18,558  in  1835  to 
7,183  in  1917,  a  total  decrease  of  11,375,  or  61.3  per  cent.  Only  at 
the  census  of  1890  was  the  rural  population  of  the  island  larger  than 
at  the  preceding  ceasus.  The  urban  population  of  St.  Thomas 
reached  its  maximum  in  1880 — 11,764 — and  its  minimum  in  1917 — 


POPULATION. 


43 


7,747.  Its  total  decrease  from  1835  to  1917  was  3,324,  or  30  per 
cent.  In  1835,  the  rural  population  of  St.  Thomas  was  2,951  and, 
in  1917,  2,444,  a  decrease  of  507,  or  17.2  per  cent. 

Density  of  popviation. — Authorities  do  not  agree  as  to  the  area  of 
the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States.  The  area  given  varies  from 
132  to  142  square  miles.  According  to  one  authority,  St.  CroLx  is 
84.25  square  miles  in  area,  St.  Thomas  28.25  square  miles,  and  St. 
John  19.97  square  miles,  making  a  total  of  132.47  square  miles  for 
the  three  prmcipal  islands,  which  together  contain  practically  all  the 
inhabitants.  If  these  areas  be  accepted  as  approximately  correct, 
the  average  number  of  persons  per  square  mile  for  the  land  area  of 
the  three  principal  islands  in  1917  was  19G.7,  as  compared  with  30.9 
per  square  mile  of  land  area  in  continental  United  States,  and  with 
325.5  per  square  mile  in  Porto  Rico  m  1910.'  In  1917  the  number 
of  inhabitants  per  square  mile,  based  on  the  area  as  given  above, 
was  176.9  on  St.  Ci-oix,  360.7  on  St.  Thomas,  and  48  on  St.  John. 


Table  4 


ISLAND   AND  MINOR  CIVIL  DIVISION. 


Virgin  Islands 

St.  Croix 

Christiansted 

Frederiksted 

Rural  districts 

East  End  Quarter 

Company's  Quarter 

Queen's  Quarter 

King's  Quarter 

Prlaee's  Quarter 

North  Side  "A"  Quarter.. 

North  Side  "B"  Quarter.. 

West  End  Quarter 

St.  Thomas 

Charlotte  Amalie 

King's  Quarter 

Queen's  Quarter 

Crown  Prince's  Quarter... 

Rural  districts 

Frenchman's  Bay  Quarter 

Red  Uoolx  Quarter 

Kast  End  Quarter 

New  Quarter 

Great  North  Side  Quarter- 
Little  North  Side  Quarter. 

South  Side  Quarter 

West  End  Quarter 

St.  John 

Cruz  Bay  Quarter 

Cruz  Bay  village 

Mahol  Quarter 

Reef  Bay  Quarter 

Coral  Bay  Quarter 

East  End  Quarter 


population:  1917. 


Total. 


14,901 


4,574 

3, 144 

7,183 

143 

939 

1,398 

1,246 

1,678 

697 

106 

1,076 


10, 191 


7,747 

3,020 

1,790 

2,937 

2,444 

78 

43 

85 

980 

292 

86 

840 

40 


269 
50 

164 
44 

345 

137 


Male.  Female. 


7,133 


2,008 

1,289 

3,836 

85 

489 

743 

688 

872 

333 

61 

565 


4,357 


3,130 

1,316 

665 

1,149 

1,227 

65 

18 

47 

448 

144 

40 

438 

27 


91 
19 
176 
70 


14, 052 


2,566 

1,855 

3,347 

58 

450 

655 

558 

806 

264 

45 

511 


5,834 

4,617 

1,704 

1,125 

1, 788 

1,217 

13 

25 

38 

532 

148 

4G 

402 

13 


450 


116 
25 
73 
25 

169 
67 


*  In  the  report  of  the  Danish  census  of  1911  the  density  of  population  is  based  on  a 
total  area  for  all  the  islands  of  358.9  square  kilometers,  or  138.41  square  miles.  This 
area  gives  a  density  in  1917  of  188.2  persons  per  square  mile  of  total  area. 


44  THE  VrBGIN  ISLAIiTDS. 

Minor  civil  divisions. — Each  of  the  Virgin  Islands  is  divided  into 
a  number  of  "quarters/'  and  each  of  these  quarters  is  made  up  of  a 
number  of  "estates"  or  plantations.  The  "quarter,"  as  a  minor 
civil  division,  corresponds  in  the  rural  districts  more  or  less  closely 
to  the  township  in  the  United  States.  In  the  city  of  Charlotte 
Amalie,  which  contains  three  entire  quarters — King's,  Queen's,  and 
Crown  Prince's — the  quarter  corresponds  somewhat  closely  to  the 
ward  of  a  city.  Table  4  shows  by  sex  the  population  in  1917  of 
the  islands  and  the  different  quarters,  here  collectively  termed 
" minor  civil  divisions." 

COLOR    OR    RACE. 

The  classification  by  color  or  race  distinguishes  four  main  groups, 
namely,  white,  Negro,  mixed,  and  "all  other."  The  term  "mixed" 
is  used  to  designate  persons  of  mixed  white  and  Negro  blood. 

The  great  difficulty  of  securing  an  accurate  measurement  of  the 
extent  of  race  mixture  through  inquiry  at  a  general  census  is  evident. 
Some  of  those  enumerated  are  ignorant  of  the  facts  as  to  their  race, 
while  others  may  desire  to  conceal  the  facts.  Also,  if  the  race  mix- 
ture usually  is  shown  by  a  difference  in  color,  it  is  quite  probable  the 
enumerator  fi-equently  will  neglect  to  ask  the  race  of  the  person 
being  enumerated,  and  will  enter  the  apparent  race  on  the  schedide 
in  accordance  with  the  person's  shade  of  color. 

An  examination  of  the  enumerators'  retm'ns  of  color  or  race,  as 
tabulated  by  enumeration  districts,  indicates  strongly  that  some 
of  the  enmneratoi*s  did  not  distinguish  carefully  between  Negroes 
and  persons  of  mixed  white  and  Negro  blood  as  they  were  instructed 
to  do.  The  variation  in  the  proportion  that  the  mixed  are  of  all 
persons  retm*ned,  and  especially  of  all  colored  persons,  is  so  great 
between  contiguous  enumeration  districts  of  the  same  area  as  to  cast 
grave  doubt  on  the  accuracy  of  the  retm-ns.  It  is  believed  that  a 
considerable  number  of  persons  of  mixed  white  and  Negro  blood 
were  returned  as  Negroes,  and,  consequently,  that  the  total  number 
of  Negroes  is  somewhat  exaggerated  while  the  total  number  of  per- 
sons of  mixed  white  and  Negro  blood  is  understated.  It  is  also  pos- 
sible that  some  persons  of  mixed  white  and  Negro  blood  were  retm'ned 
as  white. 

Of  the  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States 
in  1917,  1,922,  or  7.4  per  cent,  were  whites;  19,523,  or  74.9  per  cent, 
were  Negroes;  4,563,  or  17,5  per  cent,  were  of  mixed  white  and  Negro 
blood;  and  43,  or  tv/o-tenths  of  1  per  cent,  were  of  other  races.  Of 
the  43  persons  of  "other  races,"  15  were  returned  as  Chinese,  7  as 
Filipinos,  8  as  Indians,  8  as  "Coolies,"  2  as  Hindus,  1  as  Burmese, 
and  the  color  of  2  was  not  specified.  At  no  census  of  the  Virgin 
Islands  prior  to  that  of  1917  was  inquiry  made  as  to  the  color  or  race 


POPULATTOlSr. 


45 


of  the  people.  The  distribution,  according  to  color  or  race  of  the 
population  of  each  separate  island  and  of  each  principal  subdivision, 
is  given  for  the  census  of  1917  in   Table  5. 


Table  5 

COLOR 

OR  race:  1917. 

AREA. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

All  other. 

Number. 

Per 

cent. 

Number. 

Per 

cent. 

Number. 

Per 

cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

1,922 

7.4 

19, 523 

74.9 

4,563 

17.5 

43 

0.2 

Cities 

1,086 
836 

7.0 
7.9 

10,930 

8,593 

70.7 
81.2 

3,426 
1,137 

22.2 
10.7 

23 

20 

0.1 

Rural  districts 

0.2 

St  Croix                

625 

4.2 

12,238 

82.1 

2,016 

13.5 

22 

0  1 

Cliristiansted 

259 
107 

259 

1,293 

6.7 
3.4 
3.6 

12.7 

3,306 
2,559 
6,373 

6,595 

72.3 
81.4 

88.7 

64.7 

1,003 
477 
536 

2,283 

21.9 
15.2 
7.5 

22.4 

6 
1 

15 

20 

0  1 

0.2 

St.  Thomas 

0.2 

Charlotte  AmaUe . 

720 
573 

4 

9.3 
23.4 

0.4 

5,065 
1,530 

690 

65.4 
62.6 

71.9 

1,946 
337 

264 

25,1 
13.8 

27.5 

16 

4 

1 

0  2 

Rural  districts 

0  2 

St  John 

0  1 

1  Less  than  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent. 

Table  5  shows  that  whites  formed  a  larger  proportion  of  the  pop- 
ulation of  St.  Thomas  (12.7  per  cent)  than  of  that  of  St.  Croix  (4.2 
per  cent)  or  St.  John  (0.4  per  cent).  The  large  proportion  (23.4  per 
cent)  whites  formed  of  the  rural  population  of  St.  Thomas  is  ex- 
plained by  the  fact  that  two  small  marine  camps  and  a  large  settle- 
ment of  white  fishermen  were  located  in  the  rural  districts  of  the 
island.  Negroes  formed  a  larger  proportion  of  the  population  of 
St.  Croix  (82.1  per  cent)  than  that  of  St.  Thomas  (64.7  per  cent)  or 
St.  John  (71.9  per  cent).  In  the  rural  districts  of  St.  Croix  nearly 
nine-tenths  (88.7  per  cent)  of  the  population  were  Negroes.  Persons 
of  mixed  race  formed  the  largest  percentage  of  the  population  on  the 
island  of  St.  John — 27.5.  More  than  seven-tenths  (70.7  per  cent)  of 
i'^<^.  total  urban,  and  more  than  eight-tenths  (81.2  per  cent)  of  the 
total  rural  dwellers  were  Negroes. 

Of  the  total  wliites  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  1,086,  or  56.5  per  cent, 
were  urban,  and  836,  or  43.5  per  cent,  were  rural  dwellers;  of  the 
total  Negroes,  10,930,  or  56  per  cent,  were  urban,  and  8,593,  or  44 
per  cent,  were  rural  dwellers;  and  of  the  total  mixed,  3,426,  or  75.1 
per  cent,  were  urban,  and  1,137,  or  24.9  per  cent,  were  rural  dwellers. 
Distributed  b}^  islands,  625,  or  32.5  per  cent,  of  the  whites  lived  on 
St.  Croix;  1,293,  or  67.3  per  cent,  on  St.  Thomas;  and  4,  or  0.2  per 
cent,  on  St.  John.  Of  the  Negroes,  12,238,  or  62.7  per  cent,  lived 
on  St.  Croix;  6,595,  or  33.8  per  cent,  on  St.  Thomas;  and  690,  or  3.5 
per  cent,  on  St.  John.     Two  thousand  and  sixteen,  or  44.2  per  cent, 


46 


THE  VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


of  the  mixed  lived  on  St.  Croix;  2,283,  or  50  per  cent,  on  St.  Thomas; 
and  264,  or  5.8  per  cent,  on  St.  John. 

In  Table  6  the  population  of  the  islands  and  the  different  minor 
civil  divisions,  or  "qnarters,"  is  shown  by  color  or  race  for  1917. 


Table  6 


ISLAND  AND  MINOE  CIVIL  DIVISION. 


Virgin  Islands 

St.  Croix 

Chiristian.sted 

Frcderitated 

Rural  districts 

East  End  Quarter 

Company's  Quarter 

Queen's  Quarter 

Kan(;'s  Quarter 

Prince's  Quarter 

North  Side  "A"  Quarter... 

North  Side.  "B"  Quarter. . 

West  End  Quarter 

St.  Thomas 

Charlotte  Amalie 

King's  Quarter , 

Queen's  Quarter 

Crown  Prince's  Quarter 

Rural  districts 

Frenchman's  Bay  Quarter 

Red  Hook  Quarter 

East  End  Quarter 

New  Quarter 

Great  North  Side  Quarter. 
Little  North  Side  Quarter . 

South  Side  Quarter 

West  End  Quarter 

St.  John 

Cruz  Bay  Quarter, 

Ortiz  Bay  vills^e 

Mahol  Quarter 

Reef  Bay  Quarter 

Coral  Bay  Quarter 

East  End  Quarter 


population:  1917. 


AU 

cla-sses. 


26,051 


14,e01 


10,191 


7,747 

3,020 

1,790 

2,937 

2,444 

78 

43 

85 

980 

292 

86 

840 

40 


959 


269 
50 

164 
44 

345 

137 


White. 


625 


2.59 

107 

259 

19 

47 

36 

57 

42 

13 

1 

44 


1,293 


720 
525 
155 

40 
573 

62 


6 

65 

74 

4 

358 

4 


Netrro  and 
mi.Ked. 


24,086 


14,254 


4,300 

3,0.36 

6,909 

121 

892 

1,362 

1,184 

1,635 

583 

104 

1,028 


8, 878 


7,011 

2,487 

1,627 

2,897 

1,867 

16 

43 

79 

913 

218 

82 

480 

36 


954 


265 
4S 

164 
43 

345 

137 


All 

other. 


SEX    DISTRIBUTION. 

In  the  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States  in 
1917  there  were  11,999  males  and  14,052  females,  or  85.4  males  to 
100  females.  In  1911  there  were  12,508  males  and  14,578  females, 
or  85.8  males  to  100  females.  The  sex  distribution  of  the  population 
of  each  island  and  of  each  principal  subdivision,  in  1917  and  in  1911, 
respectively,  is  given  in  Table  7. 

The  statistics  presented  in  Table  7  show  that  the  females  out- 
numbered the  males  in  St.  Croix,  in  St.  Thomas,  and  in  each  of  the 
three  cities,  both  in  1917  and  in  1911.  In  1917  the  males  outnum- 
bered the  females  in  each  rural  district,  and,  in  1911,  in  the  rural 
districts  of  St.  Croix.  In  the  rural  districts  of  St.  Thomas  and  in 
St.  John  the  number  of  females  exceeded  the  number  of  males  in  1911. 


POPULATION": 


47 


Table  7 

POPULATION. 

AREA. 

1917 

1911 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Total. 

Male. 

Female. 

Virgin  Islands 

26,051 

11,999 

14,052 

27,086 

12,508 

14,578 

Cities 

15, 465 
10,586 

6,427 
5,572 

9,038 
5,014 

16,042 
11,044 

6,589 
5,919 

9,453 

Rural  districts.           

5,125 

St.  Croix 

14,901 

7,133 

7,768 

15,467 

7,563 

7,904 

4,. 574 
3,144 
7,183 

10, 191 

2,Q08 
1,289 
3,836 

4,357 

2,566 
1,855 
3,347 

5,834 

4,5(12 
3,203 
7,672 

10, 678 

1,970 

IjS.'^S 
4,255 

4,495 

2, 622 

1,865 

Rural  districts 

3,417 

St.  Tliomas -■ 

6,183 

7,747 
2,444 

959 

3,130 
1,227 

509 

4,617 
1,217 

450 

8,247 
2,431 

941 

3,281 
1,214 

450 

4,966 

1,217 

St.  John' 

491 

>  The  entire  population  of  St.  John  is  considered  rural. 

The  number  of  males  to  100  females  in  1917  was  91.8  in  St.  Croix, 
74.7  in  St.  Tliomas,  and  113.1  in  St.  John.  In  Christiansted  the 
proportion  was  78.3  males  to  100  females,  in  Frederiksted  69.5  males 
to  100  females,  and  in  Charlotte  Amalie  67.8  males  to  100  females. 
In  the  three  cities  combined  there  were  71.1  males  to  100  females, 
while  in  the  combined  rural  districts  there  were  111.1  males  to  100 
females.  In  Table  8  the  proportion  which  the  persons  of  each  sex 
formed  of  the  total  population  in  1917,  1911,  1901,  and  1890,  respec- 
tively, is  shown  for  the  Virgin  Islands,  for  each  island,  and  for  each 
principal  subdivision. 


Tattle  8 

PEE  CENT  DISTRIBUTION  OF  POPULATION. 

AEEA- 

1917 

1911 

1901 

1890 

Male. 

Female. 

Male. 

Female. 

Male. 

Female. 

Male. 

Female. 

46.1 

53.9 

46.2 

53.8 

46.0 

54.0 

44.8 

55.2 

Cities 

41.6 
52.  6 

58.4 
47.4 

41.1 
53.6 

58.9 
46.4 

39.9 
54.5 

60.1 
45.5 

38.3 
53.4 

61.7 

Rural  districts 

46.6 

St  Croix 

47.9 

52.1 

48.9 

51.1 

49.8 

50.2 

48.2 

51.8 

Christiansted 

43.9 
41.0 
53.4 

42.8 

56.1 
59.0 
46.6 

57.2 

42.9 
41.8 
55.5 

42.1 

57. 1 
58.2 
44.5 

57.9 

43.6 
40.6 
57.1 

39.4 

56.4 
59.4 
42.9 

60.6 

42.0 
37.9 
55.0 

38.5 

58.0 

Frederiksted. . .'. 

62.1 

45.0 

St.  Thomas 

61.5 

Charlotte  Amalie 

40.4 
50.2 

53.1 

59.6 
49.8 

46.9 

39.8 
49.9 

47.8 

60.2 
50.1 

52.2 

37.3 

46.6 

48.1 

62.7 
53.4 

51.9 

36.2 
46.9 

52.5 

63.8 

Rural  districts 

53.1 

St.  .Tohn  1 

47.5 

I  The  entire  population  of  St.  John  is  considered  rural. 


48 


TBCE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


The  percentages  given  in  Table  8  show  that  during  the  period 
1890  to  1917  females  were  in  the  majority  in  the  total  population 
of  the  islands,  in  the  total  urban  population,  and  in  the  population 
of  each  city,  while  males  were  in  the  majority  in  the  total  rural 
population  and  in  the  rural  population  of  St.  Croix.  In  the  rural 
population  of  St.  Thomas  males  were  in  the  majority  in  1917,  and 
females  in  1911,  1901,  and  1890.  In  the  population  of  St.  John  the 
number  of  males  exceeded  the  number  of  females  in  1890  and  1917, 
while  the  number  of  females  exceeded  the  number  of  males  in  1901 
and  in  1911.  Table  8  also  shows  that  during  the  period  1890  to  1917 
there  was  no  marked  change  in  the  proportion  each  sex  formed  of  the 
total  population  or  of  the  population  of  any  specified  area,  except  that 
of  St.  John.  Table  9,  below,  shows  that  during  the  entire  period  1835 
to  1917  there  was  a  change  of  but  1  in  the  number  of  males  and 
females,  respectively,  in  each  100  of  the  population.  During  the 
period  1835  to  1855,  however,  there  was  a  decrease  of  1.7  males  and 
an  increase  of  1.7  females  in  each  100  of  the  population. 


Table  9 

CENSUS  YEAE. 

PER  CENT. 

CENSUS  TEAR. 

PEE  CENT. 

Male. 

Female. 

Male. 

Female. 

1917                 

46.1 
46.2 
46.0 
44.6 
44.1 
45.7 

5,3.9 
53.8 
54.0 
55.2 
55.9 
54.3 

1860 

43.5 
43.4 
44.1 
44.0 
44.4 
45.1 

56  5 

1911      

1855 

56.6 

1901              

1850 

55  9 

1899 

1846 

56.0 

1880                   .           

1841 

55  6 

1870     

1835 

54.9 

The  excess  of  females  over  males  in  the  population  of  the  Virgin 
Islands  may  be  due  to  some  extent  to  an  excess  of  male  over  female 
emigration.  But  that  the  preponderance  of  females  probably  is  due 
largely  to  the  death  rate  being  different  for  each  sex  is  indicated  by 
the  statistics  presented  in  Table  11  (p.  51),  which  shows  for  1917  and 
for  1911  the  number  of  males  and  of  females  in  each  respective  quin- 
quennial age  period.  The  figures  show  that  the  excess  of  females 
over  males  was  not  confined  principally  to  the  chief  productive  age 
periods,  during  which  emigration  to  secure  work  or  for  other  purposes 
probably  would  be  greater  for  males  than  for  females,  but  that 
females  exceeded  males  in  each  quinquennial  age  period  in  1917,  and 
in  each  quinquennial  age  period  except  one — 40-44  years — in  1911. 
At  each  census  the  excess  of  females  over  males  was  greatest,  propor- 
tionally, from  age  65  on,  and  not  during  the  younger  and  more 
productive  age  periods. 

In  Table  10  the  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  of  each  island, 
and  of  each  principal  subdivision  is  shown  by  sex  for  each  main 
class  of  the  population. 


POPULATION. 


49 


MALES  AND  FEM  VLES  AND  RATIO  OF  MALES  TO  FEMALES  FOR  ISLANDS,  CITIES,  AND 

RLIRAL  DISTRICTS:  1917. 


Table  lO 

TOTAL  POPULATION:  1017. 

•WTIITE. 

AREA. 

Male. 

Female. 

Males 

to  100 

females.  • 

Male. 

Female. 

M»1-!S 

to  J  00 
females. 

11,998 

14,052 

85.4 

1,198 

724 

165  5 

7 

6,42 

9,038 
5,014 

71.1 
111.1 

694 
.104 

392 
332 

177  0 

5,572 

151.8 

St.  Croix 

7,133 

7,708 

91.8 

.171 

254 

146.1 

Christiansted 

2,008 
1,289 
3,836 

4,357 

2,  .566 
1,855 
3,347 

5,834 

78.3 
69.5 
114.6 

74.7 

1.58 
59 
154 

823 

101 

48 
105 

470 

156  4 

Froderiksted 

146  7 

Rural  districts 

St.  Thomas 

17.V  1 

Charlotte  Amalio 

3,130 
1,227 

509 

4,617 
1,217 

450 

67.8 
100.  R 

113.1 

477 
346 

4 

243 

227 

IQfi  !» 

152  4 

St  John 

(') 

Rural  districts 

509 

450 

113.1 

1 

0) 

NEGRO. 

MIXED. 

ALL  OTHER.l 

AREA. 

Male. 

Female. 

Males 

to  100 

females. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Males 

to  100 

females. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Virgin  Islands 

8,990 

10,533 

85.4 

1778 

2  78.-5 

63.8 

33 

10 

Cities 

4,514 
4,476 

6,416 
4,117 

70.4 
108.7 

1.204 
574 

2,222 
563 

.54.2 
102.0 

15 
18 

8 

Rural  districts 

2 

St.  Croix 

5,894 

6,344 

92.9 

850 

1,166 

72.9 

18 

■1 

Christiansted 

1,454 
1,0G3 
3,377 

2,722 

1, 852 
1,495 
2,096 

3,873 

78.5 
71.1 
112.7 

70.3 

392 

166 
292 

798 

611 
311 
244 

1,485 

64.2 
53.4 
119.7 

53.7 

4 
1 

13 

14 

2 

Frederiksted 

Rural  districts 

2 

St.  Thomas 

Q 

Charlotte  Amaiic 

1,997 
725 

374 

3.068 
805 

316 

65.1 
90.1 

118. 4 

646 
152 

l.TO 

1,300 

185 

134 

49.7 

82.2 

97.0 

10 
4 

1 

g 

Rural  districts 

St.  John 

Rural  districts 

374 

31  fi 

lis  4 

13(1 

134 

97  0  1 

1 

1  Ratio  not  shown  where  base  is  loss  than  50. 

Table  10  shows  that  in  1917  the  number  of  females  exceeded  the 
number  of  males  in  the  total  population  (85.4  males  to  100  females), 
in  the  total  urban  population  (71.1  males  to  100  females),  and  in  the 
population  of  each  urban  area;  while  the  number  of  males  exceeded 
the  number  of  females  in  the  total  rural  population  (111.1  males  to 
100  females)  and  in  the  population  of  each  rural  area.  The  sex 
distribution  in  1917,  however,  differed  greatly  for  the  different 
classes  of  the  population.  In  the  case  of  white  persons  males  greatly 
exceeded  the  females  in  the  total  population  (165.5  males  to  100 
60396°— 18 4 


50  THE  VTEGIN   ISLANDS. 

females)  and  in  the  population  of  each  separate  area.  In  Charlotte 
Amalie  there  were  196.3  males  to  100  females.  In  the  case  of  the 
Negroes  females  exceeded  males  in  the  total  population  (85.4  males 
to  100  females),  in  the  total  urban  population  (70.4  males  to  100 
females),  and  in  the  population  of  each  urban  area;  while  males 
exceeded  females  in  the  total  rural  population  (108.7  males  to  100 
females)  and  in  the  rural  population  of  St.  Croix  and  St.  John.  In 
the  riu-al  population  of  St.  Thomas  there  were  only  90.1  males  to 
100  females.  In  the  case  of  persons  of  mixed  race  females  out- 
numbered males  in  the  total  population  (63.8  males  to  100  females) 
and  in  the  population  of  each  separate  area  except  the  rural  districts 
of  St.  Croix,  where  there  were  119.7  males  to  100  females. 

AGE    DISTRIBUTION. 

Census  returns  relating  to  age  generally  contain  more  or  less 
error.  Such  error  usually  is  due  in  part  to  the  fact  that  many  of 
the  persons  enumerated  do  not  know  their  exact  age,  in  part  to  the 
fact  that  in  some  cases  the  age  is  intentionally  misstated,  and  in  part 
to  the  fact  that  in  many  cases  the  enumerators  obtain  information  as 
to  the  age  of  the  person  enumerated  from  a  third  person  who  can 
give  the  age  only  approximately.  It  is  believed  that  the  age  returns 
in  the  Virgin  Islands  were  affected  by  each  of  these  causes.  Negroes 
comprised  74.9  per  cent  of  the  total  population.  The  rate  of  iUiteracy 
is  v*y  high  among  the  Negroes  (29.7  per  cent),  and  it  is  probable 
that  many  of  them  do  not  know  their  exact  age.  Tiic  number  of 
persons  who  intentionally  misstated  their  age  is  believed  to  be 
small,  but  the  number  of  cases  in  which  the  enumerator  secured  the 
information  as  to  age  from  a  tliird  party  probably  was  rather  large. 
Doubtless  the  information  as  to  age  was  furnished  the  enumerator 
by  a  third  party  more  frequently  in  the  case  of  males  than  in  the 
case  of  females,  since,  without  doubt,  a  larger  proportion  of  women 
than  of  men  were  seen  by  the  enumerators  in  their  house-to-house 
visitation. 

Table  11  shows  by  sex  the  number  and  the  proportion  of  persons 
in  each  quinquennial  age  period  at  the  censuses  of  1917  and  1911. 

The  statistics  presented  in  Table  11  show  that  the  distribution 
of  the  population  by  five-year  age  periods  in  1917  did  not  differ 
materially  from  that  in  1911.  At  each  census  a  considerably  larger 
proportion  of  the  males  than  of  the  females  were  in  the  lower  age 
periods  (under  25  years  in  1917,  and  under  20  years  in  1911),  and  a 
considerably  smaller  proportion  in  the  higher  age  periods  (60  years 
and  over  in  1917,  and  50  years  and  over  in  1911.) 


POPULATION. 

DISTRIBUTION  BY  SEX  AND  AGE  PERIODS:  1917  AND  1911. 


51 


Table  11 


AGE  PERIOD. 


A 11  ages. 


Under  5  j'cars 

Under  1  year. 


5  to  9  years. 
10  to  14  years. 
15  to  19  years. 
20  to  24  years. 


25  to  29  years . 
30  to  34  years. 
35  to  39  years. 
40  to  44  years. 
45  to  49  years. 
50  to  54  years . 

55  to  59  years . 
60  to  64  years . 
65  to  69  years . 
70  to  74  years. 
75  to  79  years. 
80  to  84  years. 


85  to  89  years 

90  to  94  years 

95  to  99  years , 

100  years  and  over . 
Age  unknown 


All  ages. 


Under  5  years 

Under  1  year. 


5  to  9  years. 
10  to  14  years . 
15  to  19  years. 
20  to  24  years. 


25  to  29  years . 
30  to  34  years. 
35  to  39  years. 
40  to  44  years. 
45  to  49  years. 
50  to  54  years. 

55  to  59  years. 
60  to  64  years . 
05  to  69  years. 
70  to  74  years. 
75  to  79  years . 
80  to  84  years . 


85  to  89  years 

90  to  94  years 

95  to  99  years 

100  years  and  over. 
Age  unknown 


POPULATION. 


1917 


Total. 


26,051 


2,430 
405 

2,430 
2,461 
2,209 
2,521 

2,200 
1,915 
2,017 
1,702 
1,471 
1,238 

979 
915 
632 
452 
273 
116 

63 
21 
3 
3 


Male. 


11, 999 


1,191 
169 

1, 164 
1,1S3 
1,023 
1,229 

1,010 

846 
934 
S21 
714 
574 

455 
362 
227 
136 
90 
21 

14 
5 


Female, 


14,052 


1,239 
206 

1,266 
1,278 
1,186 
1,292 

1,190 

1,069 

1,083 

881 

757 

664 

524 
553 
-105 
316 
183 
95 

49 
16 
3 
3 


1911 


Total. 


27,086 


2,465 
480 

2,513 
2,280 
2,423 
2,392 

2,476 
2,171 
2,180 
1,690 
1,696 
1,356 

1,019 
913 

550 
460 
266 
149 

49 
16 
7 
1 
14 


Male. 


1,227 
232 

1,238 
1,082 
1, 150 
1,050 

1, 131 
1,065 
1,039 

857 
803 
601 

444 
334 
/04 
153 
76 
32 

9 

4 
3 


Female. 


PER  CENT  DISTRIBUTION. 


100.0 


9.3 
1.6 


9.4 
8.5 
9.7 

8.4 
7.4 
7.7 
6.5 
5.6 
4.8 

3.8 
3.5 
2.4 
1.7 
1.0 
0.4 

0.2 
0.1 


(1) 
C) 


9.9 
1.7 


9.9 

8.5 
10.2 

8.4 
7.1 
7.8 
6.8 
6.0 
4.8 

3.8 
3.0 
1.9 
1.1 
0.8 
0.2 


0) 


9.0 
9.1 
8.4 
9.2 

8.5 
7.6 
7.7 
6.3 
5.4 
4.7 

3.7 
3.9 
2.9 
2.2 
1.3 
0.7 


0.3 
0.1 


100.0 


9.1 
1.8 


9.1 
8.0 
8.0 
6.2 
6.3 
5.0 

3.8 
3.4 
2.0 
1.7 
1.0 
0.6 

0.2 
0.1 


(■) 
0) 


0.1 


100.0 


9.9 
8.7 
9.2 
8.4 

9.0 
8.5 
8.3 
6.9 
6.4 
4.8 

3.5 
2.7 
1.6 
1.2 
0.6 
0.3 


(1) 


14,578 


1,238 
248 

1,275 
1,198 
1,273 
1,342 

1,345 

1,106 

1,141 

833 

893 


575 
579 
346 
307 
190 
117 

40 
12 
4 
1 


100.0 


8.5 
1.7 


8.7 
8.2 


9.2 

7.6 
7.8 
5.7 
6.1 
5.2 

3.9 
4.0 
2.4 
2.1 
1.3 
0.8 

0.3 
0.1 


1  I>ess  than  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent. 


The  median  age  of  a  population  group  is  the  age  with  reference  to 
which  half  the  members  of  the  group  are  younger  and  half  are  older. 
The  median  age  is  thus  both  a  simple  and  a  significant  expression  of 
the  age  of  a  population.     In  1917  the  median  age  of  the  popula- 


52  THE   VIHGIN   ISLANDS. 

tion  of  tlie  Virgin  Islands  was  25.9  years.  For  the  males  it  was 
24.7  and  for  the  females  27  years.  In  order  to  get  the  median  age 
at  the  census  of  1911  it  will  be  necessary  to  distribute  the  popula- 
tion in  the  age  period  25  to  29  to  the  single  years,  since  the  number  in 
each  single  year  of  age  is  not  reported.  If  it  be  assumed  that  in  the 
age  period  25  to  29  the  proportion  of  the  total  persons  and  of  the 
persons  of  each  sex  in  each  single  year  of  age  was  approximately 
the  same  in  1911  and  1917,  then  the  median  age  of  the  total  popula- 
tion in  1911  was  26.7  years,  that  of  the  males  being  25.8  years  and 
of  the  females  27.4  years. 

The  number  and  the  proportion  of  persons  in  each  broad  age  period 
in  1917  is  shown  by  sex  for  the  Virgin  Islands,  for  each  separate 
island,  and  for  each  principal  subdivision  in  Table  12. 

According  to  Tal)le  12  of  the  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands 
in  1917,  9.3  per  cent  was  under  5  years  of  age,  18.8  per  cent  5  to  14, 
18.2  per  cent  15  to  24,  30.1  per  cent  25  to  44,  17.7  per  cent  45  to  64, 
and  6  per  cent  was  65  years  of  age  or  over.  In  the  total  population 
and  in  the  urban  population  the  lower  age  periods  included  a  larger 
proportion  of  the  males  than  of  the  females,  while  the  reverse  was 
true  in  case  of  the  higher  age  periods.  The  large  proportion  of  the 
females  of  Frederiksted  65  years  of  age  and  over  (10.8  per  cent)  is 
significant,  as  is  the  large  proportion  of  the  population  of  St.  John 
under  5,  and  5  to  14  years  of  age,  respectively. 

In  Table  13  the  age  distribution  in  1917  is  given  by  sex  for  each 
principal  color  or  race  element  of  the  population  by  five-year  age 
periods  and  by  single  years  for  the  population  under  25  years  of  age. 


POPULATION. 


53 


A-^ 

"  fl 

^B 

H 

>< 

<a 

2 

s 

05  -^ 


.-H  iO  lO        CO 


0000  M 


cc  c^  c^      o 


OcDO        OS 


lO  CO  CO         --< 


Oi  0:1       ^o 


Oi  "O        M 


'^''co"' 


C^OO  iO        C3 


■'COO        Ol 


(N  CD  t^ 

COGS'© 


(T'CO  C^ 
I--  to  --H 

1--    LOCO 


•-  to  --H  >-l 


o:  to  <?> 
^co  10 


1^  00  lO 

CD  -^  -et* 
CO(NuO 


CO  rH  10 


10  CD        1-* 


C/5  00        CO 
CO  l-^         CO 


•-H  CD05         CO 
00  iCO        •-' 


(M  Ti<cri        —< 


00  o  10       00 


CO  ^  C5         CO 

CO  cs  O        0:> 


;?5  2 


tx^oo      n 


«i-HC<5        ■* 


lO  r-l  -H  ,— 


cs  ?o      ec 


OONr-l         O) 
t^  00  Tj?         10 


CO  O  O        CO 
oi  ci  t-^       t>^ 


CS  ^  C^         1-1 


CO  O  CD         CO 

OS  w5os      »o 


t^rl  O 


M  CS  CO         C^l 


NC003        05 


C<(NCO        CS 


CO  10      >o 


05  O 

CD  Oi 


CTJ  00 


t^  oi  r^       f-H 

.-I  -H  — <         <N 


OOCO        00 


u^l^  -^        00 
t>^  orj  CO       00 


t^rt     I  (M        INC<1(M        CO 


COCO 
00  oi 


COCO       -I 
00  ci        CO 


J2S    g5 


-00  10         --H 


000000      00 

00  t^OO         00 


00 
00 


5« 


o(5«    g 


o(S«    g 


54 


THE   VIEGIN  ISLANDS. 


O   X 


T-Hf-H  rH  CO      C* 


F-lrH-^C^       COt^fHCMT-H 


CSC^J      tHT-(«Dt>-     CM      .CSCN-^C^     CO  t>- f~t  a  T-t 


t^  lO  <ci  r> -^  .-H  Oi  00  oj  00  •<*' 53  o  »-<  oc  oo  co  cm  t-i 

N  CSMCMCM       ,-<  ,-H  r-H  rH  ^  r-<       l-t  i-H 


CO-*    iocMi>.cc    *-HOCMSooor*    cd-^cm^— < 

CS  CMCSrH.-t      rH^r-4 


'^t*  O     QOiOOOCO     ■*  O  »-<  CI  O  r^     OOCCrOCMt^OO     to  lO  i-« 
OO     »— to^-^     i-tCOwtOCOO     cO"T)r-<Oil>-C*l     i-H 
lO  r-i     lOiO^^CO     CO  CS  CO  CM  CM  CM     t-(  T-H  t-( 


r*iH    '*s*oi 00 CO 
oi  cm'   oi  oi  00  r*^ 


OCM     'iJ^.-iC^iO 
,-J  CM*     1-H  w  CJ  t>^ 


CO:C     -— icO-^CO     CO-^Ci'^'-tOi     00OcDc0*-<O     Oi  ^~*  Ci  CO 
OCO     iOCOOic5     CM --I  CM  CD  00  O     00  O  Oi  t-h  ,-i<£-     CM  i-H 
Oi  I-H     O)  OS  OC  O     Oi  00  00  CO  lO -^     CO '^  «  CM  f-i 


oos  uor- 
oioooocft 


oorH    0C'0C'i>-t—    r^cot^cciic**    eoc^r-tr-t 


CM  b-     CM  gi  t^  OO     CO  i-H  CM  l>- 1-H  CO     cr>  O  CO  Ol  CO  lO     CM-^CMCO 
OCOO     03CMCMO     iOt^t-CMiOiO      -fOCOCOIt^t—     Tj^»-t 

t^c^3    ir^cccooo    co-<»<»ocoi-HOi    i^co-*co«-i 


■^O     COOCOiO     OlOSCMcCUOcO     O»0iCOi-(O     -^i-t 
CO  1— <     U3  CO -^  »0     CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO     CO  CO  M  CN  I-*  I-H 


U  CO     COOiOOO     CMOSOOOr-lO     OOiOOiOOCO     .-h  r-l 


I^  CO  CD  •-•  O     CO  00  r*  CO  uO ''I"     CO 


S2' 


CMCO     OiCOOOCO     i-HODCM'^COCO     OTt<iOOOJCO     lOCM 
■*rH      T-HCM^CD      CO^OCOOOOt*      COCOCOCNiHi-H 
^  ^^^CO      CMi-«i-Hf-1 


Oi  CO      COOOCOCM      O  Ol  CO --<  t^ -^     -^CO^OCOCOIO     Cft  CO  CO  CO 


*-<  0>      '^COCOO     O  CO -Tt*  i-H  Tj^ 'iit*     iCCMt^CDOi-l     -^lO 
0105      COOOCMCM      t-H-^COCM— tb-     iOcOCMCOOSCM     rH 
,-(•-(      f-H  1-H  O  CM      OOOOlOOt>»iO     '^COCM'-" 


OiO  0.-<0li-l  OiOt^CMi-tiXi  OSiOCMCMCOCO     CO»-iC 

CO  C-  CO  CO  O  CM  Oi-Hf-HOt^CO  r*  .-(  CO  »o  W  <-i     COCM 

^  rp  -^J^  ■*  CM  lO  CMOlOt^-^'CM  Oi  OS  CD  Tj^  CM  i-l 

cm"  c^^cm^csTcm"  c^i-TcT^'^F-r 


i-<  lO     CM  -^CO  CO 
oi  .-I     oi  O:  00*  oi 


00  Tp     CO  »-HCi  CO 
CC  .-H     l<C3J  tOt^ 


'tJ'CO     cm  CDWOl 
t^  O     <D  CO  00  CO 


o;  t^    r*  OJ  o  CM 

05  T-H     oi  oi  00  o 


CO  CO     CO  -^liSt* 
Oi  <-H     Oi  Ci  00  Oi 


irtrtcS  c^c3cdSo3c!3  c3CT3ctic3a)2  cccra 

*f  §      K^-^  <3i'<t;  Oi'^Oi'^Oi'^  Oi"^Oi-*t^;S  0;J 

M^      "^rHi-tCM  CMCOCO-^-^MO  iOCDCDI^qW  OOOi 

f§^     ^OOO  QOOOOO  0000-*->0  OO 

P^          '•^OiOO  ioooo»oo  i00»00»02  ^S" 

»0<-H»-4CM  CMCOCC^-^O  lococot^r-w  cooi 


^q  **OiOO 

1^  iO    1-H  *-4  CM 


POPULATION". 


55 


•-C  t*  Oi  lO  i-H  «5     OOtNOOiWOa     COi-( 


O  CO*  «  lO  ^'  •^'     CO  CO  C^*  Ci  --HO     o  o* 


lO  iO  i-H  00  Oi  0>     COiOiOt^O'*     <N»-t 

odr^odcoio-^    coccc4.-hoo    c'o 


u^iCtDOOOO     r-t  GO  lO  CO  lO  Tj<     CC  .-t 


Cio6^\£i^-^'t      CCCOi-4i-5rHO      OO 


ocwr^cd^-'j'    cccowcs^'o    oo 


-^t^j-lOOCOOCO       OOOOli-HGCtN       rH 

xt^^r^^dco-***    cocor-Ii-io'o    o 


-<** -"f  t*  lO  O  00     00  lO '<*<  t*  O '^     CS  .-H 

odt^t^cd^^    coccc^»-*T-io    oo 


,-1    .c^,^^ 


.^     ^CO  i-hC^ 


.0»i-HC»^      rHNi-HCO 


>f'rt^cOCO     '*Qt-CS05      OOCflOOOCO     00  00  i-l  Ci  00     C^J  lO  O  C^  lO 
"T'-^OiO     IC»0"*0'^      ■•(t'lO^OcOiO      ■^■^O-^'*      rt'CO-^'*'^ 


OOCC^     CO<N'-''rt'— I     OCC^iQC^iO     COMCOC^Cl     -^t^OiOCOW 
iC-^iO-st*     Tj<iO>;oiO-^     COiO^'^"^     "^COCOCOC^     CO"— icoc^c^ 


•^OC^O;     CSCMOCCOO     (O-^ro-t^OO     i-tOCTs-^h-     cC^OiOOO 
O500C^O)     000<-<C5     OCOOi-iOS     OaO00CCCI>.     l^iTit^iCO 


coroioco    oo»o»o^H    c^oocoooo    too'ooocp    cooc^oio 
ooooooi    r^csoooo    oj-^jfi-toaoo    eooot^t^w    i-<(^(Ncjo 


■<**  CM  O     COIOOOOICO     lOCi^iOCO     Oi  fC  O  (N  CI     O -** '^  t^  •-) 

OOOt--     COi^DI^OO"^     lOOOOOO     Cjiiri-^rOCOCO     lO^iO'i'O 


»ct— t-^co    coioeo-T<t^    t^r^fO»-<i-(    lONico^    »o-^^ct>-cp 
t--oO:D<X'-    foiOocoiCM    -^Oi-HOOoo    ccioOt-i(N    r^c^t^co^ 

CO  CO  CO  CO      CQCOCOCOfO      CO  CO  ''J^  CO  CO      COCOCOCOCO      CO  CO  CO  CO  CO 


CO  CO  Oi  OS     N  C^  00 -^  t^     1— I  00  O  CO  *-t     o  oo  .-H  y3  CM     t>- lO  ^  i— 1 1* 


O  CM  tO  O     -^  i--<  O  00  CO      Tf*  O  lO  O  >— '     00  O  CO  »0  Oi     00 -^  CC  C5  "-H 


n-<.-l.-(  .— irHCM*0      iTjCCCC'iCiCO 


C^iO-^iO     CCCOOOCMO     iCOCO'XJCM      t*<O0-^.-hi— i      lOOii— «OC0 


COCOCMCO     CMCMr-iCOCM     CM  i-i  CO  <N  W 


Tt«O0  -^ 


cot-*     CO^iSOO t^ t* 


O  O  O  CO  CO  CM  O  •-<  b-  1—1  00  O  t^  CM  i-(  O  O^ -n^  t-*  O  O  CO  "^  t* 
tD^COI>  CO^CDCOCO  lOOOsr-'-"  CM-fCOCO-^  COt-HOCt^iO 
CMCMCMCM     CMCMCMWCM     CM  M  CM  CM  CM     CM  C^  CM  CM  CM     Cq  CM  CM  M  CM 


i-H^cor*    lOooO'-HO    t^.-(i-i»cos    o»Oi-<Oioo    cmost^-^co 

■^t^^CM     CMCM»-OtOO     OCMO^-<*<     CMOOOOOCM     iOCO«OiOCO 
CMCMCMCM     CMCMCMCMM     CM  CM  CM  N  CM     CM  CM  »-l  r-i  CM      C<»  CM  CM  CM  CM 


r-4-^coo    i—oocMt^    ooo— iCMw    ^oocoic    i--or-coo 

Ot-hfhO     tCC/:--(-^CO     ^CMOCMO     >t'^'^CMCMI>.      r-t  ^  C^  Oi  0> 
113  iO  lO  *0     ^ -^  »0  lO -^     ^  Tj*  iO  lO  lO     -^ -^ -^ -^  "(ji     lO  Ti<  lO  ^  •* 


rtc3c3c303a3      Ci3c3c3cr3(?3ra      cJcScS^ 


kOOiOO^OQ     V?OtCOiCO     ipo»oo 
CMCOCO-^-^wS     lO  CO  <£>  t»  t»  00     OOOOii-H 


u,(-,t-,jH  (^(-iiHtHfc-      dc3c3c3c3  c3cSo3c3c}  c3c3?5ric3 

C3c3c3c3  c3a3Sc3c3      ©oijoa)©  ajoJajCD!!)  QJCJ-DOtCi 

®  <u  ©  <i?  ©  a>  o  jy  0)    >-,>,>>>■.  >i  :-i  >)>.>>  >i  >-.  >.  >i  >-<  >> 

p-»f^>-.^  '^•'^"^"^"^OfHCMcO'*'  u:;cor*ooc5  Oi— imco*^ 

^C4CO-^  lOcOWOOOs     i-(^.-<^fH  ,-ii-HT-Hrti-(  CMCMCMCMCM 


56  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

MARITAL    CONDITION. 

Census  inquiries  as  to  marital  condition  usually  distinguish  four 
groups — single,  married,  widowed,  and  divorced.  At  the  1917  census 
of  the  Virgin  Islands,  however,  the  marital  condition  inquiries  dis- 
tinguished a  fifth  group — the  consensually  married;  that  is,  persons 
living  together  in  conjugal  relation  hy  mutual  consent  and  without 
religious  or  legal  sanction. 

Unions  by  mutual  consent  are  quite  common  in  the  Virgin  Islands. 
They  are  due,  principally,  to  the  high  cost  of  the  legal  or  of  the 
church  marriage  ceremony;  to  the  strong  force  of  a  custom  which, 
especially  among  the  Negroes,  has  existed  for  many  generations ;  and 
to  the  absence,  especially  among  the  Negroes  and  mixed,  of  strong 
public  sentiment  against  such  unions. 

It  is  believed  that  the  presence  in  the  Virgin  Islands  of  a  fifth 
marital  class — the  consensually  married — resulted  in  there  being  a 
considerable  element  of  error  in  the  enumerators'  returns  as  to  marital 
condition.  And  it  is  believed  that  this  error  was  not  confined  to  the 
returns  for  the  consensually  married  class  alone,  but  that  it  extended 
more  or  less  to  the  returns  for  each  of  the  other  four  marital  classes. 
Of  the  persons  living  together  by  mutual  consent  it  is  believed  that 
some  returned  themselves  as  married  and  that  others  returned  them- 
selves as  single.  And  of  the  persons,  especially  women  with  childien, 
whose  mutual  consent  consorts  had  died  or  left  them  it  is  probable 
that  some  returned  themselves  as  widowed.  The  efl'ect  of  these 
supposed  errors  in  the  returns  would  be  an  understatement  of  the 
number  consensually  married,  and  an  overstatement  of  the  number 
single,  married,  and  widowed,  respectively. 

In  Table  14  the  marital  condition  of  the  population  15  years  of  age 
and  over  is  given  for  each  sex  by  color  or  race  for  1917  and  by  sex 
alone  for  1911.  Since,  at  the  census  of  1911,  the  population  was  not 
enumerated  by  color  or  race,  the  marital  condition  statistics  for  this 
census  are  presented  by  sex  only;  also,  since,  at  the  census  of  1911, 
the  consensually  married  and  the  single  were  reported  together,  these 
two  groups  for  1917  must  be  combined  in  making  comparisons  as  to 
marital  condition  between  1911  and  1917. 


POPULATIOlSr. 


57 


Table  14 


SEX  AND  CLASS  OF  POPULATION. 


PERSONS  15  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER. 


Total. 


Single. 


Married. 


Consen- 

sually 

married. 


Widow- 
ed and 
divorced. 


1917 


All  clases,  number. 

White 

Negro 

Mixed 

All  other 


All  classes,  per  cent . 

White 

Negro 

Mixed 

All  other 


All  classes,  number. 

White 

Negro 

Mixed 

Another 


All  classes,  per  cent . 

White 

Negro 

Mixed 

All  other 


8,461 

994 

6,377 

1,059 

31 

100.0 
100.0 
10(1.0 
100.0 
0) 


10, 269 

,541 

7, 743 

1,977 


100.0 
100.0 
100. 0 
100.0 


4,051 

2,464 

1,524 

627 

319 

14 

2,887 

1,783 

1,371 

516 

353 

139 

21 

47.9 

9 
29.1 

18.0 

63.1 

32.1 

1.4 

45.3 

28.0 

21.5 

48.7 

33.3 

13.1 

4,922 

(1) 
2,532 

1,568 

202 

244 

0 

3,. 561 

1,8.59 

1,428 

1,154 

427 

134 

5 
47.9 

2 
24.7 

1 
15.3 

37.3 

45.1 

0.9 

46.0 

24.0 

18.4 

58.4 

21.6 

6.8 

0) 

(1) 

(I) 

422 
34 

336 

51 

1 

5.0 
3.4 
5.3 
4.8 


« 


1,247 
90 
895 
262 


12.1 

16.6 
11.6 
13.3 


1911 


All  classes,  number. 
All  classes,  per  cent . 


AU  classes,  number. 
All  classes,  per  cent . 


8,961 
100.0 


10,867 
100.0 


5,906 
65.9 


6,813 
62.6 


2,540 
28.3 


2,651 
24.4 


(') 


515 
5.7 


1,403 
12.9 


1  Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 

2  In  1911  the  consensually  married  were  included  with  the  single. 

Table  14  shows  that  in  the  total  population  15  years  of  age  and  over 
47.9  per  cent  of  the  males  and  females  were  returned  as  single  in  1917. 
Of  the  males,  29.1  per  cent  were  married,  and  of  the  females,  24.7  per 
cent.  The  percentage  consensually  married  was  18  per  cent  for  males 
and  15.3  per  cent  for  females.  The  percentage  widowed  or  divorced 
was  5  percent  for  males  and  12.1  per  cent  for  females.  In  the  case 
of  each  sex  the  proportion  of  the  population  15  years  of  age  and  over 
in  each  respective  marital  class  varied  greatly  for  the  different  classes 
of  the  population.  If,  for  1917,  the  consensually  married  be  included 
with  the  single,  as  was  done  in  1911,  it  is  seen  that  practically  the 
same  proportion  of  the  population  of  each  sex  was  in  each  marital 
class  ill  1917  and  in  1911. 

The  marital  condition  of  the  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  of 
each  separate  island,  and  of  each  principal  subdivision  is  shown  for 
1917  by  color  or  race  and  by  sex  in  Table  15,  below.  In  Table  16, 
statistics  of  the  marital  condition  of  the  population  of  the  Virgin 
Islands,  and  of  each  principal  class  of  the  population  are  presented 
for  1917  b}'  sex  and  by  age  periods. 


58 


THE  VIRGIN  ISLAISTDS. 


MARITAL  CONDITION  OF   THE   POPULATION   15  YEARS   OP  AGE   AND   OVER,   FOR 

ISLANDS,  CITIES,  AND  RURAL  DISTRICTS:  1917. 


Table  15 

MALES  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER. 

FEMALES  15  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER. 

AEEA  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE. 

"3 
o 

6 

"3) 

o3 

1 

0^1 

M    rt   t 

flag 

o  m  P 

•d 

o 

-d 
8 

M 

p 

5 

"3 
0 

.g 

•6 

1 

m  i3  >3 

flag 
0  w  H 

0 

■d 

0 
3 

d 

5 

Virgin  Islands. 
Total              

8,401 

994 

6,377 

1,059 

31 

4,051 

627 

2,887 

516 

21 

2,464 
319 

1,783 

3.53 

9 

1,524 

14 

1,371 

139 

409 
33 

327 

48 

1 

13 
1 
9 
3 

10,269 
541 

7,743 
1,977 

8 

4,922 

202 

3,561 

1,154 

5 

2,532 

2-14 

1,859 

427 

1,568 

5 

1,128 

134 

1 

1,224 

89 
878 
257 

■'■^ 

White 

1 

Negro    .. 

17 

AU  other      

Cities      

4,329 
G04 

3,007 

705 

13 

4,132 
390 

3,370 

354 

18 

2,119 
422 

1,346 

342 

9 

1,932 
205 

1,541 
174 
12 

1,284 

157 

880 

244 

3 

1, 180 

162 

903 

109 

6 

712 

7 

623 

82 

812 

7 
748 
57 

20-1 
17 

151 

35 

1 

205 
16 

176 
13 

10 
1 

7 
2 

3 

'"2" 

1 

6, 625 

323 

4,700 

1.590 

6 

3,644 
218 

3,043 

381 

2 

3,576 
154 

2,437 

980 

5 

1,346 

■is 

l,12i 
174 

1,425 

110 

1,005 

3oe 
1 

1,107 
134 
854 
118 

1 

719 

2 

641 

76 

886 

56 

603 

227 

19 

White . .          .          

1 

Negro 

14 

4 

All  other 

849 
3 

787 

58 

1 

338 
33 

275 
30 

4 

White . .                      .  .  - 

Negro  ...             

3 

1 

Allother 

11 

1 
7 
3 

ST.   CROIX. 

Total 

5,342 
305 

4, 494 

526 

17 

2,460 
163 

2,022 
264 

.     11 

1,510 

1,217 

162 

5 

1,091 

6 

1,012 

73 

270 

9 

236 

24 

1 

5,76] 
199 

4,748 

810 

4 

2,458 

84 

1,907 

465 

2 

1,516 

88 

1,244 

183 

1 

1,125 

i,'653" 

71 

1 

647 
27 

531 
89 

15 

White 

13 

? 

Allother 

Christiansted 

1,435 
133 

1,070 

229 

3 

891 
53 

747 

90 

1 

3,016 
119 

2,677 

207 

13 

2,839 
685 

1,673 

468 

13 

670 

85 

477 

107 

1 

435 
30 

352 
53 

408 
42 

286 

78 

2 

286 
22 

239 
25 

259 

3 

225 

31 

91 

2 
78 
11 

7 
1 
4 
2 

1,892 

89 

1,382 

419 

2 

1,365 

41 

1,102 

222 

917 

45 

620 

250 

2 

701 
23 
530 
148 

436 
26 

317 
93 

262 

"235" 
27 

269 

18 
203 
48 

S 

White .                        

Neero     .             

7 

1 

All  other                

Frederiksted                  

142 

"i34" 

8 

27 

1 
21 

4 

1 

152 
6 

137 
9 

1 
.... 

329 
15 

276 
38 

136 

"isi" 

5 

194 
3 

161 
30 

5 

White 

Negro 

4 

Mixed . .             

1 

All  other 

Rural  districts 

1,355 
48 

1,193 
104 
10 

1,451 

462 

755 

225 

9 

816 
62 

692 
59 
3 

860 
191 
498 
167 

4 

690 

3 

053 

34 

3 

"2 

1 

2,5(M 

69 

2,264 

169 

2 

4,223 

342 

2,799 

1,078 

4 

840 
16 

757 
67 

2,333 

118 

1,562 

650 

3 

751 
47 
651 

52 

1 

923 
156 
554 
212 

1 

727 

"687" 
39 

1 

411 

5 

352 

54 

184 

6 

167 

11 

? 

White . .                       

Negro .  

7, 

Mixed 

Allother 

ST.  THOMAS. 

Total 

400 

8 

338 

54 

126 
24 
80 
22 

2 
"2 

550 

62 

328 

100 

fi 

White 

1 

Negro 

3 

Mixed 

?. 

Allother 

2,003 
418 

1,190 

386 

9 

836 

267 

483 

82 

4 

280 

1,014 

307 

517 

182 

8 

437 
155 

238 
43 

1 

140 

590 

93 

355 

141 

1 

270 
98 

143 
26 
3 

94 

311 

4 

264 

43 

86 
14 
52 
20 

2 
"2 

3,368 
193 

2,216 

955 

4 

855 
149 
583 
123 

1.958 

SO 

1,287 

582 

3 

375 

32 

275 

68 

600 
69 
412 
178 

1 

263 
87 

142 
34 

321 

2 

275 

44 

423 
35 
239 
149 

6 

White 

1 

Negro 

3 

Mixed 

?. 

Allother 

Rural  districts 

89 
4 
74 
11 

40 
10 

28 
2 

.... 

90 
3 
77 
10 

127 
27 
89 
11 

White 

Negro 

Mixed ..  .  . 

Allother 

ST.  JOHN. 

Total 

33 

13 

285 

131 

93 

32 

27 

?. 

White . .                

4 

210 

65 

1 

2 

110 

27 

1 

2 

68 
24 

Negro 

21 
12 

11 
2 

.... 

196 
89 

92 
39 

61 
32 

23 
9 

19 

8 

1 

Mixed 

1 

Allother 

r"" 

POPULATION. 


59 


•pOOJOAIQ 


1  f-H  CO  OS  CS  »0 -^  fM    111-*  -I-H 


NOC-iccOWiOC^: 


o  i-H  fH  cs  ■*  CO  r- *-^  ^      c^ 

C^  .-(CO'*  l-H 


c^^Hcoogt>.ir^a>eD» 

^i-HCqOSOCM'COOl 


1-1  CC  00  i-i  CO  O  "- t>-        CO 


lO  Tf  lO  CO  IC  OS  1-1  c 


t^eo'^eoooi'Ht>-»H 


Jtjooo 


<j3t3 


rtCONNtOOrHOt^OCOt- 


c  >o  to  r-^  cc  cc  •«  o  »o  00  im'  o 

M        (N  IN  (N  M  (M 


ife 


C^CC-'t^i-Hi-iCO'X'IMC^-^OCCC 


Oi  O  t^  - 


C*^C<li-l^ 


^■^■^OCSCSi-t 


a  CC  tr^  Oi  *~f  C<i  c> 

1-1         CQCOCQ  CC 


CM  OC  CD  t- CS  t^  iO 
CI  CO  C«  -q«  OS  -^ 


1^  O  CC  CO  CO  00  ■^  00  O         CD 


1-lC^NCOCOCCCOC^i-H 


csoor^OiCOscjooo* 


cqcocccNyrjcoc-cct^ 
lOfxrs'Xi'^'-occeoro 


■^OOOSt^-^COiOOOOCSliO 
^       cs  00 -n* '^  <C  lO  N  C<l 


OOOi  tOiOF 


'Cq  t^«00t* 


Cl  CO  l-H  C^  •-<  w      ^ 
i(-\  ^  nr»  ."^  ri—  ro      "^ 


OiOiTPi-fOSC^WCWOOt^CC 

av'<«^Oici::''^'^'^cccocococo 


o c-o    "CO -^oi oo <N o coco 

S'  t^    '  t^  o  .-*  a:  r^  t-^  as  -^  oJ 
CO      '  Tf  CO  CO  <N  CM  (N  (N  Cq -^ 


ai  :c  o  ai  •^'  00  o     "V 


^- 


00C10t'Oi-<t^TfiOOO03i-H 
I>0>O00OiO'^WCTi»0C0'<J* 


C0C^iC'^(N<Nor^t-*.-H«D»0       Oi 
OOOCO  WTfCSCMCqCCCqrHCO        -^ 


00  1-1  o  CO  CO  CD  r* 

00  CD  »-<  l-H  t-*  ■<*  Cq 
t>-  lO  00  CO  t^  ^  CO 


COTt^  l-H         »-t 


00  t::^  cz!'  C5  »o  ci  o  t^  c?i  CM  r*  r-^ 

t^CM'-HCMCN.-iO0i'^"*OO 
CO  ©"l-H  .-H^C-li-Tr-Ti-H  CvTrH  l-l  l-T 


CO  fH  CO  lO  CO  O  Oi  OO  CO  1-H  lO  rH        CO 
00 '*«  ^  IC  CO  CO  CO  O  CO  t*  CO  I>-        CO 


O  CO  -^  CO  t~-  CO  Tf 


C^r^      y-n-i 


•paojoAxa 


CO  rH  CVJ  CO  t^  CO  " 


■^■^■^OSOOOt^*^        00 


t^'O'COrt'Hi-iOO 
iOIN  O  <MCO 


C-J  ^  1-4  ^ 


(N  1-1  1-1  1-1  M  1-1  1-1  C<3        t- 
C<li-li-l  M 


fl'h 
o 

o 


Cm  S 


C>00"5t^i-lO>U5N(Nt^ 

o<:.-^odo50oo'ioc^i0oci45 

rM         r-l  <N  CO  «  N  1-1  1H 


CO  U5  i-<  •-(  C  1-1  •»< 
O  O  rH  >0  Ci  i-<  CO 


UDO  TJ4»ONCO 

rt  C^*  -^  lO  00  CN 
C<)         C^  CO  CO  CO 


TtflO^OOOOO-^COtOt^CO 
Wi-tCSI-^i-ICOiOCCOtCCS 

>o      c>)  "-■;  CO  w  Ti<  N 1-1 


IN  fH  tH  r- CO  .-I  «  CM         « 


^C^C0i14»O»O»O00OOCS 

OSOlOi-HlOOGr-IOSOSi— 1»-0 
'CS  C^  1-1  C*l -^  ^ -^  lO  Ti* 


rH-^t^C^lOOCt^i-HOCCOi-lt^CO 
CD  CD  Ol  *0 -^  CM  "<f  CO  l-H  C^ 
-*  CO  l-H  M  t^  O  CD -^  CM 


i-Hi-<OcDOOCOCOt>- 

t>^  CO  CO  o  oo'  tr  o  "m" 

CO  C4  lO  CD  «3  r^  CO 


O  COOi  O  CO  w  ^ 

""CC  O  CO  OOC^  "<**   w 
"CM       l-<  rH  (Si   "^ 


CM  CO  00  lo  lo  1-H -^t*  r>.  00   -^ 

CMOOCO-^OSOCOCO^        00 


»-H  CO  C«  1-H  OS  O  05 
00        C0^05iO 


ooscor^iocooocooat^cot^ 


ot^oocDcoeccsascci^ioc 
-        -  -  -^  tPCMCSCMCMC 


:^s 


t^i-HcocooooCMOicot-osr* 

COOO-^OCOcD'i-HCOtOOi-H 
<;OOC503iOCOiOiOCOCMi-H 


Or-HOO>C«COC^'*<eO>OcO 


O  CO  O  C^  iCiC  t^  iC  O  CD  CO  •   l-H 
O  CD  O  Oi  CD  t^  •*  CS  l-H  i-H  — I  •   CD 


O  CO  t^  t>- »-H  OS  o> 
C?  O  l^  0>  CD  00  CM 


O  -Tj^  Ci  CD  -^  ^  -^ 


-•}*I^iOCD-«*<C»<CM*OCOiO00'" 
OCMi-HOOcDC^-^COCM^ 
C>i  CD  l-H  C*  T-«  w 


CNJ  r—  CD  t-*  Oi  t^  CM 

■"*  5S  ^  '^  f5  »J^  00 
CD  00  r*  iO  CD  CO  cs 


coi-icoaicC'Occioiooob»co 

COCDCMCMiOf-H-^iOOOOt-iOS 

•0'*oc^cioooor>-i-HCMooTf< 


CO  00  f-<  »-H  r-t  ^         ^C4)-( 


-^-^uOCOi-HC^C^OOO^OiC^ 
00>'-lOiOcOOOCO*OOS»^CO 
NOS  ^COC<»-H         r-*T-t 


CO  t^  CO  lo  t^  o  t*  r 

«-H  !>  CO  00  00  CO  iO  !S 

CO  CO  r*  t*  CO  w  CO  © 

CMCO               r-*  " 


o    . 

<9. 

^   On 

o 

O  *! 
m 

CO 


t*  o  ?•  1 


2  >.>,«! 


i^CM  COiOO'*'^ 


°  °  w 


fe  came 

PS 


(N  CO  o  C**^  ® 


>.    2 


L^   Ut      1      1    I-   Ih   O 

C3   C3      •      •    C3   C3    > 

(CO)    .    .  o  oj  o 

see  '^-•'^'■c  S2  >'=*^xi 

^-o*^i'*3^c^jcoa)Q)»r:)coH 

r,J:iO>-^rfi-*-^+^i}i-*j4-*J-*^  ^ 
^g-lCMCOoO"*«5oiO   a 

;2„ooo«~'«oo'*"'a> 
iscci-icse*  CO-*  o 

PS 


CS  C3  C3C 

c  ©  c-  - 


»H     O     Q^     ®     ® 

SgO)-*-*" 
5'-<IN  CO 

S^ooo 


PS 


(NCi 


60 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


CDOO  lO  Cf 

•r 

ITS 

^ 

(N 

•paojoAicr 

1-^  a 

OCJ"  Oi-H  00         CS 

o 

ooor*c^i(N  ccooi 

i 

■6 

•«si  CO  t-^  H  o      a 

TO 

f-J  -I  cs  ;£  o  cc  lO  '^ 

o 

CMrt  TO-* 

CM^CS  ■»f 

o 

o 

Sm 

-H  t^ -«<«.- 

t- 

t~. 

^"•"Sg^SS 

^ 

t^mooo-fl' 

ic- 

lO 

^!- 

->Ji>-IIMO- 

es 

es 

>> 

l-Ii 

•>»<  «  O  •*  rH        OC 

OOOTOOOINTOOOeqO-* 

CC  t^  O"  TO  ■"<■        Tt 

CO  ci  -<  •*■  00  -J  C  -H  -<■  CD 

<N        —1 

^C 

OiOOOt^OO         -rf 

•*1*t-*-*I^CC»-HOCOlO^H 

ira  coOiM 

TO         CS  lOTOCS  "^ 

s 

3  » 

TO—I— 1 

005  CD05TO         C^ 

COOOCSTOOOO^— <OTOt>- 

■d 

t^  too  — <  1^       »r 

^<6ci'-^t^^l^^crjl:ct> 

TOTOTfTO- 

CM         -<TO(MTOTO(NCN  rH 

H 

•2 

CJ 

^ 

w 

o! 

Be 

TOCS  00  —^CO        t^ 
M^UO  TO  »0  C^         CS 

C-CMCOO>OiOOOOO— 1  — 
CM        IM  CM  >0  CO  TO  — ■  t^ -V  <N 

cs 

cq 

S 

1- 

lOCO  -*  (M  i-H         •<* 

•^  — (03  W  00         M 

O-^TOIOOOOICOTOOOOC: 

■<a^  cq  ^  oi  ■<♦ 

c 

o^ot^»oOiO"*S25*OT] 

TO  TO  TO  TO  TO        t^ 

« 

, 

TOOO-*  TO         C\ 

«)  Tt*  lO  TO  O  'O  -^  t^  00  TO  lO  CS 

r*  1  cs  ^  -^ 

^ 

s 

Si; 

— <  Oi  ■*  »OiO         CC 

0>r:TOCCOOOCOCOT)<CMCS 

kO  lO  TOCq  CJ 

a 

00-<M-<-<-l         — l<N— 1— 1  — 

TOOOOOOOO         u- 

QOr^'»J<TO'^*OOCO^-rtiO'*  — 

c 

CMOOiO— I 

CM 

5 

OICDQOOOCS 

or 

or^-*— iooooot^ot>cst^      — 

_ 

^  CfO  o  t-^  t^ 

t- 

OOOC'IC-JTO— 1— ITOttC^CMCS 

E 

3 

rt-<-l 

l^ 

"^ 

•paoaoAja 

TOiOTOC-J 

c<- 

TOl 

CM 

C^      J-(      j— 1      j 

TOiOCat^TO        t> 

lO 

OcO  -^i^  -^ 

■6 

o 
is 
o 

CO  O  t>^  TjJ  »o        C^ 

■^ 

— Jod  lO  TO  -^ 

-<         — ICS 

rtTO 

|l 

coco— liOO       OC 

00 

■*  TOO  '<»'  — 

^_l 

E^ 

^1^0005  0        T 

Tt< 

CM      -<eq 

>> 

j__      '^, 

OOOt-TOTO        OC 

-1 

ooiooiot»oO'*j<aicc 

il 

o 

£| 

Oi  TO  CO  oJ  ■«■ 

b> 

TO 

O'^^CCCOO'^-^CC 

C<I  — 1  ^ 

*"* 

1-H  M  CM  (N   ^  ^   1-1 

Se 

cr  -1  rt  ot^ 

o  o?  r^  CO  — 

f 

o 

TO 

SS^S^SS"'^ 

^ 

^- 

•^  CM  — ( 

O-^  OJI^-'f         CT 

TO 

lOCDOO-^COCOOiCO 

■6 

00  t^^O  ci  Tt 

o- 

TO 

odOiOt^t^tO^D'^'^t 

TO  'f  -*  -^  -^ 

TO 

COC^CC-^iOw^O-^ 

s 

.^ 

u 

<:3 

■*rtO-HCC 

TO 

TO 

1-H  CO  P5  r^  ci  o '^  CO  t>-      c 

o 

CO  cocoes 

s 

TOO  t^cat^      tr 
"5r^  ■'ji  TO  — t      TO 

^co?^cocnioo5ow 

- 

>00(NOO        IT 

Ot^-OOOO— lOOlOOUOOC 

ScseoS^ 

o- 

oodd<STiioo6ri-!f!-a<'io->t 

O-^OOO-^-^TOTOCSC^Cq  — 

CO 

,^ 

— (       — t 

g 

a.; 

lO  t^Cl  00  TO 

^ 

OCD-^lOiOt^OOt-COOCOO 

TO 

C^rt  — IIOCMCM 

M  O  CO  t^.-H 

M 

—1  COO  CO  C: 

TO 

w— ir-oo^OTOicoco-^cq 

cs 

CM 

■«<  ^CM  — li-H 

CS 

«00;<<cocc 

OC 

OOM-OcOCOOOOt^CMi- 

TO 

CM -H  1-1  CO  CM  CM 

W  COCOO-^ 

3 

C  t^  C^J  "'f  O 

t^ 

— lOt^CC— t— lOOCOCOOCC 

TO 

TO 

■0<CCOCOTO 

r- 

E 

g 

■s 

z 

■s^' 

3 

o    . 

gS2i 

a 

5<= 

aV 

^  t- 

i£  i2  S 

£S2 

y   cfi  t-.        1 
!-<  t-<  (D 

?. 

got- 

ca  CO 

rt  CO  t. 

C3  C3 

c3  ai  r.* 

5 

►J  S 

0 — Contii 
and  over- 
44  years. 
64  years. 
5  to  54  ye 
5  to  64  ye 
ars  and  o 

c« 

over, 
ears, 
ears, 
ears. 
29  ve 
34  ye 
ears, 
ears. 
54  ye 
64  ye 
md  o 

cr 

over . 
ears . 
ears, 
ears. 
29  ye 
34  ye 
ears, 
ears. 
54  ye 
64  ye 
md  0 

1 

o  ■< 

15  yea 
1  and 
ol9y 
o24y 
o34y 
25  to 
30  to 

044  y 
o64y 

45  to 
55  to 
ears  r 

a. 

X 

g   '   >■-  >>  t>>  o  O  >>  ''•  o  o  ™ 
"^'S-^CMTOiOO^tOiouO   a 

S  „  o  o  o=^"  c  o^-ra  <u 

pH 

-c 

g,, „  o  o 'f'"  ?- 

l2   CJiOiO               lO 

a 

c 

m 

^     y 
'^ 

Q  c^  ^  O  »0               »0  lO               lO 

< 

ir^ceioouo          xo  lo          io 

- 

s 

■^ 

CO 

0^ 

> 

cs 

(N 

TO 

-^ 

CO 

0. 

— 1 

CM 

CM 

Tjl 

I 

POPULATION". 
PLACE    OF    BIRTH. 


61 


In  Table  17  the  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  and  each 
principal  class  of  the  population,  in  1917,  is  distributed  by  place  of 


birth. 


PLACE  OF  BIRTH  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE:  1917. 


Table  17 


PLACE  OF  BIRTH. 


All  places 

Virgin  Islands 

St. Croix 

St.  Thomas 

St.  John 

Island  not  stated 

British  West  Indies 

Anegada 

Antniilla 

Antigua 

Bahamas 

Barbados 

Dominica 

Grenada 

Jamaica 

Jost  Van  Dyke 

Montserrat 

Nevis 

St.  Christopher 

St.  Lucia 

St.  Vincent 

Tobago 

Tortola 

Trinidad 

Virgin  Gorda 

Other  West  Indies 

Cuba 

Curacao 

Guadeloupe 

Haiti 

Martinique 

Porto  Rico 

Saba 

St.  Bartholomew 

St.  Eustatius 

St.  Martin 

Santo  Domingo 

United  States 

Central  and  South  America 

British  Guiana 

Costa  Rica 

Panama 

Paraguay 

Venezuela 

All  other 

Other  places 

Austria 

Belgium 

Bermuda  Islands 

Canada 

China 

Denmark 

England 

France 

Germany 

India 

Ireland 

Italy 

Madeira  Islands 

Norway 

Philippines 

Russia 

Sweden 

At  sea 

Other  specified  places . . 
Not  specified 


Popula- 
tion: 
1917. 


26, 051 


19, 842 

12,  Idl 

6,560 

1,041 

90 

4,267 

54 

126 

546 

4 

1,066 

31 

11 

22 

27 

129 

536 

612 

10 

63 

3 

949 

19 

59 

809 

9 

8 

30 

27 

6 

152 

45 

236 

108 

107 

81 

603 
67 
26 

6 
18 

3 


463 

6 

22 

3 

4 

11 

227 

25 

7 

11 

23 

24 

8 

3 

3 

8 

7 

7 

5 

11 

48 


■SVhite. 


700 

262 

436 

2 


21 

20 

202 

2 

6 

3 

547 
15 


359 

6 

22 


225 
23 


Negro. 


19, 523 


15,217 

9,936 

4,372 

820 

89 

3,838 

45 

104 

511 

4 

988 

24 

7 

19 

21 

119 

509 

558 

3 

60 
3 
796 
17 
50 


Mixed. 


4,563 


3,917 

1,948 

1,749 

219 

1 

385 
9 
22 
30 


146 
2 


196 


All 

other. 


62 


THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


Table  18  shows  for  the  total  population  and  for  each  principal  class 
of  the  population,  in  1917,  the  per  cent  distribution  by  place  of  birth. 
Of  the  total  population,  76.2  per  cent  was  born  in  the  Virgin  Islands, 
16.4  per  cent  in  the  British  West  Indies,  3.1  per  cent  in  other  West 
Indies,  2.3  per  cent  in  the  United  States,  0.3  per  cent  in  Central  and 
South  America,  and  1.8  per  cent  in  other  places.  Thus,  over  95  out 
of  every  100  persons  in  the  total  population  were  born  either  in  the 
Virgin  Islands  or  in  the  British  or  other  West  Indies.  Outside  of 
the  Virgin  Islands  the  British  West  Indies  was,  as  to  numbers,  by 
far  the  most  important  place  of  birth. 


Table  18 

PLACE  OF  BIRTH. 

Popula- 
tion: 
1917. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

100.0 

100. 0 

100.0 

100.0 

Virgin  Islands 

76.2 
16.4 
3.1 
2.3 
0.3 
1.8 

36.4 
2.2 

13.4 

28.5 
O.S 

18.7 

77.9 
19.7 
1.8 
0.2 
0.1 
0.3 

85.8 
8.4 

4.3 

United  State.'?    .        

0.5 

0.4 

0.5 

Note.— Per  cent  of  "All  other"  race.s  not  shown,  as  base  is  less  than  50. 

The  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  is  distributed  by  place  of 
birth  for  1917,  1911,  and  1901,  respectively,  in  Table  19.  Between 
1911  and  1917  there  was  a  decrease  in  the  number  and  the  proportion 
of  the  total  population  born  in  Denmark,  and  a  considerable  increase 
in  the  number  and  proportion  born  in  the  United  States. 


Table  19 

1917 

1911 

1901 

PLACE  or  BIRTH. 

Number. 

Per 
cent. 

Number. 

Per 
cent. 

Number. 

Per 
cent. 

26,051 

100.0 

27,086 

100.0 

30,527 

100.0 

19,842 

5,076 

227 

603 

303 

76.2 
19.5 
0.9 
2.3 
1.2 

21,198 

5,166 

373 

82 

267 

78.3 
19.1 
1.4 
0.3 
1.0 

23,847 

5, 591 

427 

52 

610 

78.1 

18.3 

1.4 

United  States 

0.2 

2.0 

MALES    OF    VOTING    AND    MILITIA    AGES. 

Table  20  shows  by  color  or  race  the  number  of  males  of  voting  age — 
that  is,  21  years  and  over — in  the  Virgin  Islands,  in  each  separate 
island,  and  in  each  principal  subdivision,  in  1917.  The  total  number 
of  males  21  years  of  age  and  over  is  7,186,  representing  27.6  per  cent 
of  the  total  population.  Of  such  males  11.4  per  cent  are  white,  73.6 
per  cent  are  Negro,  11.8  per  cent  are  mixed,  and  0.4  per  cent  are  of 
all  other  races. 


POPULATION". 


63 


Tabic  20 

ARKA. 

MALES  OF  VOTING 

AGE,  21  YEARS  AND 
1917. 

over: 

All 
classes. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

All 

other. 

Virgin  Islands 

7,186 

821 

5,485 

851 

29 

St.  Croix 

4,624 

265 

3,917 

425 

17 

Christiansted 

1,215 

751 

2,658 

2,331 

107 
45 
113 

552 

920 

642 

2,355 

1,400 

185 
63 
177 

368 

3 

Frederiksted 

1 

Rxiral  districts 

13 

St.  Thomas 

11 

1,651 

680 

231 

342 
210 

4 

997 
403 

168 

305 
63 

58 

7 

Rural  districts 

4 

St.  John 

1 

The  males  of  militia  age — that  is,  18  to  44  years — are  shown  in 
Table  21  by  color  or  race  for  the  Virgin  Islands,  for  each  island,  and 
for  each  principal  subdivision.  The  total  number  of  such  males  is 
5,257,  representing  20.2  per  cent  of  the  total  population.  Whites 
constitute  14.9  per  cent,  Negroes  73.2  per  cent,  persons  of  mixed 
races  11.7  per  cent,  and  all  other  persons  0.2  per  cent  of  the  males  of 
militia  age. 


Table  21 

MALES  OF  MILmA  AGE,  18  TO  44  TEARS:  1917. 

AREA. 

All 
classes. 

■^Tiite. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

An 

other. 

Virgin  Islands 

5,257 

781 

3,849 

616 

11 

Bt.  Croix 

3,238 

220 

2,718 

299 

1 

Christiansted 

825 

549 

1,864 

1,861 

100 
41 
79 

,558 

597 

451 

1,670 

1,004 

127 
57 
115 

289 

1 

Frederiksted 

St.  Thomas 

10 

Charlotte  Amalie 

1,341 
520 

158 

347 
211 

3 

749 
255 

127 

237 
52 

28 

8 

Rural  districts 

2 

St.  John 

CITIZENSHIP. 

At  the  census  of  the  Virgin  Islands  for  1917  the  enumerators  were 
mstructed  to  enter  on  the  schedules  the  citizenship  of  each  person 
enumerated,  but  an  examination  of  the  enumerators'  returns  as  to 
citizenship  showed  that  they  contain  a  considerable  element  of  error. 
Because  of  the  peculiar  conditions  as  to  citizenship  prevailing  on  the 
islands  at  the  time  of  the  census  enumeration  many  of  the  inhabitants 
were  mistaken  or  uncertain  a«s  to  their  citizenship.  As  a  result  some 
of  the  enumerators  were  confused  as  to  the  proper  manner  of  return- 


64 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


ing  the  citizenship  of  certain  classes  of  the  people.  The  worst  con- 
fusion was  as  to  the  correct  citizenship  of  the  Negroes  and  persons  of 
mixed  race  who  were  horn  in  the  British  or  other  West  Indian  Islands, 
but  who  had  lived  for  many  years  in  the  Virgin  Islands.  Some  enu- 
merators returned  such  persons  as  citizens  of  the  country  possessing 
the  particular  island  from  which  they  came,  while  other  enumerators 
returned  them  as  citizens  of  the  Virgin  Islands.  Because  of  this  con- 
fusion the  enumerators'  returns  of  the  citizenship  of  the  Negroes  and 
of  persons  of  mLxed  race  are  believed  to  be  too  inaccurate  to  warrant 
publication  of  the  tabulated  statistics.  The  returns  for  whites  jDrob- 
ably  are  more  nearly  accurate,  although  even  here  there  was  some 
confusion  as  to  the  proper  manner  of  returning  citizenship.  The 
citizenship  of  the  total  white  population,  and  of  the  white  males  21 
years  of  age  and  over  is  shown  in  Table  22. 


Table  22 

TOTAL  -SVHITES: 
1917. 

White 
males 
21  years 
of  age 
and 
over. 

ailZENSHIP. 

TOTAL  whites: 
1917. 

White 
males 
21  years 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

of  age 
and 
over. 

Total  population... 

1,198 

72-t 

821 

Not  declared ' 

no 

42 
154 
33 

88 
33 
150 
17 

88 

31 
79 

United  States 

221 

o42 

96 

72 
304 
60 

400 
119 
73 

French 

Virgin  Islands 

Other 

25 

Danish 

1  Citizens  of  Denmark  who  on  Nov.  1, 1917,  had  not  yet  declared  their  intention  of  retaining  allesiance  to 
Denmark. 

In  the  Virgin  Islands  the  citizenship  of  the  males  21  years  of  age 
and  over  probably  conforms  more  or  less  closely  with  the  place  of 
birth.  Table  23  shows  for  1917  the  place  of  birth  of  males  21  years 
of  age  and  over  by  color  or  race. 


Table  23 

MALES  21  YEARS  OF  A^^E 

\Nr)   OVER 

1917. 

PLVCF,  OF  BIRTfl. 

Total. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

All 

other. 

All  places 

7,186 

821 

5,485 

851 

29 

4,468 

107 

3,669 

689 

3 

St.  Croix 

.3,093 

1,098 

256 

21 

1,799 

49 

58 

2, 681 
761 
203 
21 

1,684 

358 
273 
53 

2 

St.  Thomas 

1 

St.  John 

Island  not  stated 

British  West  Indies 

8 

106 

1 

18 

17 

237 

3 

754 

10 

6 

10 

5 

57 

185 

15 
16 
223 
3 
717 
8 
4 

10 

5 

55 

178 

3 

1 
12 

Antigua 

2 

2 
1 
1 

35 
1 

1 

Dominica 

7 

Nevis , 

POPULATION. 


65 


Table  23— Continued. 

MALES  2X  YEARS 

OF  AGE   AND  OVER: 

1917. 

PLACE  OF   BIRTH. 

Total. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mix?l. 

AU 
other. 

British  West  Indies— Continued. 

234 
2 
19 
1 
223 
14 
4 

226 

1 

217 

1 

17 

1 

198 

12 

4 

15 
1 
2 

1 

1 

24 
2 

103 

39 

1 

4 
13 

6 

3 

29 
12 
105 
2(1 
25 

S 

385 

1 
1 

10 
2 
1 

12 
5 
7 

17 

23 
5 

8 

1 

2 
3 
4 
2 
12 

5 
7 

88 

10 
3 
2 

1 

2 

2 

375 

2o 

3 

19 

4 

14 

7 
5 

282 

13 

■t 

21 

1 

1 
2 

11 

2 
1 

225 

All  other 

Other  places 

25 

4 
9 
2 
1 

11 
152 

13 
2 
7 

22 

13 
5 
2 
3 
6 
5 
5 
8 

12 

4 
9 

2 

1 

China                              .               ... 

11 

152 

13 

1 

1 

7 

s 

7 

13 
5 

1 
3 

1 

6 

5 
5 
6 

1 

1 

12 

SCHOOL    ATTENDANCE. 

The  statistics  of  school  attendance  here  presented  are  based  upon 
the  answers  to  the  inquiry  as  to  whether  the  person  enumerated  was 
attending  school,  college,  or  any  educational  institution  on  Novem- 
ber 1,  1917.  Only  2  persons  under  5  and  only  25  over  20  years  of 
age  were  returned  as  attending  school.  Table  24  shows  for  each 
principal  class  of  the  population  the  number  and  proportion  of  per- 
sons 5  to  20  years  of  age,  inclusive,  attending  school  on  November  1, 
1917. 

60396°— 18 5 


66  THE    VIRGIN    ISLANDS. 

PERSONS  5  TO  20  YEARS   OF   AGE    ATTENDING    SCHOOL,  BY   AGE    PERIODS:    1917. 


Table  24 

PERSONS  5  TO  20   YEARS 
OF  age:    1917. 

PERSONS  5  TO  9  YEARS 
OF  AGE:    1917. 

CLASS  OF  POPTTLATION  AND   SEX. 

Total 
number. 

Attending  school. 

Total 
number. 

Attending  school. 

Number. 

Per  cent.  1 

Number. 

Per  cent.' 

7,617 
3,622 
3,995 

3,771 
1,S11 
1.960 

49.5 
50.0 
49.1 

2,430 
1,164 
1,266 

1,727 
835 
892 

71.1 

Male  

71.7 

70.5 

White              

46S 
299 
169 

5,623 
2,626 
2,997 

1,517 
693 
824 

9 
4 
5 

187 
103 
84 

2,739 
1,309 
1, 430 

843 
397 
446 

2 
2 

40.0 
34.4 
49.7 

48.7 
49.8 
47.7 

55.6 
57.3 
54.1 

119 
66 
53 

1,792 
841 
951 

518 
25S 
262 

1 

1 

74 
46 

28 

1,263 
594 
669 

389 
194 
195 

1 

1 

6'2,2 

Male 

f_9  7 

52.8 

Negro  

70.5 

Male 

70.6 

Female 

70.3 

Mixed 

75.1 

Male  

75.8 

74.4 

Male             

! 

PERSONS  10  TO  14  YEARS 
OF  age:   1917. 

PERSONS  16  TO  20  YEARS 
OF  age:   1917. 

CT.ASR  OF  POPULATION  AND  SEX. 

Total 
number. 

Attending  school. 

Total 
number. 

Attending  school. 

Number. 

Per  cent.  1 

Number. 

Percent.' 

2,461 
1,183 
1,278 

1,921 
924 
997 

78.1 
78.1 
78.0 

2,726 
1,275 
1,451 

123 

52 
71 

4.5 

Male 

4.1 

4.9 

White  

126 
60 
66 

1,829 
893 
936 

505 
229 
276 

1 
1 

101 
52 
49 

1,403 
684 
719 

416 

187 
229 

1 
1 

80.2 
85.7 
74.2 

76.7 
76.6 
76.8 

82.4 
81.7 
83.0 

223 
173 
50 

2,002 

892 

1,110 

494 
208 
286 

7 
2 
5 

12 
5 

7 

73 
31 
42 

38 
16 
22 

5.4 

Male 

2.9 

Female 

14.0 

3.6 

Male 

3.5 

3.8 

Mixed      

7.7 

Male 

7.7 

Female 

7.7 

Male      

'  Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 

In  the  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  in  1917  there  were 
7,617  persons  5  to  20  years  of  age,  of  whom  3,771,  or  49.5  per  cent, 
were  returned  as  attending  school  on  November  1,  1917.  A  larger 
proportion  of  mixed  than  of  Negro,  and  a  larger  proportion  of  Negro 
than  of  white  persons  5  to  20  years  of  age  were  attending  school  in 
1917.  In  each  of  the  three  age  periods,  5  to  9,  10  to  14,  and  15  to  20, 
the  percentage  of  school  attendance  was  highest  among  persons  of 
mixed  race. 

The  number  and  proportion  of  persons  5  to  20,  5  to  14,  and  15  to  20 
years  of  age,  respectively,  attending  school  in  1917,  are  shown  by  sex 
and  class  of  population  for  each  island  and  for  each  principal  sub- 
division in  Table  25. 


POPULATION. 


67 


PERSONS  5  TO  20  YEARS  OF  AGE  ATTENDING  SCHOOL,  BY  AGE  PERIODS,  FOR  ISLANDS, 


CITIES,  AND  RURAL  DISTKICTS:  1917. 


Table  35 

PERSONS  6  TO  20 
TEAKS  OF  age:  1917. 

PERSONS  6  TO  14 
YEARS  OF  age:  1917. 

PERSONS  15  TO  20 
YEARS  OF  age:  1917. 

AEEA,  CLASS  OF  POPITLA- 
TIOK,    AND    SEX. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Attending 
school. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Attending 
school. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Attending 
school. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent.i 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent.' 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent.i 

ST.  CROIX. 

Total 

4,012 
1,876 
2,136 

1,961 

927 

1,034 

48.9 
49.4 
48.4 

2,502 
1,158 
1,344 

1,903 

897 
1,006 

76.1 
77.5 
74.9 

1,510 

718 
792 

58 
30 
28 

3.8 

Male      

4.2 

3.5 

1,289 
585 
704 

56 
42 
14 

896 
397 
499 

335 
145 
190 

2 
1 

1 

916 

388 
528 

16 
11 
5 

734 
301 
433 

166 
76 
90 

1,807 
903 
904 

01 
27 

34 

1 ,  .'S6 
787 
799 

159 

89 
70 

1 

655 
294 
361 

24 
15 
9 

437 
191 
246 

193 

87 
106 

1 

1 

50.8 
50.3 
51.3 

42.9 

48.8 
48.1 
49.3 

57.6 
60.0 
55.8 

814 
365 
449 

25 
16 
9 

560 
247 
313 

228 
101 
127 

1 
1 

635 
286 
349 

24 
15 
9 

424 

186 
238 

186 
84 
102 

1 
1 

78.0 
78.4 
77.7 

75.7 
75.3 
76.0 

8L6 

83.2 
80.3 

475 
220 
255 

31 

26 

5 

336 
150 
186 

107 
44 
63 

1 

20 
8 
12 

4.2 

3.6 

4.7 

White 

Male 

Negro 

13 

5 

8 

7 
3 
4 

3.9 

Male 

3.3 

Female 

4.3 

Mixed 

6.5 

Male 

Female 

6.3 

All  other 

Male 

1 

322 
140 

182 

8 

8 

Frederiksted 

500 
215 
285 

10 
5 
5 

406 
168 
238 

84 
42 
42 

806 
418 
388 

36 
16 
20 

687 
352 
335 

83 
50 
33 

54.6 
55.4 
54.0 

55.3 
55.8 
55.0 

50.6 
55.3 

46.7 

44.6 
46.3 
42.9 

59.0 

43.3 
44.7 
41.9 

52.2 
56.2 
47.1 

594 
248 
346 

8 
3 
5 

482 
196 
286 

104 
49 
55 

1,094 
545 
549 

47 
21 
26 

941 
465 
476 

106 
59 

47 

482 
206 
276 

8 
3 
5 

393 
162 
231 

81 
41 
40 

786 
405 
381 

34 
15 
19 

673 
344 
329 

79 
46 
33 

81.1 

83.1 
79.8 

IS 
9 
9 

2 
2 

5.6 

Male 

6.4 

Female 

4.9 

White 

Male 

Negro    

81.5 

82.7 
80.8 

77.9 

""72.' 7' 

71.8 
74.3 
69.4 

71.5 
74.0 

09.1 

74.5 
78.0 

252 
105 
147 

62 
27 
35 

713 
358 
355 

14 
6 

8 

645 
322 
323 

53 
30 
23 

1 

13 

6 

7 

3 
1 

2 

20 
13 

7 

2 
1 
1 

14 

8 
6 

4 
4 

5.2 

Male 

5.7 

Female 

4.8 

Mixed 

4.8 

Male 

Female 

Rural  districts  

2.8 

Male 

3.6 

2.0 

White 

Male 

Female 

Nea:ro 

2.2 

"Male 

2.5 

1.9 

Mixed 

7.5 

Male 

All  other 

Male  .... 

Female 

1 

:;;:::::i:;:::;;: 

i 

68 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


PERSONS  5  TO  20  YEARS  OF  AGE  ATTENDING  SCHOOL,  BY  AGE  PEBflODS,  FOR  ISLANDS, 
CITIES.  AND  RURAL  DISTRICTS:  1917— Continued. 


Table  25— Continued. 

PERSONS  6  TO  20 
TEARS  OF  age:  1917. 

PERSONS  6  TO  14 
YEARS  OF  age:   1917. 

PERSONS  15  TO  20 
tears  OF  age:  1917. 

AREA,  CLASS  OF  POPULA- 
TION,   AND    SEX. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Attending 
school. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Attending 
school. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Attending 
school. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent.i 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent.i 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent.J 

ST.  THOMAS. 

Total 

3,248 
1,548 
1,700 

1,642^ 
788^ 
853 

50.6 
51.0 

50.2 

2,136 
1,040 
1,096 

1,580 
769 
811 

74.0 
73.9 

74.0 

1,112 

508 
604 

62 
20 
42 

S.6 

Male 

3.9 

Fenjale 

7.0 

2,471 
1,133 
1,338 

162 
115 

47 

1,662 
741- 
916 

641 
269 
372 

6 
3 
3 

777 
415 
362 

173 

104 
69 

477 
243 
234 

127 
68 
59 

357 
198 
159 

1,283 
595 
688 

65 
38 
27 

857 
407 
450 

360 
149 
211 

1 
1 

51.9 
52.5 
51.4 

40.1 
33.0 

51.6 
54.6 
49.1 

56.2 
55.4 

56.7 

1,638 
781 
857 

69 
39 
30 

1,136 

553 
583 

432 
188 
44 

1 

1 

1,229 
577 
652 

59 
36 
23 

829 
398 
431 

340 
142 
198 

1 

1 

75.0 
73.9 
76.1 

85.6 

73.0 
72.0 
73.9 

78.7 
75.5 
81.1 

833 
352 
481 

93 
76 
17 

526 
193 
333 

209 
81 
128 

5 
2 
3 

279 
156 
123 

77 
57 
20 

160 
80 
80 

42 
19 
23 

104 

49 
55 

54 
18 
36 

6 
2 

4 

28 
9 
19 

20 

13 

6.5 

Male     

5.1 

Female 

7.5 

White 

6.5 

Male 

2.6 

Female 

Negro 

5.3 

Male 

4.: 

Female 

5.7 

Mixed 

9.6 

Male 

8.6 

Female 

10.2 

Another 

Male 

Rural  districts 

359 
194 
165 

52 
29 
23 

233 
123 
110 

74 
42 
32 

168 
95 
73 

46.2 
46.7 
45.6 

30.1 
27.9 
33.3 

48.8 
50.6 
47.0 

58.3 
61.8 
54.2 

47.1 
48.0 
45.9 

498 
259 
239 

96 
47 
49 

317 

163 
154 

85 
49 
36 

253 
149 
104 

351 
192 
159 

50 
29 
21 

230 
121 
109 

71 
42 
29 

165 
93 
72 

70.5 
74.1 
66.5 

52.1 

72.6 
74.2 
70.8 

83.5 

65.2 
62.4 
69.2 

8 
2 
6 

2 

2.9 

Male 

1.3 

Female 

4.9 

White 

2.6 

Female 

2 

3 
2 
1 

3 

Negro 

1.9 

Male 

2.5 

Female 

1.3 

Mixed 

Male 

Female 

3 

3 
2 

1 

ST.  .TOHN 

Total 

2.9 

Male 

Female 

1.8 

Negro 

268 
152 
116 

89 
46 
43 

119 
68 
51 

49 
27 
22 

44.4 
44.7 
44.0 

55.1 

185 
110 
75 

68 
39 
29 

117 

67 
50 

48 
26 
22 

63.2 
60.9 
66.7 

70.6 

S3 
42 
41 

21 
7 
14 

2 
1 

1 

1 
1 

2.4 

Male 

Female 

Mixed 

Male 

Female 

I  Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 

Table  25  shows  that  the  percentage  of  persons  5  to  20  years  of 
age,  inclusive,  attending  school  in  1917  was  48.9  on  St.  Croix,  50.6 
on  St.  Thomas,  and  47.1  on  St.  John.  Both  on  St.  Croix  and  on 
St.  Thomas  the  percentage  of  attendance  was  higher  for  the  urban 
than  for  the  rural  districts.  On  St.  Croix,  the  percentages  of  the 
persons  5  to  20  years  of  age  attending  school  were  50.8  in  Christian- 
sted,  54.6  in  Frederiksted,  and  44.6  in  the  rural  districts.     On  St. 


POPULATION. 


69 


Thomas,  the  corresponding  percentages  were  51.9  for  Charlotte 
AmaUe  and  46.2  for  the  rural  districts.  Of  persons  5  to  20  years 
of  age  the  percentage  attending  school  was  highest  for  those  of 
mixed  race,  in  the  cities  of  Christiansted  and  Charlotte  Amalie,  in 
the  rural  districts  of  St.  Thomas,  and  on  the  island  of  St.  John. 
The  percentage  was  highest  for  whites  in  the  rural  districts  of  St. 
Croix.  Table  25  shows  that  in  the  case  of  each  area,  each  class  of 
the  population,  and  each  sex,  school  attendance  was  largely  confined 
to  persons  5  to  14  years  of  age. 

The  nmnber  and  proportion  of  persons  5  to  21  years  of  age  attending 
school  are  shown  by  sex  and  by  year  of  age  for  each  principal  class  of 
the  population  in  Table  26. 


PERSONS   5  TO    21    YEARS 

OF    AGE 

ATTENDING    SCHOOL 
AGE:  1917. 

BY 

SINGLE    YEARS 

OF 

Table  26 

PERSONS  OF 

SPECIFIED  AGE   ATTENDING 

scnooL:  I9i7 

.1 

CLAS.S  OF  POPULATION 
AND  SEX. 

5  to  21  years. 

5  years. 

6  j'cars. 

7  years. 

8  years. 

9  years. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

3,773 
1,811 
1,962 

46.8 
46.9 
46.7 

92 
51 
41 

20.0 
22.7 
17.4 

285 
135 
150 

59.4 
59.2 
59.0 

428 
210 
21s 

83.9 

84.0 
83.8 

502 
244 
258 

92.6 
93.5 
91.8 

420 
195 
225 

96.1 

Male      

97.5 

Female 

94.9 

White           

187 
103 
84 

2,740 
1,309 
1,431 

841 
337 
447 

2 
2 

34.8 
28.4 
48.3 

16.1 
47.1 

45.2 

53.7 
55.8 
52.0 

6 
6 



11 
4 

7 

202 
95 
107 

72 
36 
36 

56.9 
57.6 
56.3 

70.6 
69.2 
72.0 

13 

8 
5 

325 
149 
176 

89 
.=i2 
37 

1 

1 

84.9 
83.7 
85.9 

82.4 
85.2 

26 
15 
11 

363 
177 
186 

113 

52 
61 

92.1 
93.7 
90.7 

97.4 
96.3 
98.4 

18 
13 
5 

314 
142 
172 

88 
40 
48 

Male     

59 
31 
28 

27 
14 

17.7 
19.0 
16.5 

26.5 

96.0 

Male     

97.3 

95.0 

Mixed 

97.8 

Male       

13     24. 1 

All  other             

Male 

I!"'" 

1 

» 

10  years. 

11  years. 

12  years. 

13  y 

ears. 

14  y 

jars. 

IS  years. 

AND   SEX. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

Num-    Per 
ber.    cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

433 

196 
237 

94.5 
94.7 
94.4 

405 
211 
194 

94.4 
95.5 
93.3 

515     93. 5 

24^1  !  93.5 
271  '  93.4 

392 
188 
204 

75.1 
76.7 
73.6 

176 
85 
91 

35.1 
34.1 
36.1 

70 

28 

15.9 

Male     

12.7 

Female 

42      19.0 

White 

24 

14 
10 

326 
146 
180 

83 
36 
47 

93.9 
94.2 
93.8 

96.5 

16 
10 
6 

287 
150 

93.5 
94.3 

27 
11 
16 

389 
189 
200 

99 
44 
55 

94.2 
94.0 
94.3 

96.1 

'94.' 8' 

18 
8 
10 

280 
139 
141 

93 
40 
53 

1 
1 

73.5 
75.1 
71.9 

81.6 

'ki'.h' 

16 

9 

7 

121 
60 
61 

39 
16 
23 

4 

Male 

31.8 
31.1 
32.4 

39.8 

"43.' 4" 

4 

45 
20 
25 

21 
8 
13 

13.4 

Male     

11.8 

137     92. 6 

102     98. 1 

51     98. 1 
51     98. 1 

I.M 

23,1 

Male     

Female 

All  other 

Male             



1 

1  Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 


70 


THE    VIRGIN    ISLANDS. 


PERSONS  5   TO   21    YEARS    OF    AGE    ATTENDING   SCHOOL,  BY   SINGLE    YEARS    O 

AGE:  1917— Continued. 


Table  36— Continued. 

PERSONS  OF  SPECIFIED  AGE 

ATTENDING   SCHOOL 

:  1917. 

CLASS  OF  POPULATION 
AND  SEX. 

16  years. 

17  years. 

18  years. 

19  years. 

20  5'ears. 

21  years. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 

cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

All  classes 

Male 

2S 
12 
16 

6.2 
5.9 
6.  .5 

15 
10 

3.6 

2.8 
4.2 

5 
2 
3 

1.2 
l.l 
1.3 

3 
3 

0.6 
1.3 

2 
2 

0.4 
0.8 

2 

0.4 

Female 

2 

LO 

1 



White 

3 

2 

1 

16 
6 
10 

i) 
4 

ii 

4.5 
3.7 
5.3' 

11.3 

4 

2 

2 

7 
1 
6 

4 
2 
2 

1 
1 

1.4 
1.7 

Male 

::::::::::: 

Female 

Negro 

2.3 
0.8 
3.4 

4.5 


3.9 

2 
1 

1 

3 
1 
2 

0.6 
0.8 
0.6 

3.7 

1 
1 

1 

0.3 
0.7 

2 
2 

0.5 
L3 

1 

0  3 

Male 

Feinalo 

1 
1 

0.6 

Mixed 

1 

1        1 

1.3 

1  9 

Male 

1 

Female 

t 

1 

Another 

Male 

Female 



1 

1 

Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 


ILLITERACY. 


The  Bureau  of  the  Census  has  classified  as  ilHtei  tte  all  persons 
10  years  of  age  and  over  unable  to  write,  regardles-.  of  ability  to 
read.  The  number  and  the  percentage  of  illiterates  in  each  main 
class  of  the  population,  in  1917,  are  shown  by  sex  for  the  Virgin 
Islands,  each  separate  island,  and  each  principal  subdivision,  in 
Table  27. 

In  1917,  5,281  persons  were  returned  as  illiterate.  The  illiterates 
constituted  24.9  per  cent,  or  practically  one-fourth,  of  the  population 
10  years  of  age  and  over.  The  percentage  of  illiterates  was  23.9 
for  males  and  25.8  for  females.  The  percentage  of  illiterates  by 
classes  of  population  was  as  follows:  Whites,  11.3;  Negroes,  29.7; 
mixed,  9.6;  and  all  other  persons,  47.5.  In  each  of  the  three  prin- 
cipal classes  of  the  population— white,  Negro,  and  mixed — the 
percentage  of  illiterates  was  higher  for  females  than  for  males.  The 
percentage  of  illiterates  was  18.2  in  the  cities  as  compared  wdth  34.6 
in  the  rural  districts.  Likewise,  for  each  principal  class  of  the 
population,  the  percentage  of  illiterates  was  far  higher  in  the  rural 
than  in  the  urban  districts.  On  St.  Croix  30.7  per  cent,  on  St. 
Thomas  16.4  per  cent,  and  on  St.  John  20.9  per  cent  of  the  population 
10  years  of  age  and  over  was  returned  as  illiterate  in  1917.  The 
corresponding  percentages  for  the  three  cities  were:  Christiansted, 
23;  Frederiksted,  22.1;  and  Charlotte  Amalie,  13.6.  The  percentage 
of  illiterates  was  lower  in  Charlotte  Amalie  than  in  either  of  the  other 
cities  or  than  in  any  of  the  three  rural  districts. 


POPULATION". 


71 


lliLITERATES  IN  THE   POPULATION   10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,   FOR  ISLANDS, 
CITIES,  AND  RURAL  DISTRICTS:  1917. 


Table  37 

POPULATION    10    YEARS 
OF    AGE    AND    OVER: 
1917. 

MALES    10    YEARS    OF 
AGE  AND  over:  1917. 

FEMALES     10 
OF  AGE  AND 
1917. 

fEARS 

over: 

AREA  AND  CLASS  OF  POPtn-ATION. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

IlUterate. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

Illiterate. 

Total 
num- 
ber. 

llHterate. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

21,191 

1,601 

15,949 

3,541 

40 

5,281 

188 

4,734 

3-10 

19 

24.9 

11.3 

29.7 
9.0 
0) 

9,644 

1,054 
7,270 

1,288 
32 

2,300 

92 

2,076 

122 

10 

23.9 

8.7 
28.6 
9.5 

11,547 

607 

8,679 

2,253 

8 

2,975 

96 

2,658 

218 

3 

25.8 

White 

15.8 
30.6 

Mixed 

All  other 

9.7 

Cities 

White 

12, 501 

979 

8,816 

2,686 

20 

8,690 
682 

7,133 
855 
20 

2,272 
6 

2,072 

190 

4 

3,009 
182 

2,662 
150 
15 

18.2 
0.6 

23.5 
7.1 

(') 

34.6 
26.7 
37.3 
17.5 

(') 

5,018 
631 

3, 505 

868 

14 

4,626 
423 

3,765 

420 

18 

747 

1 

705 

39 

2 

1,559 
91 

1,371 
S3 

14 

14.9 
0.2 

20.1 
4.5 

0) 

33.7 

21.5 
36.4 
19.8 
('> 

7,483 

348 

5,311 

1,818 

6 

4,064 
259 

3,368 

435 

2 

1,525 
5 

1,367 

151 

2 

1,450 
91 

1,291 
67 

1 

20.4 
1.4 

Negro 

Mixed .            

25.7 
8.3 

Another 

(') 

35.7 

White                

35.1 

38.3 

15.4 

Another  

(') 

12,396 

541 

10,256 

1,577 

22 

3, 808 

3 

3,599 
191 
15 

30.7 

0.6 
35.1 
12.1 

(•) 

5,953 

321 

4,970 

644 

18 

1,764 

29.6 

6,443 

220 

5,286 

933 

4 

2,044 

3 

1,925 
115 

1 

3L7 

White                   

1.4 

1,674 
76 
14 

33.7 
11.8 
0) 

36.4 

12.3 

Another  

(1) 

Christiflnsted   

3,775 

236 

2, 755 

778 
6 

2,574 

97 

2,100 

370 

1 

6,047 
208 

5,395 

429 

15 

8,106 

1,116 
5,195 

1,778 
17 

867 
1 

794 
70 
2 

570 

23.0 
0.4 

28.8 
9.0 
(1) 

22.1 

1,633 
140 

1,200 

289 

4 

1,025 
54 
854 
116 

3,295 
127 

2,916 

239 

13 

3,337 

729 

2,032 

563 

13 

332 

20.3 

2,142 

96 

1,555 

489 
2 

1,549 

43 

1,2.52 

254 

535 

1 

481 

53 

378 

25.0 

White 

1.0 

313 
17 
2 

192 

26.1 
5.9 

0) 

18.7 

30.9 

10.8 

All  other          

24.4 

White 

547 
23 

2,371 
2 

2,258 
98 
13 

1,329 

186 

1,025 

116 

3 

26.0 
6.2 

(') 

39.2 
1.0 
41.9 
22.8 
(1) 

16.4 

16.6 
19.7 
6.5 
0) 

188 
4 

1,240 

22.0 
3.4 

(') 

37.6 

359 
19 

28.7 

Mixed 

7.5 

Another 

2, 752 

81 

2,479 

190 

2 

4,769 

387 

3,163 

1,215 

4 

1,131 

2 

1,085 

43 

1 

879 

93 

695 

89 

2 

41.1 

White 

2.5 

1,173 
55 
12 

450 

92 

330 

27 

1 

40.2 
23.0 

(') 

13.5 

12.6 
16.2 
4.8 
(1) 

IS.  8 

22.6 

All  other 

18.4 

St.  Thomas 

W  hite 

24.0 

Negro 

22.0 

Mixed 

7.3 

All  other 

(') 

Charlotte  A  malie 

6,152 

646 

3,955 

1,538 

13 

1,954 
470 

1,240 

240 

4 

689 

835 
5 

731 

97 

2 

494 

180 

294 

19 

1 

144 

13.6 
0.8 

18.5 
6.3 

0) 

25.3 
38.3 
23.7 
7.9 
(1) 

20.9 

2,360 
437 

1,451 

463 

9 

977 
292 
581 
100 
4 

354 

223 

1 

204 

18 

227 

91 

126 

9 

1 

92 

9.4 
0.2 
14.1 
3.9 

(') 

23.2 
31.2 
21.7 
9.0 
0) 

26.0 

3,792 

209 

2,504 

1,075 

4 

977 
178 
659 
140 

612 
4 

627 
79 
2 

267 
89 

168 
10 

16.1 

White 

1.9 

Negro 

21.0 

Mixed 

7.3 

Another 

(') 

Rural  districts 

27.3 

White 

50.0 

Negro 

25.5 

Mixed 

7.1 

St.  John 

335 

52 

15.5 

White 

4 
498 
186 

1 

[ 

4 

268 

81 

1 

Negro 

110 
33 

1 

22. 1 
17.7 
(') 

72 
19 
1 

26.9 
23.5 
(1) 

230 
105 

38 
14 

16.5 

Mixed 

13.3 

All  other 

1  Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 


72 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


The  percentage  of  illiteracy  in  the  total  population  and  in  each  of 
the  three  principal  classes  of  the  population  10  years  of  age  and  over 
is  shown  in  Table  28  for  the  Virgin  Islands  in  1917  and  for  Porto  Rico 
and  the  United  States  in  1910. 


Table  38 

PERCENTAGE   OI'  ILLITERACY. 

CLAiiS  OF  POP0LATION. 

Virirfn 

Islands: 

1917. 

Porto 
Rico: 
1910. 

United 

States: 

1910. 

21.9 

66.5 

7.7 

White                                ..              

11.3 
29.7 
9.6 

63.3 
171.4 
173.0 

5.0 

132.9 

Mi  xed                                                    

121.0 

1  Percentage  for  "black"  and  for  "mulatto"  as  given  in  Table  32,  p.  591,  Thirteenth  Census,  Supple- 
ment for  Porto  Rico. 

The  number  and  the  percentage  of  ilUterates  in  each  specified  age 
group,  in  1917,  are  shown  by  sex  for  each  main  class  of  the  population 
of  the  Virgm  Islands  in  Table  29.  Of  all  children  10  to  14  years  of 
age  4.4  per  cant  were  illiterate,  the  percentage  being  5.1  for  males  and 
3.8  for  females.  In  the  age  group  15  to  19  the  percentage  of  illiteracy 
was  5.8  for  both  sexes,  7.7  for  males  and  4.1  for  females.  The  per- 
centage of  illiteracy  increased  with  each  succeeding  age  group.  In 
the  age  group  55  to  64  more  than  one-haK  (52.3  per  cent),  and  in  the 
age  group  65  and  over  more  than  tliree-fifths  (61  per  cent)  of  the 
population  was  illiterate.  Except  for  the  age  groups  10  to  14  and 
15  to  19  the  percentage  of  illiteracy  was  very  high  for  Negroes.  It 
was  50  for  the  age  group  45  to  54,  62  for  the  age  group  55  to  64,  and 
75.4  for  the  age  group  65  years  and  over.  The  highest  percentage 
for  whites  was  18.5  in  the  age  group  45  to  54;  and  the  highest  per- 
centage for  persons  of  mixed  race  was  26.5  in  the  age  group  65  years 
and  over. 


POPULATION.  73 

ILLITERATES  IN  THE  POPULATION  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER:  1917 


Table  29 


CLASS  OF  POPULATION  AND 
AGE   PERIOD. 


All  classes.. 

10  to  14  years 

15  to  19  years 

20  to  24  years 

25  to  34  years 

35  to  44  years 

45  to  54  years 

55  to  64  years 

65  years  and  o\cr. 

W'hite 

10  to  14  years 

15  to  19  Vears 

20  to  24  years 

25  to  34  years 

35  to  44  years 

45  to  64  years 

55  to  64  years 

65  years  and  over. 

Negro 

10  to  14  years 

15  to  19  years 

20  to  24  years 

25  to  34  years 

35  to  44  years 

45  to  54  years 

55  to  61  years 

65  years  and  over. 

Mixed 

10  to  14  year? 

15  to  19  vears 

20  to  24  years 

25  to  34  years 

35  to  44  years 

45  to  54  years 

56  to  64  years 

65  years  "and  o\  er. 

.\11  other 

10  to  14  years 

15  to  19  vears 

20  to  24  years 

25  to  34  years 

35  to  44  "years 

45  to  54  years 

55  to  64  years 

65  years  and  over. 


POPULATION  10  YEARS  OF 
AGE  AND  OVEP.:    1917. 


Total 
number. 


21,191 


2,461 
2,209 
2,521 
4,115 
3,719 
2,709 
1,S94 
1,563 


Illiterate. 


Num- 
ber. 


5,281 


1, 661 

126 
158 
363 
389 
236 
162 
124 
103 


15,949 


109 
128 
262 
675 
1,011 
1,1.53 
990 
953 


188 


1,829 
1,627 
1,808 
3,124 
2,899 
2,104 
l.'!34 
1,124 


3,541 

505 
418 
3!3 

t;oo 

580 
437 
326 
332 


4,734 


93 
104 

226 

593 

930 

1,051 

889 
848 


340 


Per 
cent. 


24.9 


4.4 
5.B 
10.4 
16.4 
27.2 
42.6 
52.3 
61.0 


11.3 


6.3 
8.9 
6.3 
12.6 
11.9 
18.5 
16.9 
14.6 


29.7 


5.1 
6.4 
12.5 
19.0 
32.1 
50.0 
62.0 
75.4 


9.6 


1.6 
1.9 
3.S 
5.5 
9.0 
15.3 
21.8 
26.5 


(1) 


0) 
0) 
0) 

(') 

(1) 
(') 


MALES  10  YEARS  OF  AjBE 
AND  over:    1917. 


Total 
num- 
ber. 


9,044 


1,183 
1,023 
1,229 
1,856 
1,755 
1,288 
817 
493 


l,0.i4 


60 
115 
.308 
251 
138 
91 
59 
32 


7,270 


893 

733 

785 

1,387 

1,406 

1,024 

646 

396 


229 
174 
130 
216 
209 
167 
102 
61 


Illiterate. 


Num- 
ber. 


2,306 


60 
79 
112 
307 
483 
535 
428 
302 


92 


51 
65 
93 
274 
444 
485 
381 
283 


Per 

cent. 


23.9 


5.1 
7.7 
9.1 
16.5 
27.5 
41.5 
52.4 
61.3 


8.7 


6.7 
8.7 
4.2 
8.0 
11.6 
17.6 
15.3 
(') 


5.7 
8.9 
11.8 
19.8 
31.6 
47.4 
59.0 
71.5 


9.5 


2.2 
2.3 
4.6 
6.0 
11.0 
17.4 
28.4 
21.3 


0) 


(') 
0) 
0) 
0) 

(') 


FEMALES   10   TEARS  OP 
AGE  AND  over:    1917. 


Total 
num- 
ber. 


11,547 


1,278 
1,186 
1,292 
2,259 
1,964 
1,421 
1,077 
1,070 


607 


66 
43 
55 
1.38 
9S 
71 
65 
71 


,679 


936 

894 

1,023 

1,737 

1,493 

1,080 

788 

728 


2.253 


276 
244 
213 
384 
371 
270 
224 
271 


Illiterate. 


Num- 
ber. 


2,975 


49 
49 
150 
368 
528 
618 
562 
651 


96 


2,058 


42 
39 
133 
319 

486 
566 
508 
565 


Per 
cent. 


25.8 


3.8 
4.1 
11.6 
16.3 
26.9 
4.3.5 
52.2 
60.8 


15.8 

6.1 
(•■) 
18.2 
21.0 
12.2 
19.7 
18.5 
15.5 


30.6 

4.5 
4.4 
13.0 
18.4 
32.6 
52.4 
64.5 
77.6 


9.7 

1.1 

1.6 
3.3 
5.2 
7.S 
14.1 
18.8 
27.7 


0) 


0) 
0) 


(1) 


'  Per  cent  not  shown  where  base  is  less  than  50. 
INABILITY   TO   SPEAK    ENGLISH. 

Of  the  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  5  years  of  age  and  over 
in  1917  only  164  persons  were  returned  by  the  enumerators  as  being 
unable  to  speak  English.  It  is  believed  that  in  some  of  these  cases 
persons  who  could  speak  English  but  whose  native  language  was  other 
than  English  returned  their  native  language  instead  of  English. 
If  this  be  true,  then  even  the  small  number  here  reported  as  unable 


74 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


to  speak  English  is  excessive.  Table  30  shows  by  color  or  race  the 
language  of  the  persons  5  years  of  age  and  over  returned  as  unable 
to  speak  English. 


Tabic  30 

LANGUAGE  SPOKEN. 

PERSONS  5  YEARS  OF   AGT?  AND   OVER  XTS- 
ABLE  TO   SPEAK   ENGLISH:   1917. 

All 

classes. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

All 
other. 

Total 

1G4 

139 

4 

19 

9 

French 

117 
18 
IS 
4 
4 
3 

108 
17 
9 
1 
3 
1 

2 

9 
1 

8 

1 

Danish 

Spanish 

i 

Dutch 

other 

i 

Not  stp.ted     

2 

DWELLINGS    AND    FAMILIES. 

In  census  usage  a  "dwelling"  is  any  building  or  structure  in  which 
one  or  more  persons  reside.  The  term  "family"  as  here  used  means 
a  household  or  group  of  persons,  whether  related  by  blood  or  not, 
who  share  a  common  abode,  and  also  any  person  living  entirely  alone. 
The  statistics  as  to  dwellings  and  families  are  presented  in  Table  31 
for  the  Virgin  Islands,  for  each  separate  island,  and  for  each  principal 
subdivision.  The  total  number  of  dwellings  was  5,858,  and  the  total 
number  of  families  was  9,568.  The  average  number  of  persons  to  a 
dwelling  was  4.4,  and  the  average  number  per  family  was  2.7.  The 
corresponding  averages  for  Porto  Rico  in  1910  were  5.5  and  5.1, 
respectively.  The  comparatively  low  average  number  of  persons  to 
a  dwelling  and  to  a  family,  respectively,  in  the  Virgin  Islands,  is 
explained  by  the  fact  that  it  is  quite  common  there  for  one  individual 
to  live  and  keep  house  alone  in  a  single  room.  For  census  purposes 
such  a  room  constitutes  a  dwelling  and  its  single  occupant  constitutes 
a  family. 


Table  31 

AREA. 

Population: 
1917. 

Dwellings. 

Families. 

Persons 

to  a 
dwelling. 

Persons 

to  a 
family. 

Virgin  Islands 

26, 051 

5, 858 

9,568 

4.4 

2.7 

Cities 

15, 465 
10, 5  -G 

2, 748 
3,110 

5,606 
3,962 

5.6 
3.4 

2.8 

Rural  districts 

2.7 

St.  Croix 

14, 901 

3,829 

6,104 

3.9 

2  4 

Christianstcd 

4,574 
3, 114 
7,183 

10, 191 

920 

711 

2,198 

1,800 

1, 856 
1,2.59 
2,989 

3,204 

5.0 
4.4 
3.3 

5.7 

2  5 

Frederiksted 

2.5 

Rural  districts 

2  4 

St.  Thomas 

3.2 

Charlotte  Amnlie 

7,747 
2,444 

959 

1,117 

683 

229 

2,491 
713 

260 

6.9 
3.6 

4.2 

3.1 

Rural  districts 

3.4 

St.  John 

3.7 

POPULATIOIT. 


75 


OCCUPATIONS. 

Number  and  proportion  of  persons  occupied. — In  the  Virgin  Islands 
in  1917  there  were  14,590  persons  10  years  of  age  and  over  engaged 
in  gainful  occupations.  The  gainful  workers  thus  formed  56  per  cent 
of  the  total  population  and  68.8  per  cent  of  the  population  10  years 
of  age  and  over.  In  the  male  population  the  gainful  workers  num- 
bered 7,936,  which  was  66.1  per  cent  of  all  males  and  82.3  per  cent 
of  the  males  10  years  of  age  and  over.  In  the  female  population  the 
gainful  workers  numbered  6,654,  which  was  47.4  per  cent  of  all 
females  and  57.6  per  cent  of  the  females  10  years  of  age  and  over. 

In  Table  32  the  number  of  persons  engaged  in  gainful  occupa- 
tions in  1917  is  compared  with  the  total  population  and  with  the 
population  10  years  of  age  and  over  for  both  sexes  and  for  each  sex 
separately. 


Table  32 


SEX  AND  CrVTL   DIVISION. 


Both  Sexes. 

Virgin  Islands 

Cities 

Rural  districts 

St.  Croix 

Christiansted 

Frederiksted 

Rural  districts 

St.  Thomas 

Charlotte  Amaiio 

Rural  districts 

St.  John 

MALE. 

Virgin  Islands 

Cities 

Rural  districts 

St.CroLx 

Christiansted 

Frederiksted 

Rural  districts 

St.  Thomas 

Charlotte  Amalie 

Rural  districts 

St.  John 

FEMALE. 

Virgin  Islands 

Cities 

Rural  districts 

St.Crobc 

Christiansted 

Frederiksted 

Rural  districts 

St.  Thomas 

Charlotte  Amalie 

Rural  districts 

St.  John 


Total 

population: 

1917. 


26, 051 
IS,  465 
10, 5S6 


14, 901 
4,574 
3,144 

7,183 

10, 191 

7,747 
2,444 

959 


Population 

10  years 
of  age  and 
over:  1917. 


11,999 
6,427 
5,572 


7,133 
2,008 
1,289 
3,  S36 

4,357 
3,130 
1,227 

509 


14, 052 
9,03S 
5,014 


7,768 
2,506 
1,855 
3,347 

5,S34 

4,617 
1,217 

-150 


21,191 
12, 501 
8,690 


12, 396 
3,775 
2,574 
6,047 

8,106 
6,152 
1,954 


9,644 
5,018 
4,626 


5,953 
1,633 
1,025 
3,295 

3,337 

2,360 

977 

354 


11,547 

7,483 
4,004 


6,443 
2,142 
1,549 

2,752 

4,769 

3,792 

977 

335 


PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 
OVER  ENGAGED  IN  GAINFUL 
OCCUPATIONS. 


Number. 


14, 590 
8, 014 
6,576 


9,129 
2,514 
1,616 

4,999 

5, 074 
3, 8^4 
1, 190 

387 


7,936 
3,954 
3,982 

5,073 

1,327 

778 

2,968 

2,611 
1, 849 

762 

2.^5 


6,654 
4, 060 
2, 594 


4,056 

1, 187 

S38 

2,031 

2,403 

2, 035 

428 

135 


Per  cent 
of  total 
popula- 
tion. 


Per  cent 

of  popu- 
lation 

10  years 
of  age 

and  over. 


56.0 

51.8 
62.1 


61.3 
55.0 
51.4 
69.6 

49.8 
50.1 
48.7 

40.4 


60.1 
61.5 
71.5 


71.1 

66.1 
60. 4 
77.4 

59.9 

50.1 
62.1 


47.4 
44.9 
51.7 


52.2 
46.3 
45.2 
60.7 

42.2 
44.1 
35.2 


68.8 
64.1 
75.7 


73.6 
66.6 
62.8 
82.7 

62.6 
63.1 
60.9 

56.2 


82.3 
78.8 
86.1 


85.2 
81.3 
75.9 
90.1 

78.2 
78.3 
78.0 

71.2 


57.6 
54.3 
63.8 


63.0 
55.4 
54.1 

73.8 

51.0 
53.7 
43.8 

40.3 


76 


THE  VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


On  the  island  of  St.  Croix  the  proportion  of  the  population  10 
years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  in  1917  was 
73.6  for  both  sexes,  85.2  for  males,  and  63  for  females.  The  corre- 
sponding proportions  on  the  island  of  St.  Thomas  were  62.6  for  both 
sexes,  78.2  for  males,  and  51.6  for  females,  and  on  St.  John  they  were 

56.2  for  both  sexes,  71.2  for  males,  and  40.3  for  females.  For 
both  sexes  and  for  each  sex  the  proportion  gainfully  occupied  was 
considerably  larger  in  the  total  rural  than  in  the  total  urban  popula- 
tion. On  the  island  of  St  Thomas,  however,  a  larger  proportion  of 
the  urban  than  of  the  rural  population  10  years  of  age  and  over  was 
gainfully  occupied  in  1917. 

In  the  report  of  the  census  taken  by  Denmark  in  1911  the  total 
population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  was  divided  with  respect  to  occu- 
pations into  three  groups — "providers,"  "dependents,"  and  "serv- 
ants."    The  "providers"  formed  58.1  per  cent,  the  "dependents" 

39.3  per  cent,  and  the  "servants"  2.6  per  cent  of  the  total  popula- 
tion. If  the  "providers"  and  "servants"  be  combined,  and  if  from 
this  combined  group  be  taken  the  paupers,  delinquents,  and  inmates 
of  hospitals,  etc.,  included  with  the  "providers"  and  "servants"  in 
1911,  then  the  remaining  group  should  be  comparable  with  the 
"gainful  workers,"  as  classified  in  1917.  Thus,  arranged  in  accord- 
ance with  the  1917  grouping,  the  1911  statistics  show  that  at  that 
date  the  gainful  workers  numbered  15,404,  which  was  56.9  per  cent 
of  the  total  population.  The  male  gainful  workers  numbered  8,057, 
or  64.4  per  cent  of  all  males ;  and  the  female  gainful  workers  numbered 
7,347,  or  50.4  per  cent  of  all  females. 

In  Table  33  the  number  of  persons  engaged  in  gainful  occupations 
in  1911  is  compared  with  the  total  population. 


Table  33 

BOTH 

sexes:  19U. 

male:  1911. 

female:  1911. 

ABEA. 

Total. 

Engaged  in 
gainful  occu- 
pations. 

Total. 

Engaged  in 
gainful  occu- 
pations. 

Total. 

Engaged  in 
gainful  occu- 
pations. 

Num-      Per 
bar.       cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

Num- 
ber. 

Per 
cent. 

27,086 

15,404  ]     56.9 

12, 508 

8,057 

64.4 

14,578 

7,347 

50.4 

Cities 

16,042 
11,044 

8, 828  1     55. 0 
6,576  1     59.5 

6,589 
5,919 

3,950 
4,107 

59.9 
69.4 

9,453 
5,125 

4,878 
2,469 

51.6 

Rural  districts 

48.2 

St  Croix                  

15, 467 

8,877  1     57.4 

7,563 

5,043 

66.7 

7,904 

3,834 

48.5 

4,592 
3,20;i 
7,672 

10,678 

2,419       52.7 

1,970 
1,338 
4,255 

4,495 

1,130 

779 
3,134 

2,724 

57.4 
58.2 
73.7 

60.6 

2,622 
1,865 
3,417 

6,183 

1,289 

815 

1,730 

3,299 

49.2 

1,594 
4,864 

6,023 

49.8 
63.4 

56.4 

43.7 

50.6 

St.  Thomas 

53.4 

Charlotte  Amalic 

8,247 
2,431 

941 

4,815  1     58.4 
1,208  1     49.7 

504       53. 6 

3,281 
1,214 

450 

2,041 
683 

290 

62.2 
56.3 

64.4 

4,066 
1,217 

491 

2,774 
525 

214 

55.9 

43.1 

St.  John 

43.6 

POPULATION'. 


77 


Number  and  proportion  of  persons  in  the  general  divisions  of  occupa- 
tion.— Table  34  shows,  for  both  sexes,  and  for  each  sex  separately, 
the  gainful  workers  in  1917  distributed  by  general  divisions  of  occu- 
pations. Of  the  14,590  gainful  workers,  over  two-fifths  (41.7  per 
cent)  were  engaged  in  agriculture  and  animal  husbandry,  almost  one- 
fifth  (19.2  per  cent)  were  engaged  in  manufacturing  and  mechanical 
industries,  and  one-fifth  (20  per  cent)  were  engaged  in  domestic  and 
personal  service.  On  St.  Croix  59.5  per  cent  of  the  workers  were 
engaged  in  agriculture  and  animal  husbandry,  as  compared  with  only 
12  per  cent  on  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John.  The  proportion  of  the 
workers  in  each  of  the  other  general  divisions  of  occupations  was 
considerably  smaller  on  St.  Croix  than  on  St.  Thomas  and  St.  Jolm. 


Table  S4 


rax  AHD  GENBRAL  DIVISION  OT  OCCirPATION3. 


Both  Sexes. 


All  occnpations. 


Agrirulture  and  animal  basbandry 

Manufacturing  and  mecbanical  industries. 

Transportation 

Trade 

Public  serWce  (not  elsewhere  classifled).. . 

Professional  ser^'ice 

Domestic  and  personal  service 

Clerical  occupations 


MALE. 


All  occupations. 


Agriculturp  and  animal  husbandry 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries. 

Transportation 

Trade 

Public  service  (not  elsewhere  classifled) 

Professional  service 

Domestic  and  personal  service 

Clerical  occupations 


All  occupatioTLS. 


Agriculture  and  animal  husbandry 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries. 

Transportation 

Trade 

Public  service  (not  elsewhere  classified).. . 

Professional  service 

Domestic  and  personal  service 

Clerical  occupations 


VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


Number: 
1917. 


14,590 


6,0S4 
2,802 
842 
872 
621 
261 
2,918 
190 


3,889 
1,932 
642 
360 
621 
149 
182 
170 


6,654 


2,204 
870 
200 
512 


112 

2, 736 

20 


Per 

cent 
distri- 
bution 


100.0 


41.7 
10.2 
5.8 
6.0 
4.3 
1.8 
20.0 
1.3 


100.0 


48.9 
24.3 
8.1 
4.5 
7.8 
1.9 
2.3 
2.1 


100.0 


33.1 
13.1 
3.0 

7.7 


1.7 
41.1 
0.3 


Num- 
ber: 
1917. 


9,129 


5,428 

1,377 

218 

345 

155 

137 

1,386 

83 


5,073 


3.303 

1,045 

207 

123 

155 

81 

85 

74 


4,056 


2, 125 

332 

11 

222 


56 
1,301 


Per 
cent 
distri- 
bution. 


100.0 


59.5 
15.1 
2.4 
3.8 
1.7 
1.5 
15.2 
0.9 


100.0 


65.1 
20.6 
4.1 
2.4 
3.1 
1.6 
1.7 
1.5 


100.0 


52.4 
8.2 
0.3 
5.5 


1.4 
32.1 
0.2 


ST.  THOMAS  AND 
ST.  JOUN. 


Num- 
ber: 
1917. 


Per 
cent 
dis- 
tribu- 
tion. 


5,461 


656 
1,425 
624 
527 
468 
124 
1,532 
107 


2,863 


577 

8S7 

435 

237 

466 

6S 

97 

96 


79 
538 
189 
290 


56 

1,435 

11 


100.0 


12.0 

26.1 

11.4 

9.7 

8.5 
2.3 
28.1 
2.0 


100.0 

20.2 

31.0 

15.2 

8.3 

16.3 

2.4 

3.4 

3.4 


100.0 


3.0 

20.7 
7.3 
11.2 


2.2 

55.2 
0.4 


Of  the  7,936  male  gainful  workers,  48.9  per  cent  were  engaged  in 
agriculture  and  animal  husbandry,  and  24.3  per  cent  were  engaged  in 
manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries  These  two  general  divi- 
sions of  occupations  thus  gave  emplo3^ment  to  nearly  three-fourths 
(73.2  per  cent)  of  all  male  workers.  On  St.  Croix  more  than  eight- 
tenths  of  the  male  workers  (85.7  per  cent)  were  in  these  two  general 


78 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


divisions  of  occupations,  as  compared  with  slightly  over  five-tenths 
(512  per  cent)  on  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John.  Of  the  6,654  gainfully 
occupied  females  approximately  one-third  (33.1  percent)  were  engaged 
in  agriculture  and  animal  husbandry  and  over  two-fifths  (41.1  per 
cent)  were  engaged  in  domestic  and  personal  service  On  St.  Croix 
over  one-half  (52.4  per  cent)  of  the  female  gainful  workers  were 
engaged  in  agriculture  and  animal  husbandry,  and  almost  one-third 
of  them  (32.1  per  cent)  were  engaged  in  domestic  and  persona-  serv- 
ice. On  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  domestic  and  personal  service  was 
the  most  important  field  of  emplojrment  for  gainful  females,  over 
one-half  (55.2  per  cent)  of  them  being  so  occupied. 

Persons  occupied,  distributed  hy  sex. — Table  35  shows,  for  all  occu- 
pations and  for  each  general  division  of  occupations,  the  number  of 
males  and  females  gainfidly  occupied  in  1917  and  the  per  cent  which 
the  workers  of  each  sex  constituted  of  the  total.  These  figures  show 
that  of  each  100  persons  gainfully  occupied  in  1917,  54.4  were  male 
and  45.6  were  female.  In  each  general  division  of  occupations, 
except  trade  and  domestic  and  personal  service,  males  outnumbered 
females.  In  trade  41.3  per  cent  of  the  workers  were  male  and  58.7 
per  cent  were  female.  In  domestic  and  personal  service  more  than 
nine-tenths  (93.8  per  cent)  of  the  workers  were  female. 


Table  35 

GENEEAL  DIVISION  OF  OCCUPATIONS. 


All  occupations 

Agriculture  and  animal  husbandry 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries 

Transportation 

Trade 

Public  service  (not  elsewhere  classified). . 

Professional  service 

Domestic  and  personal  service 

Clerical  occupations 


Total: 
1917. 


14,590 


6,084 
2,802 
842 
872 
621 
261 
2,918 
190 


Number. 


7,936 


3,880 
1,932 
642 
360 
621 
149 
182 
170 


Per 

cent. 


54.4 


63.8 
69.0 
76.2 
41.3 
100.0 
57.1 
6.2 
89.5 


Number. 


6,654 


2,204 
870 
200 
512 


112 

2,736 

20 


Per 
cent. 


45.6 


36.2 
31.0 
23.8 

58.7 


42.9 
93.8 
10.5 


Persons  occupied,  distributed  bij  age  periods. — Table  36  shows  for 
the  males  and  females  of  the  Virgin  Islands  the  number  of  persons  of 
each  specified  age  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  compared  with  the 
total  number  of  the  same  age  in  1917.  The  figures  show  that  in  1917 
more  than  eight-tenths  (82.3  per  cent)  of  the  males  10  years  of  age 
and  over  were  engaged  in  gainful  occupations.  In  the  lowest  age 
period,  10  to  13,  only  6.3  per  cent  of  the  males  were  gainfully  occu- 
pied, while  in  the  next  age  period,  14  to  15,  the  proportion  gainfully 
occupied  was  over  seven  times  as  large,  being  44.3  per  cent.  For  the 
age  period  16  to  20  the  proportion  occupied  (87.7  per  cent)  was  almost 
double  that  for  the  age  period  14  to  15.  The  proportion  occupied 
was  almost  the  same  for  the  age  period  21  to  30  (97  per  cent)  as  for 
the  age  period  31  to  44  (97.1  per  cent).     In  the  age  period  21  to  30 


POPULATION". 


79 


only  3  men  and  in  the  age  period  31  to  44  only  2.9  men  out  of  every 
100  wore  without  gainful  occupations.  If  the  age  periods,  except  the 
lowest  two,  be  combined,  it  is  found  that  of  all  males  16  years  of  age 
and  over  considerably  over  nine-tenths  (93.1  per  cent)  were  engaged 
in  gainful  occupations  in  1917. 

Of  the  females  10  years  of  age  and  over,  57.6  per  cent  were  engaged 
in  gainful  occupations  in  1917.  In  the  age  period  10  to  13  the  pro- 
portion gainfully  occupied  was  larger  for  females  (8.7  per  cent)  than 
for  males  (6.3  per  cent),  but  in  each  of  the  other  age  periods  the  pro- 
portion was  considerably  smaller  for  females  than  for  males.  The 
proportion  of  females  gainfully  occupied  was  highest  in  the  age  period 
21  to  30  years — 73.4  per  cent.  The  proportion  dropped  to  69  per 
cent  in  the  age  period  31  to  44,  to  63.1  per  cent  in  the  age  period  45 
to  64,  and  to  28.6  per  cent  in  the  age  period  65  years  and  over. 


Tatole  36 

MALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 
over:  1917. 

FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE 
AND  over:  1917. 

AGE  PF.KIOD. 

Total 
number. 

Engaged  in  gain- 
ful occupations. 

Total 
number. 

Engaged  in  gain- 
ful occupations. 

Number. 

Per 

cent. 

Number. 

Per 
cent. 

10  years  and  over 

9,644 

7,936 

82.3 

11,547 

6,654 

57.6 

10  to  13  years 

934 
469 
1,055 
2,224 
2,364 
2, 105 
493 

59 
208 

925 
2, 158 
2,295 
1,955 

336 

6.3 
44.3 
87.7 
97.0 
97.1 
92.9 
68.2 

1,026 
473 
1,230 
2,529 
2,721 
2,498 
1,070 

89 

167 

783 

1,856 

1,878 

1,575 

306 

8.7 

14  to  15  years 

35.3 

16  to  20  years 

63.7 

21  to  30  years 

73.4 

31  to  44  years 

69.0 

45  to  64  years 

63.1 

65  years  and  over 

28.6 

The  per  cent  which  the  gainful  workers  in  each  age  period  consti- 
tuted of  all  gainful  workers  in  the  Virgin  Islands  in  1917  is  shown 
for  both  sexes  and  for  each  sex  separately  in  Table  37.  This  sum- 
mary shows  that  more  than  nine-tenths  (92  per  cent)  of  the  gainful 
workei-s  were  between  16  and  64  years  of  age,  inclusive.  Only  1  per 
cent  were  10  to  13,  only  2.6  per  cent  14  to  15,  and  only  4.4  per  cent 
65  years  of  age  and  over.  There  was  no  marked  difference  between 
the  sexes  as  to  the  age  distribution  of  the  gaiaful  workers. 


Tatole  37 


AOK  PERIOD. 


10  years  and  over . 

lOto  13  years 

14  to  15  years 

16  to  20  years 


PER  CENT  DISTRIBUTION 
or  PERSONS  ENGAGED 
IN  GAINFUL  occupa- 
tions: 1917. 


Both 
sexes. 


100.0 


1.0 
2.6 
11.7 


Male. 


100.0 


0.7 
2.6 
11.7 


Fe- 
male. 


1.3 
2.5 
11.8 


AGE  PERIOD. 


21  to  30  years 

31  to  44  years 

45  to  64  years 

65  years  and  over 


PER  CENT  rISTRIBUTION 
OF  PERSONS  ENGAGED 
IN  GAINFUL  occupa- 
tions: 1917. 


Both 
sexes. 


27.5 

28.6 

24.2 

4.4 


Male. 


27.2 

28.9 

24.6 

4.2 


Fe- 
male. 


27.9 
28.2 
23.7 
4.6 


80 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Persons  occupied,  distributed  by  color  or  race. — Table  38  shows  for 
both  sexes  and  for  each  sex  separately  a  distribution  by  color  or  race 
of  the  total  population  of  the  Virgin  Islands  10  years  of  age  and  over 
and  of  the  persons  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  in  1917.  Of  all 
gainful  workers  white  persons  constituted  7.7  per  cent,  Negroes 
78.3  per  cent,  persons  of  mixed  race  13.7  per  cent,  and  all  other 
pei-sons  0.2  per  cent.  The  Negroes  formed  a  somewhat  larger  and 
the  whites  and  the  mixed,  formed  a  somewhat  smaller  proportion  of 
the  gainful  workers  than  of  the  population  10  years  of  age  and  over. 
The  white  males  formed  a  somewhat  larger  per  cent,  the  Negro 
males  approxunately  the  same  per  cent,  and  the  mixed  males  a 
somewhat  smaller  per  cent  of  the  male  gainful  workers  than  of  the 
male  population  10  years  of  age  and  over.  The  white  and  the  mixed 
females  formed  a  much  smaller  proportion  of  the  female  gainful 
workers  than  of  the  female  population  10  years  of  age  and  over, 
while  the  reverse  was  true  of  the  Negro  females. 


Table  38 

SEX   AND  CLASS   O?   rOPULATION. 

POPULATION  10  YEARS 
OF  AGE  AND   OVER: 
1917. 

PERSONS    10    YEARS 
OF  AGE  AND  OVER 
EN  GAGED  IN  GAIN- 
FUL occupations: 

1917. 

Number. 

Per  cent 
distribu- 
tion. 

Number. 

Per  cent 
distri- 
bution. 

Both  sexes 

21,191 

100.0 

14, 590 

100.0 

WMte                                                              

1,661 

15,949 

3,541 

40 

7.8 
75.3 
16.7 

0.2 

1,125 

11,430 

2.000 

35 

7.7 

78.3 

13.7 

All  other                        

0.2 

Male                     

9,644 

100.0 

1            7,936 

100.0 

■yvhite                           .  .         

1,054 

7,270 

1,288 

32 

11,547 

10.9 
75.4 
13.4 
0.3 

100.0 

947 

6,000 

960 

29 

6,654 

11.9 

75.6 

12.1 

All  other   

0.4 

100.0 

White    

607 

8,679 

2,253 

8 

5.3 
75.2 
19.5 

0.1 

178 

5,430 

1,040 

6 

2.7 

81.6 

15.6 

All  other  

0.1 

Table  39  shows,  for  each  principal  class  of  the  population  of  the 
Virgin  Islands,  the  proportion  which  the  persons  of  both  sexes  and 
of  each  sex  10  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  gainful  occupations 
constituted  of  aU  persons  of  the  same  sex  or  class  10  years  of  age  and 
over  in  1917.  The  proportion  of  males  gainfully  occupied  was  con- 
siderably larger  for  the  white  males  (89.8  per  cent)  and  considerably 
smaller  for  mixed  males  (74.5  per  cent)  than  for  aU  males  (82.3  per 
cent).  The  proportion  of  females  gainfully  occupied  was  much 
smaller  for  white  females  (29.3  per  cent)  and  for  mixed  females  (46.2 


POPULATIOlSr. 


81 


per  cent)  than  for  all  females  (57.6  per  cent),  while  the  proportion 
for  Negro  females  (62.6  per  cent)  was  larger  than  for  all  females. 


Table  39 

CLASS  OF  POPULATION. 

PROPORTION      OF      PERSONS      10 
YEARS      OF      AGE      AND      OVER 
GAINFULLY  OCCXTPIED:  1917. 

Both 
sexes. 

Male. 

Female. 

68.8 

82.3 

57.6 

White                               

67.7 
71.7 
56.5 

89.8 
82.5 
74.5 

29.3 

62.6 

46.2 

Persons  occupied,  distributed  hy  marital  condition. — In  Table  40 
the  persons  of  each  sex  16  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  gainful 
occupations  in  1917  are  distributed  by  marital  condition.  Of  the 
7,669  gainfully  occupied  males  16  years  of  age  and  over,  45.6  per 
cent  were  single,  30.3  per  cent  were  married,  19.6  per  cent  were 
consensually  married,  and  4.6  per  cent  were  widowed  or  divorced. 
The  married  and  the  consensually  married  together  constituted  prac- 
tically one-half  (49.9  per  cent)  of  the  gainful  males  16  years  of  age 
and  over.  Of  the  6,938  gainfully  occupied  females  16  years  of  age 
and  over,  52.7  per  cent  were  single,  18.8  per  cent  were  married,  18.8 
per  cent  were  consensually  married,  and  9.8  per  cent  were  widowed 
or  divorced.  The  married  and  the  consensually  married  together 
constituted  37.6  per  cent  of  the  gainful  females  16  years  of  age  and 
over.  A  considerably  larger  proportion  of  the  gainful  females  16 
years  of  age  and  over  were  single  and  widowed  or  divorced  than  of 
the  males,  and  a  much  smaller  proportion  were  married. 


Table  40 

PERSONS  16   YEARS   OF   ARE    AND    OVER    EN- 
GAGED m  GAINFUL  OCCUPATIONS:  1917. 

MABPTAL  CONDITION. 

Male. 

Female. 

Number. 

Percent. 

Number. 

Per  cent. 

Total 

7,669 

100.0 

6,398 

100.0 

3,495 

2,321 

1,503 

350 

45.6 

30.3 

19.6 

4.6 

3.370 

1,203 

1,201 

624 

52.7 

18.8 

18.8 

Widowed  and  divorced 

9.8 

The  proportion  of  the  married  and  consensually  married  females 
engaged  in  gainful  occupations  is  important.  In  the  Virgin  Islands 
in  1917  the  married  and  the  consensually  married  females  15  years 
of  age  and  over  together  numbered  4,100  (Table  14).  The  married 
and  the  consensually  married  females  16  years  of  age  and  over  en- 
gaged in  gainful  occupations  in  1917  numbered  2,404  (Table  40). 
60396°— 18 6 


82  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

In  addition,  2  of  the  gainfully  occupied  females  15  years  of  age  were 
married,  making  a  total  of  2,406  married  or  consensually  married 
females  15  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  in 
1917.  Hence,  of  the  4,100  married  and  consensually  married  females 
15  years  of  age  and  over  in  the  total  population,  2,406,  or  58.7  per 
cent,  were  engaged  in  gainful  occupations. 

The  marital  condition  of  the  gainfully  occupied  females  was  not 
tabulated  separately  for  each  color  or  race.  Since  the  number  of 
gainfully  occupied  white  females  10  years  of  age  and  over  was  only 
178  in  1917,  marital  condition  of  the  gainfully  occupied  females 
by  color  or  race  is  of  importance  mainly  for  Negro  females  and 
females  of  mixed  race.  And,  since  Negro  females  and  females  of 
mixed  race  together  constituted  97.2  per  cent  of  all  females  engaged 
in  gainful  occupations  (Table  38) ,  it  is  evident  that  the  marital  con- 
dition of  the  gainfully  occupied  Negro  and  mixed  females  was  prac- 
tically the  same  as  that  of  all  gainfully  occupied  females.  Accord- 
ing to  Table  40,  of  all  gainfully  occupied  females  16  years  of  age  and 
over  in  1917,  52.7  per  cent  were  single,  18.8  per  cent  were  married, 
18.8  per  cent  were  consensually  married,  and  9.8  per  cent  were 
widowed  or  divorced. 

Description  of  the  occu-pation  general  tables. — Table  41  (p.  83)  shows, 
for  the  Virgin  Islands,  the  number  and  sex  of  the  persons  10  years 
of  age  and  over  engaged  in  1917  in  each  of  112  specified  occupations 
and  occupation  groups.  Similar  statistics  are  presented  for  St. 
Croix,  St.  Thomas,  and  St.  John,  and  for  the  cities  of  Christiansted, 
Frederiksted,  and  Charlotte  Amalie,  in  Table  42  (p.  85).  Table  43 
(p.  88)  shows,  for  the  Virgin  Islands,  the  number  of  males  and  of 
females  10  years  of  age  and  over  engaged  in  selected  occupations 
and  occupation  groups,  classified  by  age  periods,  and  by  color  or 
race,  and  by  marital  condition  for  persons  16  years  of  age  and  over. 
Table  44  (p.  94)  presents  similar  statistics  for  St.  Croix,  St.  Thomas, 
and  St.  John  and  for  the  cities  of  Christiansted,  Frederiksted,  and 
Charlotte  Amalie.  The  occupations  selected  for  presentation  in 
Tables  43  and  44  are  those  of  the  112  occupations  shown  in  Tables 
41  and  42,  whiich  are  of  most  importance,  numerically,  for  the  par- 
ticular area. 


POPULATION. 


83 


Tablk  41. 


-TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  ENGAGED  IN  EACH  SPECI- 
FIED  OCCUPATION,  CLASSIFIED   BY  SEX:  1917. 


OCCtTPATION. 


Populol  ion  10  years  of  age  and 
over 


All  occupations. 


21,191 
14,590 


Aericnltiire  and  aaimal 
husbandry 


Fanners 

Farm  and  garden  foremen  and 

overseers 

Farm  and  (jarden  laborers 

Farm  ^^■atcl^Inen 

Fishermen 

Gardeners 


Total. 


Manufacturing  and  me- 
chaoiral  industries. . . 

Apprentices  to  trades 

BaV-ersand  bakers' helpers. . . 

Blacksmiths 

Boilermakers 

Brick  and  stone  masons 

Butchers 

Cabinetmakers 

Carpenters  and  joiners 

Cigar  makers 

Compositors,    printers,    and 

typesetters 

Coopers 

Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 
Electricians  and  electrical  en- 
gineers   

Engineers  ^mechanical) 

Engineers  (stationary) 

Firemen  (except  fire  depart- 
ment)   

Foremen  and  overseers  (man- 
ufacturing)   

Hat  makers  (not  in  factory;) . . . 
Jewelers,  watchmakers,  gcld- 

smiihs  and  silversmith.-: 

Laborers  (not  otherwise  speci- 
fied): 

Cliarcoal  burners 

General  and  not  specified 

laborers 

Laborers,  sugar  factories. 
Other  laljorers  in  manu- 
facturing   

Machinists,  millwrights,  and 

toolmakers 

Managers    and    superintend- 
ents (manufacturing) 

Manufacturers  and  officials. . 
Mechanics    (not     otherwise 

snecified) 

Mihinersand  millinery  dealers. 
I^ainters,  glaziers,  varmshers, 

and  enamelers 

Piano  and  organ  tuners 

I'lumbers,    gas    and    steam 

fitters 

Saddlers 

Shipwrights 

Shfcemakers  and  cobblers 

Sugar    factory    operatives 

(semiskilled) 

TaUors 

Tinsmiths  and  coppersmiths. 

Wheelwrights 

Other  pursuits 

Basket  makers 

Broom  makers 

Candy  makers 

Mattress  makers 

Net  makers 


6,084 


3SS 

lOS 
5,120 

24 
4213 

IS 


2,802 


88 
170 
137 
8 
157 

30 

12 
457 

18 

21 

10 

549 

15 
6 

78 


268 
116 


9,644 
7,936 


3,880     2,204 


Male. 


Fe- 
male. 


11,547 
6,654 


341 

105 

2,970 

24 

425 

15 


1.932 


17 

107 

30 

17 

32 

4 

2 

2 

3 

2 


84 
32 

137 
8 

157 
30 
12 

457 
17 

19 
10 
1 

15 

6 
78 


214 
112 


47 

3 
2,150 


548 


22 


OCCUPATION. 


Total. 


Other  pursuits— Continued. 
Novelty  and  fancy  work- 
ers  

Sailmakers 

Ship  calkers 

Ship  riggers 


Transportation . 


Boatmen 

Captains,  masters,  mates, 
and  pilots 

Carriage  drivers  and  team- 
sters  

Chauffeurs 

Hostlers  and  stable  hands 
(not  on  farms) 

Laborers,  road  and  street 

Longshoremen  and  stevedores. 

Porters  (street) 

Proprietors,  officials,  and 
managers  (not  otherwise 
specified ) 

Sailors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States) 

Telegraph  operators 

Telephone  operators 

Other  transportation  pursuits. 


Trade. 


Banlrers,  brokers,  and  money 
lenders 

Clerks  in  stores  i 

Hucksters,  peddlers,  and 
venders 

Laborers,  porters, and  helpers 
in  stores 

Merchants  and  dealers 

Newsboys 

Salesmen  and  saleswomen . . . 

Public  service 


Guards,  watchmen,  and  door- 
keepers  

Laborers,  public  service 

Officials  and  inspectors 
(  United  States ) 

Officials  (Army,  Navy,  and 
Marine) 

PoUcemen , 

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 
(United  States) 

Other  public  service  pursuits. 

Professional  service 


Authors,  editors,  and  reporters 

Chemists 

Clerg\Tnen 

Dentists 

Lawyers,  judges,  and  justices 
Musicians    and    teachers    of 

music 

Photographers 

Physicians  and  surgeons , 

School-teachers 

Other  professional  pursuits. . 

Semiprofessional  pursuits 

Keepers  of  charitalile  and 

penal  institutions 

Religious     and     charity 

workers 

Other  occupations 

Attendants  and  helpers  (pro- 
fessional service) 


842 
43 
14 


39 

8 

49 

27 
402 
60 


159 
17 
12 

7 


872 


53 

348 

42 

156 

4 

263 


471 
13 


261 


Male. 


49 
25 
217 
59 


Fe- 
male. 


42 

97 

4 

141 

621 


471 
13 


'Some  of  the  "clerks"  in  stores  probably  are  "salesmen  and  saleswomen." 


84 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  41. 


-TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AOE  AND  OVER  ENGAGED  IN  EACH  SPECI- 
FIED  OCCUPATION,  CLASSIFIED   BY  SEX:  1917— Continued. 


OCCUPATION. 

Total. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

OCCUPATION. 

Total. 

Mate. 

Fe- 
male. 

Domestic  and  personal 

2,918 

182 

2,736 

Clerical  occupations 

Agents,  canvassers,  and  col- 

190 

170 

20 

Barbers  and  hairdressers 

12 
13 

6 

348 

8 

32 

6 

1,303 

11 

129 

3 

1,046 

1 

11 
12 

1 

10 
.5 
2 
5 
3 
...... 

2 
124 

1 

1 
1 

5 

338 

3 

30 

1 

1,300 

11 

123 

1 

922 

10 

50 

77 

46 
7 

8 

49 

65 

45 
3 

2 

Boarding  and  lodging  house 
keepers      

Bookkeepers,    cashiers,    and 
accountants 

1 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) 
Messenger,  errand,  and  office 

12 

Hotel  and  restaurant  keepers. 
Housekeepers  and  stewards... 

1 

Stenographers     and     type- 

4 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

i  Includes  trained,  practical,  and   children's  nurses. 


POPULATION. 


85 


Table  42  -TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  ENGAnED  TN  EACH  SPECIFIED 
OCCUPATION.  CLASSIFIED  BY  SEX,  FOR  ISLANDS  AND  CITIES:  1917. 


ISLANDS. 

CITIES. 

OCCUPATION. 

St.  Croix. 

St.  Thomas. 

St.  John. 

Christian- 
sted. 

Frederik- 
sted. 

Charlotte 
Amalie. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male 

Fe- 
male 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male 

Population  10  years  of  age  and 

5,953 
5,073 

3,443 

1,056 

5,337 
2,611 

1,769 
2,463 

354 
252 

335 
135 

1,633 
1,327 

2,142 
,187 

1,025 

778 

1,549 
838 

2,360 
1,849 

?,792 

All  occupations 

2,035 

Agriculture  and  animal 

J,  303 

2,125 

444 

56 

133 

23 

513 

245 

262 

145 

99 

19 

222 

101 

2,681 

16 

280 

3 

1,045 

22 

3 
2,098 
...... 

1 
332 

98 

3 

201 

8 

122 

12 

831 

22 
"32" 

21 

1 
88 

3 
"'26' 

54 

4 
334 

5 
"246" 

19 

1 
162 

3 

"i4i" 

27 

1 

29 

12 

Farm  and  garden  foremen  and 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

5 

""2 

488 

23 

119 
2 

458 

80 

1 

33 

9 

644 

2 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries  ... 

56 

50 

170 

244 

137 

357 

•  61 
5 

92 

4 
93 

23 
27 
45 

8 

62 
17 

1 
184 

9 

9 
4 

8 
3 
21 

7 

4 

1 

8 

6 

199 

24 

1 

24 

1 

49 

17 

4 
IS 

3 
41 

21 
24 
35 

4 
45 

5 

1 
147 

8 

9 
1 

3 

6 

4 
1 

7 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers . . . , 

43 

2 

41 

Brick  and  stone  masons 

92 
13 
11 

256 

7 

10 
6 

1 

7 
3 
57 

10 

6 

"215" 

3 

47 

9 

6 

122 

3 

6 

2 

3 

1 
20 

7 

3 

"iis" 

IS 
3 
5 

61 
3 

4 
3 

1 

2 

""84" 

...... 

2 

17 
1 

1 

Compositors,    printers,    and 

1 

Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 
Electricians  and  electrical  en- 

311 

22 

268 

Engineers  (mechanical) 

Engineers  (stationary) 

Firemen  (except  fire  depart- 

i4 
1 

Foremen  and  overseers  (man- 

75 

Jewelers,  watchmakers,  gold- 

12 

5 

18 
112 

1 

7 

g 
3 

3 

48 
2 

1 

33 

3 

42 

17 
67 
16 
14 

1 

10 
4 

...... 

....„ 

10 
1 

""22" 

1 

1 

2 

Laborers  (not  otherwise  speci- 
fied): 

1 
39 

28 
2 

20 
5 

General  and  not  specified 

11 

1 

1 

135 

33 

Other  laborers  in  manu- 

12 

5 

2 
3 

2 

45 
1 

4 

1 

5 

35 

10 

5 

2 
2 

2 

Machinists,  millwrights,  and 

4 

4 
1 

Managers    and    superintend- 
ents (manufacturing) 

1 

Mechanics     (not     otherwise 

4 

1 

2 

2 

Painters,  gla/iers,  varnishers, 

32 
1 

14 

1 

1 

44 

1 

4 

1 

Plumbers,    gas    and    steam 
fitters 

Saddlers 

1 

11 
3 

28 

34 
9 
12 

Shipwrights . . 

2 
32 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers .  . 

12 

;i 

24 

(, 

1 

Sugar  factory  operatives 

Tailors 

38 
14 
3 

2 

. 

3.T 
9 

Tinsmiths  and  coppersmiths. 
Wheelwrithts 

1 

86 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  42.— TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  ENGAGED  IN  EACH  SPECIFIED 
OCCUPATION.  CLASSIFIED  BY  SEX,  FOR  ISLANDS  AND  CITIES:  1917— Continued. 


ISLANDS. 

CITIES. 

OCCUPATION. 

St.  Croix. 

St.  Thomas. 

St.  John. 

Christian- 
sted. 

Frederik- 

sted. 

Charlotte 
Amalie. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male 

Fe- 
male 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male 

1 

2 

1 

15 

11 

2 
2 

1 
1 

1 

1 

12 

10 

Broom  ma1;ers 

1 

1 
2 

1 

2 

Mattress  makers 

3 

1 

3 
2 

391 

3 
1 

1 

1 

1 

Novelty  and  fancy  work- 
ers  

s 

1 

7 

3 
3 

2 

330 

Ship  calkers 

Ship  rigcers 

207 

11 

189 

44 

87 

4 

102 

7 

151 

3 

6 

7 
8 

4.'? 
10 

52 
34 

1 

30 

2 
4 

123 

1 

40 

6 
30 

2 

5 

1. 
5 

1^ 

1 
1 

3 

2 

17 
10 

48 
6 

1 

37 
6 
21 

Captains,  masters,  mates,  and 
pilots 

1 

2 

Carriage  drivers    and   team- 

1 

Chaiiffeiirs 

Hostlers    and    stable    hands 
(not  on  farm) 

...... 

1 

1 

..... 

5 

222 

6 
15 

165 
25 

4 

87 
9 
1 
3 

237 

■■■"2' 

1 

4 
2 

111 

22 

2 

83 
9 

1 
2 

214 

Laborers,  road  and  street 

Lonsshoremeu     and     steve- 

184 

1 
28 

1 

17 

...... 

147 

Porters  (street) 

Proprietors,      officials,     and 
managers    (not    otherwiss 
specified ) 

Sailors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States) 

42 

12 

...... 

2 

'^0 

Telegraph  operators 

Telephone  operators 

4 

131 

""2 
53 

3 

Other  transportation  pursuits . 

2 

58 

Trade 

290 

250 

Bankers,  brokers,  and  money 

2 

18 

10 

23 
44 

24 

155 

16 
1 

10 

4 
27 

94 
3 

'""'9" 
95 

'"'37' 

"'ki' 

4 
23 

19 

19 

53 

2 

117 

464 

1 

10 

7 

8 
19 

1 
12 

85 

""2 

68 

■■'ie' 
'"'45' 

1 

13 

19 

1 

12 

40 

23 

'"it" 
'"'34' 

4 

23 

5 

IS 

50 

2 

112 

348 

("lerks  in  stores ' 

3 
224 

3 

Hucksters,      peddlers,      and 
venders 

186 

Laborers,  porters,  and  helpers 
in  stores  

Merchants  and  dealers 

22 

20 

Newsboys 

Salesmen  and  saleswomen .... 

41 

41 

Public  service 

2 

Guards,  watchmen,  and  door- 
keepers  

23 

11 

21 

20 

377 

in 

9 

2 

1 

5 
1 

18 

Laborers,  public  service 

Officials       and       inspectors 
(United  States) 

,^ 

5 

2 

10 

59 

9 

IS 

20 

274 
9 

Ollicials  (Army,  Navy,  and 

2 

12    

18    

1    

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 
(United  States) 

*  Some  01  the  'clerks"  in  stores  probably  are  "salesmen  and  saleswomen.' 


POPULATION. 


87 


Table  13 TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  ENGAGED  IN  EACH  SPECIFIED 

OCCUPATION.  CLASSIFIED  BY  SEX.  FOR  ISLANDS  AND  CITIES:  1917— Continued. 


ISLANDS. 

CITIES. 

OCCXn-ATION. 

St.  Croix. 

St.  Thomas. 

St.  John. 

Christian- 
sted. 

Frederik- 
sted. 

Charlotte 
Amalie. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male 

P.. 

male 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male 

Professional  service 

81 

56 

66 

49 

2 

7 

43 

27 

21 

19 

57 

43 

Authors,  editors,  and  report- 

1 

s 

16 

1 

1 

10 

3 

1 

4 

7 
2 

3 

1 
3 

7 

1 
1 
9 
3 

23 
2 
4 
6 
1 

1 
3 

2 

7 

1 

Lawyers,  jud^'es,  nnd  justices. 
Musicians    and    teachers    of 

4 
15 

4 

2 
14 

4 

2 
1 

1 

1 

1 

Physicians  and  surgeons 

3 
21 
5 

4 

2 

2 

""46' 

2 
3 

"'48' 

1 

"'6' 

2 
8 
1 

1 

2 
2 

"26" 

1 

6 

"'i7 

'42 

Other  professional  pursuits. . . 
Semiprofessional  pursuits: 
Keepers  of  charitable  and 

penal  institutions 

Religious     and     charity 
workers 

2 

1 

2 

2 

Other  occupations 

Attendants  and  helpers  (pro- 

1 
1,301 

1 
83 

Domestic  and  personal 

So 

1,380 

14 

55 

41 

604 

32 

447 

68 

1,205 

Barbers  and  hairdressers 

4 

8 

) 
3 
1 
2 
2 
2 

1 

3 

171 

"17" 

1 

562 

7 

74 

1 

464 

7 
4 

■■■■j- 
4 

""2 

2 

54 

3 
2 

1 

2 

1 

1 

5 

3 

65 

"'io' 

1 

194 

3 

22 

7 
4 

'"'4' 
4 

"  'i' 

2 
43 

Bartenders 

1 

2 

164 

3 

12 

Boarding  and  lodging  honic 

2 

3 

62 

'"i 

'    'i' 

1 

152 

3 

Housekeepers  and  stewards. . . 

1 

2 
1 

1 

"4 

3 

"363' 
3 

22 

1 

209 

6 

Launderers  and  laundresses... 

705 
3 
49 

1 

33 

1 

616 
2 

4 

39 

Saloon  keepers 

57 
1 

74 

441 

13 

17 

24 

1 

42 

23 

149 

385 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

Clerical  occupations 

9 

95 

11 

1 

6 

24 

3 

89 

10 

Agents,  canvassers,  and  col- 

3 

23 

28 

19 

1 

""s 

1 

5 

26 
36 

26 

2 

2 

1 

4 

2 

7 
18 

15 

""5' 

1 

1 

12 
7 

3 

1 

■■"■3' 

5 

25 
33 

24 

2 

2 

Bookkeepers,    cashiers,    and 

1 

Clerks  (excejjt  clerks  in  stores) 

Messenger,  errand,  and  office 

bovs 

1 

3 

StenoL^raphers      and      type- 
writers   

4 

4 

1  Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses. 


88 


THE   VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  43.— TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  ENGAGED  IN   SELECTED 

BY    MARITAL   CONDITION    FOR    PERSONS    16 


OCCUPATION. 

TOTAL. 

AGE 

PERIODS. 

Both 
sexes. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

10  to  13 

years. 

14  to 
15 

years. 

16  to  20 

years. 

21  to  30 
years. 

31  to  44 
years. 

"a 
934 

59 
~27 

'S 

i 
1,020 

89 
24 

469 

208 
"95 

a; 
"3 

g 

473 

167 
I4 

"3 

^. 

1,055 

925 
~331 

0 

"3 
S 

1,230 

783 
'~260 

"3 
2,224 

2,158 

~S88 

E 

2,529 
1,856 

"3 
2,364 

2,295 
1,171 

a 

2,721 

1,878 
599 

1 

2 

Populatton   10   years  of  age 
and  over. 

All  occupations 

Acriculture  and  animal 
husbandry. 
Farmers 

21,191 
14,590 

9,64t 
7,936 

11,547 
6,651 

3 

6,084 

3,880 

2,204 

664 

4 

388 
108' 

5, 1201 

24 
426! 
18 

2,802 

341 
105 

2,970 

24 

425 

15 

1,932 

47 
3 

2,150 

5 
2 

289 

1 
259 

32 
5 

759 
1 

90 

1 

537 

2 

1 

660 
'    '  1 

214 

89 
46 

862 

11 

159 

4 

582 

12 

1 

584 

""2 

256 

5 

Farm    and    garden    foremen 
and  overseers. 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

Farm  watchmen 

6 
7 

27 

24 

88 

64 

8 

Fislierraen 

i 

3 
870 

7 

35 

9 

Gai'deners 

10 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries. 

Apprentices  to  trades 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers 

lilacksmiths 

12 

4 

47 
41 

4 

"i 

254 

80 

11 
12 

88, 
170' 
1371 
157 
30 
12 
457 
18 
21 

10 

549 

15 

78 
17 

10 

76 
20 

61 

268 

116 
13 

12 

17 

94 

35 
77 
17 

107 
30 

17 
73 

84 
32 
137 
157 
30 
12 
457 
17 
19 

10 
1 
15 

78 
17 

10 

1 
20 

39 
214 

112 
13 

12 

16 

93 

35 
77 
17 

107 

80 

17 

53 

4 
138 

12 

27 
7 

30 

11 
1 
2 

62 
3 
9 

4 
9 

..... 

3 

8 
33 
40 
11 

2 
136 

5 

6 

1 
..... 

33 
4 

'"is 

"i 

"144 

1 

8 

47 

61 

3 

4 

151 

3 

"46 

W 

14 

Brick  and  stone  masons 

Butchers 

15 

16 

Cabinetmakers 

17 

Carpenters  and  joiners 

Ciijar  makers 

IS 

1 
2 

1 

19 

Compositors,    printers,    and 

tjT)esetters. 
Coopers 

20 

1 

..... 

23 

7 

6 
■■3 

14 
60 

44 
2 

5 

9 

34 

14 
19 
4 

33 

8 

2 
Ifi 

"166 

12 

5 
27 

1 
.... 

21 

Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 

Electricians  and  electrical  en- 
gineers. 

Engineers  (stationary) 

Firemen  (except  Are  depart- 
ment). 

Foremen  and  overseers  (man- 
ufacturing). 

Hat  makers  (not  in  factory) . . 

Jewelers,  watchmakers,  gold- 
smiths, and  silversmiths. 

Laborers  (not  otherwise  speci- 
fied): 
Charcoal  burners 

548 

1 

I 
10 

45 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 
27 

75 

.... 

3 

2 

..... 

4 
14 

10 
3 

4 

9 

3 

5 

1 
3 

5 
67 

34 

7 

2 

2 

25 

8 

28 
6 

36 
6 

3 
11 

30 

6 
5 

2 
1 

.... 

28 

22 
54 

4 

29 
30 

General  and  not  specified 

laborers. 
Laborers,  sugar  factories. . 
Other  laborers  in  manu- 
facturing. 
Machinists,  millwrights,  and 

toohnakers. 
Managers  and  manufacturers 

(manufacturing). 
Painters,  glaziers,  varnishers, 

and  enamelers. 
Saddlers 

1 

2 
3 

... 

31 

32 

33 

1 

1 

34 

13 

2 
10 
2 

15 
5 

1 
2 

"■""4 

35 

36 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers 

Sugar      factory      operatives 

(semiskined). 
Tailors 

37 

38 

39 

Tinsmiths  and  coppersmiths.. 
Wheelwrights 

40 

41 

Other  mauuiacturing  pursuits 

26 

1   ■• 

POPULATTOIT. 


89 


OCCUPATIONS,   CLASSIFIED    BY    AGE    PERIODS,    COLOR   OR   RACE,    AND    SEX,    AND 
YEARS    OF    AGE    AND    OVER;    1917. 


AGE  PEKI0P3— 

continued. 

COLOR  OR 

RACK 

MARITAL  CONDITION 
SONS  16   TEARS  Of 

OF  OCCUPIED  PEE- 
AGE   AND   OVER. 

45  to  64 
years. 

65  yeaxs 
and  over. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

All 
oth- 
er. 

Sin 

?le. 

Married. 

Consen- 

siially 

married. 

Wid- 
owed 
and  di- 
vorced. 

S 

2,498 
1,575 

.2 

03 
IS 

493 

336 
215| 

S 

1,070 

306 
94 

6 

1,054 
947 

"3 

a 

607 

m 

7 

_2 

1 

_2 

_2 

32 

29 
I4 

2 

i 

8 

"3 

0 
5n 

"a 

B 

JO 

"3 

.2 
■3 

a 

1 
?5 

"3 

a 

2,105 
1,955 

7,270 
6,000 

8,679 
5,430 

1,288 
960 

2,253 
1,040 

1 

3,495 

3,370 
690 

2,321 
1,111 

1,203 
534 

1,503 

1,201 

350 

624 

1,153     499 

172 

3,450 

2,109 

244 

88 

1,587 

869 

719 

191    173 

172, 
50 

792; 

10 

120' 

9 

430 

24 
1 

473 

..... 

262 

43 

2 

153 
2 
14 

1 

70 

8 
86 

68 
12 

16 

4 
1 

1 

233 
80 

2,804 

23 

298 

12 

1,468 

35 
2 

2,069 
..... 

2 

458 

39 
13 

137 

1 

51 

3 

369 

8 

1 

-- 

67 
19 

1,344 

5 

146 

6 

764 

15 

1 

673 
..... 

505 

202 
55 

686 

13 

150 

5 

634 

11 

1 

521 
..... 

201 

40 
25 

694 
3 

104 
3 

381 

3 

714 
..... 

1 
51 

32     18 
6       1 

131    154 

3  .... 

18.... 

1  .... 

94,  105 

80 

13 

.. 

76 

.... 

97 
.... 

50 

90 

313 

5 

2 

1 

1 

2 
1 

69 

26 

116 

140 

12 

7 

368 

9 

9 

9 

1 
2 

39 
15 

6 

3 

108 

..... 
2 

"26i 

13 
5 

16 

17 
5 
5 

83 
6 

10 

1 
....^ 

23 
1 

4 

1 

3 

18 

12 
1 

3 

5 

31 

6 

27 

6 

25 
8 

3 

15 

1 

30 

10 

61 

53 

5 

5 

196 

12 

11 

4 

72 

""2 

1 

7 

31 

35 

3 

2 

83 

1 

2 

3 
..... 

9 

7 

2 

1 

1 

81      58 
23' 

42 

1 
4 
3 
1 
2 
17 
1 
2 

2 

12 

29 

12 

41 

58 

19 

3 

154 

2 

5 

6 

38 
7 

4 

22 
58 

25 
4 

G 

11 

19 

19 

22 

31 
10 

10 
25 

36 

'"'93 
49 

9 



'"26 

3     20 
4.... 

11  .... 
3.... 
2.... 

1 
1 

1 

14 
2 
91 

4 
2 

6 
..... 

12 
6 

2 

13 

59 

20 
1 

1 

5 

18 

10 
18 

5 

19 
10 

7 
22 

..... 

"i62 

■■"is:::: 

1 

1 

5 

"" 

1 
2 

•- 

24 

1 
1 

1 

"63 

1 
1 

1 

2 

30 

""h 

16 

1 

21 

264 

2 

1 
7 

29 
2 

4 

1 
9 

9 
84 

40 

e 

4 
3 
47 

10 

42 
5 

49 
10 

3 
16 

3G5 

S 

6 
33 

2 
1 

2 
? 

2 
1 

? 

? 

19 

8 
10 

1 

2 

? 

74 

1 

1 

2 

3 

7 

3 

12 

2 
5 

2 

1 

3 
12 

1 

i 

10 

3r 
187 

100 
12 

2 

2 

58 

2q 

20 

4S 

4 
1 

? 

2 
5 

"i 

12 
4 

1 
1 

■■"5 

5 
63 

41 
3 

2 

1 

23 

h 
9 
1 

23 

8 

2 
8 

2 
11 

1 

? 

6 

8 

1 

2 
3 

S 

7 
9 
4 

— 

■^ 

1 

"i 

1 

4 

1 
4 
4 

4 
2 

2 

4 

'"2 

3 

1 

3 

1 

2 

4 

1 

i 
3 

3 

3 

50 
8 

SO 
21 

12 
33 

J"'ici 

3 

•■■■2 

3 

2 

1 

2 
4 

3 

3 

3 

4 

10 

1 

.. 

4 

90 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  43. -TOTAL  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  ENGAGED  IN  SELECTED 

BY   MARITAL   CONDITION    FOR    PERSONS    16 


OCCUPATION. 

TOT^. 

AGE   PEEIODS. 

Both 
sexes. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

10  to  13 
years. 

14  to 

15 
years. 

16  to  20 

years. 

21  to  30 
years. 

31  to  44 

years. 

OS 

a 

3 

"a 

■3 

i 

226 

s 

4? 

842 

642 

200 

4 

59 

16 

170 

70 

64 

41 

43 
14 

39 

49 

27 
4U2 

60 
159 

17 
12 
20 

872 

43 
14 

37 

49 

25 
217 

,59 
159 

16 

3 

20 

360 

1 

9 

16 
6 

15 

16 

9 

85 
19 

55 

4 

1 
1 

64 

44 

Captains,  masters,  mates,  and 
pilots. 

Cairiage   drivers  and   team- 
sters. 

Hostlers    and    stable    hands 
(not  on  farms). 

Laborers,  I'oad  and  street 

Longslioremen  and  stevedores 

3 

'IS 

2 

1 
8 

3 
15 

2 
19 

6 
1 
3 

68 

'"13 

4? 

3 
14 

1 

id 

A1 

2 

185 

1 

7 

63  i      62 
14 

40; 

5       1 

2         6 
10 

84       76 

4S 

1 

<t9 

■if) 

Sailors  and  deck  hands   (ex- 
cept United  !-'tates). 

2' 

fil 

1 
9 

5'' 

5? 

Other  transportation  pursuits. 
Trade     

1 
23 

8 

1 

96 

132 

5i 

512 

2 

1 

>i5 

53 

348 

42 

156 

263 

10 

621 
39 
21 

25 

49 
471 

16 

261 

41 

29 

42 

97 

141 
10 

621 

12 
319 

2 
3 

2 

1 

10         2!      12         1 

9 

7 

11 

38 

20 

5 

0* 

3 

90 

14 
25 

56 

Hucksters,     peddlers,     and 

venders. 
Laborers,  porters,  and  helpers 

in  stores. 

Merchants  and  dealers 

Salesmen  and  saleswomen 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

Public  service 

1 

8         2 
6 

2i       28 

13 

14         5 
43       42 

5S 

59 
122 

59 

fin 

1 

1 

16 

5 

41 
3 

124 

38 

fii 

353 

Guards,  watchmen,  and  door- 
keepers. 

Officials    and    inspectors 
( U:pited  States). 

Otiicials  (Army,  Navy,  and 
Marine). 

fi'' 

39 

21 

25 

49 
471 

16 
149 

4 

e' 

Ill 

is; 

311, 

31 

8 

8 

11 

23 
37 

7 
49 

33 

6? 

1 

64 

65 

3 

66 

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 

(United  States). 
Other  public  service  pursuits. . 

Professional  service 

Clergymen 

120 

67 

6S 

112 

4 

16 

?3 

49 

0 
3 

69 

27 
46 

128 
40 
20 

2,918 

27 
40 

28 
40 
14 

182 

4 
23 

9 
11 

2 

34 

..... 
29 

791 

14 

5 

8 
14 
8 

31 

■""3 

27 

■■■3 

790 

70 

Musicians    and    teachers    of 
music. 

6 
100 

10 

2 
3 
1 

40 

2 
20 

"i 

360 

71 

4 

7? 

Other  professional  occupations 
Other  professional  service  pur- 
suits. 

Domestic  and   personal 
service. 
Barbers  and  hairdressers 

71 

6 
2,736 

;"::;; 

74 

14 

60 

28 

86 

7"; 

12 
13 

348 

321 

l,303i 

11 

129 

1,046' 

24j 

11 
12 
10 
2 
3 

6 

124 
14 

1 
1 

338 

I 

2 

1 

"22 
2 

74 

3 

1 
1 
1 
2 

"164 

7 

328 

4 

4 
7 
2 

"""i 

1 

1 

92 

11 

516 

3 

26 

139 

1 

76 

77 

78 

Housekeepers  and  stewards.. . 
Lamiderers  and  laundresses. . . 

30 

79 

80 

1,300 

11 

123 

922 

10 

2 

3 

81 

3 

"35 

25 
237 

2 

20 

4 

30         2 

318         9 

6 

8? 

Servants  and  waiters 

14       58   28 

SO 

81 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 
suits. 

1 

1 

1 

'Some  of  the  "clerks"  Lii  stores  probably  ai'e  "salesmen  and  saleswomen." 


POPULATION. 


91 


OCCUPATIONS,    CLASSIFIKD    BY    AGE    PERIODS,    COLOR    OR    RACE,    AND    SEX,    AND 
YEARS    OF    AGE    AND    OVER:    1917— Continued. 


AGE   PERIODS— 

continued. 

COLOR  OR 

RACE 

MARITAL 
SONS  16 

CONDITION 
YEARS  OF 

OF  OCCUPIED  PER- 
AGE   AND  OVER. 

45  to  64 
years. 

65  years 
and  over. 

White. 

Negro. 

Mixed. 

All 
oth- 
er. 

Single. 

Married. 

Consen- 

sually 

married. 

Wid- 
owed 
and  di- 
vorced. 

"a 

n 

"3 
13 

1 

"3 

0 

"a 

1 
3 

6 
1 

"3 

6 
"3 

10 

"1 

"3 

"a 

s 

"3 
S 

6 
1 

_2 

S 
1^ 

■3 

24 
3 

■2 
c 

16 

170 

46 

4 

22 

556 

187 

04 

249 

111 

190 

18 

175 

55 

42 

15 
5 

17 

9 

6 
49 
23 
40 

1 

36 

7 

36 
44 

21 
207 

53 
137 

1 

1 

13 

180 

2 

2 
182 

1 

353 

4 
1 
4 

4 
10 

6 
18 

2 
1 

128 

12 
2 

10 

24 

10 
95 
22 
49 

13 

1 

11 

159 

1 
1 

100 

1 

8 
285 

19 
9 

14 

18 

1 
36 
13 
66 

2 

1 
5 

128 

1 

1 

15 

9 
3 

12 

6 

7 
74 
22 
38 

43 

3 

44 

1 
44 

1 

1 
2 

'"55 

11 
2 

4 

1 

"is 

45 



1 

46 

47 

4 

1 
3 

4 

3 

48 

49 

4 
8 



1 

2 

14 

2 

1 

50 

51 

7 

1 
94 

1 
3 

31 

4 

1 

10 

3 
13 

59. 

5 
74 

6 
52 

,53 

194 

13 
.... 

4 

7 

59 

144 

7 
51 

— 

1 

28 

17 

1 

1 

1 

13 
.... 

10 

4 
2 

96 

1 
74 

16 
5 

54 

8 
7 

7 

38 
14 

3 
150 

30 
11 

1 

48 

5 
6 

18 
18 

42 

32 

68 
2 

83 

3 
267 

18 
5 

21 
16 

15 

19 

85 
3 

495 

9 
152 

23 

101 

13 

7 

15 

62 
26 
5 

99 

'"68 

18 
8 

""24, 

2 
2 

55 
56 

57 

10 

21 

16 
4 

506 

7 
4 

32 
.... 

28 
""3 

21 

28 
55 

44 
57 
4 

26 

24... 
62... 

i 

58 
59 

1 

8 



60 

42 

6 

. 

17 

61 

20 

6 

3 

4 
3 

6 
24 

1 
10 
24 

3 

459 

9 

54 

34 

2 

1 

36 
5 

5 
59 

4 
9 

15 
4 
12 

14 

448 

2 

72 

96 

16 

12 

13 

26 
22 

10 
63 

4 
3 

62 

63 

1 

64 

35 

10 

1 

2 
36 

... 

9 

65 

6 

1 
3 

4 
1 

5 

66 

7 

1 
6 

67 

20 

7 

1 

1 

2 
2 
1 

6 

2 

45 

:. 

. 

68 

8 
1 

3 

10 
2 

29 

IS 
552 

20 

4 
30 

18 
4 
3 

146 

""2 

31 

""2 

2,280 

3 

10 

7 

12 
4 

28 

13 
32 

11 
13 
3 

88 

..... 

86 
..... 

1,666 

13 
6 

10 
24 
10 

32 

69 

3 
41 

6 
..... 

348 

2 

1 
3 

70 

2 
97 

3 

24 
7 

4 

2 

4 

71 

72 

1 
432 

4 

3 

1 

4 

1 

1 

229 

73 

16 

347 

74 

3 
3 

5 

0 

14 
2 

1 

5 
10 
7 
2 
3 
..... 

107 

7 

1 
1 

296 

13 

1,079 

3 

78 

805 

4 

5 
2 
2 

..... 

13 
5 

7 
2 
5 

1 

1 

191 

20 

733 

2 

93 

624 

1 

2 
8 
5 

..... 

11 
4 

"'62 
5 
223 
5 
12 
39 
2 

1 
2 

""2 

1 

75 

76 

108 

9 

327 

2 

27 

74 

2 

12 
1 

50 
2 
12 
16 
4 

..... 

1 

1 
8 
3 
1 
8 

41 

9 

216 

7 

37 

116 

6 

1 

49 

36 

127 

4 
10 
40 

7 

77 
78 

2 

2 

212 

.... 

79 

SO 

"2 
1 

'i 

3 
60 
9 

1 
9 

5 

81 

"2 

1 

81 
82 
S3 

^Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses. 


92 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Taple  43.— tot  III-  PERSONS  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND   OVER  ENGAGED  IN  SELECTED 
iAM.1.  ^o.     X     ±  ^^^   MARITAL  CONDITION    FOR   PERSONS  16 


OCCUPATION. 

TOTAL. 

AGE  PEEIODS. 

Both 
sexes. 

Male. 

Fe- 
male. 

10  to  13 

years. 

14  to 

15 
years. 

16  to  20 

years. 

21  lo  30 
years. 

31  to  44 

years. 

.2 

s 

4 

"3 
S 

f=1 

"3 
7 

o5 
1 

1 

_a3 
1 

_2 

(3 

S 
11 

"3 

"3 
B 

84 

Clerical  occupations 

Agents,  canvassers,  and  col- 
lectors. 

Bookkeepers,  cashiers,  and 
accountants. 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) 

Messenger,  errand,  and  office 
boys. 

Stenographers  and  typewriters 

190 

170 

20 

33 

2 

43 

46 

4 

85 
S6 

10 

50 

77 
46 

8 
49 
65 

2 
1 

12 

2 
19 
15 

7 

3 

3 
12 

26 

5 

1 

2 

1 

4 

12 
14 

2 

R7 

88 
89 

45           1 

3           ^ 

4 

' 

1 

POPULATIOIT. 


93 


OCCUPATIONS,    CLASSIFIED    BY    AGE    PERIODS,    COLOR    OR    RACE,    AND    SEX,    AND 
YEARS    OF    AGE    AND    OVER    1917— Continiiod. 


AGE   PERIODS— 

M.^RIT.VL 

CONniTION  OF  OCCUPIED  PER- 

continued 

SONS  16 

YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER. 

45  to  64 
years. 

653 
and 

'ears 
over. 

White. 

Ne 

7,T0. 

Mixed. 

All 
oth- 
er. 

Single. 

Married. 

Cnnsen- 

snally 

married. 

Wid- 
owed 
and  di- 
vorced. 

<r> 

jj 

<i5 

55 

£ 

^ 
S 

g 

-3 

a 

H 

'^ 

6 

o 

hC4 

^ 
S 

S 

rt 

S 

E 

EC4 

■3 

"a 

a 

a 

"3 

S 

33 

2 

4 

47 

4 

58 

8 

65 

8 

... 

.. 

81 

17 

64 

1 

8 

1 

6 



84 

3 
12 

1 

2 

18 

2 

8 

2 

4 
23 

3 

18 

1 
1 

4 
26 

1 

2 

1 

85 
86 

2 

1 



3 

11 

1 

1 

22 

3 

16 

4 

27 

5 

36 

11 

24 

1 

2 

3 

87 

7 

1 

0 

1 

32 

1 
1 

8 
3 

21 
3 

4 

10 

. 

3 

ss 

? 

89 

94 


THE   VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:  1917. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

AGE   PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

OF     PERSONS    16 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND   OCCUPATION. 

t 

m 

^  \% 

>-, 

>> 

>> 

>, 

>> 

3  S   l-^  g 

lO 

o 

o 

TO 

to 

03  o 

6 

TS 

^ 

6 

'6 

S'S  i^s 

q 

o 

o 

i 

O 

o 

53 

o 

s 

t 

d 

< 

02 

C3 

o     1^ 

ST.  CROIX. 


Males 5,073  167  5461 


Aericultnre  and  animal 
husbandry 


Fanners 

Farm   and   garden   foremen 

and  overseers 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

Farm  \^•atchmen 

Fishermen 

Gardeners 


Manulacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

Apprentices  to  trades 

Blacksmiths 

Brick  and  stone  masons 

Butchers 

Cabinetmakers 

Carpenters  and  joiners 

Compositors,  printers,  and 
typesetters 

F.neiueers  (stationary) 

Fireman  (except  lire  depart- 
ment)   

General  and  not  speciliod 
laborers 

Jewelers,  watchmakers,  gold- 
smiths and  silversmiths 

Laborers,  sugar  factories 

Managers  and  manufacturers 
(manulacturing) 

Painters,  glaziers,  '/arnishers, 
and  enameiers 

Saddlers 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers 

Sugar  factory  operatives 
(semiskilled) 

Tailors 

Tinsmiths  and  coppersmiths 

Wheelwrights 

Other    manufacturing    pur- 


suits. 


Transportation. 


Hostlers   and   stable   hands 

(not  on  larms) 

Laborers,  road  and  street 

Longshoremen  and  stevedores 

Porters  (street) 

Sailors  and  deck  hands  (e.x 

cept  United  States) 

Other  transportation  pursuits 


Trade. 


Clerks  in  stores ' 

Hucksters,     peddlers,     and 

vendors 

Laborers,  porters,  and  helpers 

in  stores 

Merchants  and  dealers 

Salesmen 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 


1  Some  of  the  "clerks"  iu  stores  probably  are  "salesmen." 


POPULATION. 


95 


Table  44.-T0TAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

AGE   PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

OF    PERSONS    16 

YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX   AND  OCCUPATION. 

t 

«• 

«• 

*• 

t3 

a 
§0 

>> 

C3 
O 

C3 

« 

tJ 

^ 

•6 

si 

0Jt3 

11 

o 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

to 

2 

15 

>< 

§ 

d 

< 

a 

3 

o 

o  > 

ST.  CROIX— Continued. 


Males— Contd. 

155 

— 

27 

77 

28 

20 

3 

2 

~i 

.... 

2 

1 
1 

5 

107 

4 
3 

93 
7 

31 

12 

.... 

18 
1 

34 

14 

— 

109 

35 

6 

5 

Guards,  watchmen,  and  door- 

16 

10 
27 

94 

8 

81 

4 

2 
11 

7 

4 

29 

10 

3 

4 

2 

1 

14 

14 

1 
17 

1 

1 

30 

2 

5 

7 

5 

4 
7 

90 
3 

33 

8 

4 
16 

4 
3 

39 

1 

4 

3 

Officials    and    inspectors 
(United  States.) 

1 
1 

25 

4 
10 

60 
3 

28 

1 

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 
(United  States.) 

Other  public  service  pursuits. 
Professional  service 

1 

3 

1 

4 

4 

20 
1 

3 

7 

9 
16 

— 

2 

16 

15 
21 

29 

85 

2 

9 

7 

10 

14 

10 

3 
6 

10 
15 

4 

1 
2 

7 
18 

3 

12 
13 

2 

68 

8 

10 
8 

7 
42 

7 

4 
8 

20 
16 

1 
2 

10 

1 

Musicians   and    teachers    of 

"i 
15 

1 
2 

1 
18 

School-teachers 

I 

Other   professional   service 

Domestic  and  personal 
service 

2 

-. 

" 

57 
28 

74 

15 
4 

14 
4 

18 

9 

5 

18 

5 
10 

17 

11 

7 

15 

3 

2 

2 

1 
19 

47 
21 

26 

10 
6 

29 

28 
14 

39 

9 

25 

5 
5 

4 

2 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 
suits   

Clerical  occupations 

2 

Bookkeepers,    casMers,    and 

23 

28 

19 
4 

4,056 

4 
165 

1      in 

6 
9 

1 
1 

1,104 

6 
5 

3 

1 

928 

.... 

1 

159 

8 
9 

"2 

57 
6 

4 

8 

14 
3,528 

11 
11 

5 
2 

468 

77 

3 

9 

17 

10 
3 

1,808 

11 
9 

4 

1 

805 

2 

1 

1 

1 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) . 
Messenger,  errand,  and  oflico 

9 

7 

1 

522 

4 

3 
1 

1.17S 

1 

Other  clerical  pursuits 

Females 

932 

.■U6 

' 

Agriculture  and  animal 

2,125 

i      ! 

87^  2.591     fi.'ia 

577 

461 

89 

2.042 

662 

512      712 

15? 

1 

FarKiers 

22 

2,098 

5 

332 

'87 

1 
258 

1 

649 

2 

74 

4 
572 

1 

88 

11 

448 
2 

105 

25 

4 
1 
1 

10 

17 

2,021 

4 

202 

1 
76 

... 

5 

655 
2 

203 

6 

505 

1 

72 

2 

709 

1 

20 

9 

Farm  and  garden  laborers.... 
Other  agricultural  pursuits... 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries. . . 

142 
1 

1 

39 

118 

2 

36 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers.. 

Dressmakersandseamstresses 

General    and    not    specified 

laborers 

93 
215 

10 

14 

11 

1 

5 
27 

2 

5 

2 

14 
55 

1 

4 

6 

27 
56 

3 

2 

1 

38 
65 

2 
2 

9 
12 

3 

1 

1 
9 

2 

74 
108 

10 

10 

5 

18 
96 

"2 

44 
144 

6 

9 

7 

29 
39 

1 

3 

3 

6 
11 

2 

1 

14 
21 

Other    manufacturing    pur- 
suits  ... 

4 
4 

... 

1 

Transportation. 

1 

96 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCrUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

OF    PERSONS    16 

YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

m 

f 

m 

m 

■d 

o 
3  o 

t>. 

% 

1 

•A 

■6 

1 

aj 

a) 

o 
o 

o 

o 

IN 

O 
CO 

O 

CD 

Whit 

Negr 

o 

y. 

o 

.s 

00 

u 

d 

s 

M    2 

o  > 

r 

ST.  CROIX— Continued. 


Females— Contd. 
Trade 

222 

7 

26 

42 

52 

82 

13 

5 

150 

67 

132 

39 

12 

32 

Hucksters,     peddlers,     and 
venders 

95 
37 
81 
9 

56 

1 

2 

10 
5 

26 
1 

15 

22 
10 
IS 
2 

15 

52 
18 
10 

2 

11 

8 

4 

.... 

1 

.... 

2 
2 

22 

82 
19 
46 
3 

14 

13 
17 
33 

4 

20 

44 
17 
65 
6 

48 

21 
12 
6 

9 
1 

2 

20 

Merchants  and  dealers 

7 

Saleswomen           

4 
2 

2 

23 
1 

12 

4 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

1 

Professional  service 

3 

3 

46 
10 

1,301 

2 

67 

10 
2 

182 

14 
1 

386 

10 
5 

369 

9 
2 

266 

1 
31 

IS 
4 

10 

11 
3 

1,111 

17 
3 

179 

1 

40 
8 

749 

2 
1 

175 

188 

2 

Other    professional    service 

1 

Domestic  and  personal 
service 

122 

171 
17 

562 
74 

464 

13 
9 

1 
j... 

11 
1 

29 

18 

123 

46 

5 

153 

18 
162 

2 
3 

49 

7 

228 

15 

67 

3 
2 

62 
3 
136 
16 
43 

6 

1 

3 

1 

15 
6 

4 

1 
4 
2 
2 

1 

2 

157 

6 

476 

55 

413 

4 
4 

13 

84 
17 
50 

8 
3 

"i 

82 
10 

298 
51 

305 

3 

7 

40 
3 

99 
10 
19 

4 

1 

27 

"iog 

3 
49 

22 

Housekeepers  and  stewards. . . 
Laundresses ». 

4 

55 
9 

26 

Other  domestic  service  pUr- 

6 

Clerical  occupations .... 

1 

2 

ST.  THOMAS. 


Males 

Agriculture    and    ani 
mal  husbandry 

Farmers 

Farm  and  garden  laborers . . . 

Fishermen 

Gardeners 

Other  agricultural  pursuits . . 


Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries.  . . 


Apprentices  to  trades 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers. . . 

Blacksmiths , 

Brick  and  stone  masons , 

Butchers 

Carpenters  and  joiners , 

Engineers  (stationary) 

General  and  not  specified 
laborers 

Other  laborers  in  manufac- 
turing  

Painters,  glaziers,  varnishers, 
and  cnamelers 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers 

Tailors 

Tinsmiths  and  coppersmiths . 

Other  manufacturing  pursuits 


2,611 


23 
27 
45 
62 
17 
184 
21 

199 

18 

45 
35 
38| 

14 
103: 


87 


343 


40 


142 


12  26 

39  60 

29  48 

1  4 

2  4 


58 


190 


53       8 


ir 
4  . 

el 

301 


58 


172 


174 


1,210 


190 


392 


58 


36 


'  Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses. 


POPULATION. 


97 


'ABLE  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCrUP\TIONS  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

OF       PERSONS      16 

AGE   PERIODS. 

YEARSOFAGEAND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

m 

M 

m 

«• 

en  p 

_^ 

■§  , 

03 

I 

03 

5! 

>> 

iM 

■d 

2-T3 
m  2 

^73 

o 

O 

o 
m 
o 

o 

s 

O 

CO  o 

3 

feb 

J3 

_2 

.g 
ffl 

3  1 

2.  > 

o 

to 

?3 

CO 

•^ 

S^ 

;z; 

S 

< 

S 

o 

is 

ST.  THOMAS— Continued. 


Males— Continued. 
Transportation 

391 

3i 

25 

102 

148 

107 

6 

12 

342 

37 

137 

110 

121 

20 

Boatmen 

40 
30 
15 
165 
25 

87 
29 

237 

1 

8 
2 
3 
51 
6 

23 
9 

54 

14 
11 

6 
65 

9 

36 

7 

62 

15 
16 
4 
33 
10 

21 

8 

41 

2 
1 

'"3 

8 

3 
9 

35 

34 
29 
13 
156 
21 

77 
12 

107 

6 
1 
2 
9 
4 

7 
8 

95 

11 
8 
5 

69 
6 

25 
13 

109 

17 

11 

5 

27 

7 

32 
11 

82 

9 
10 

4 
58 
11 

25 

4 

16 

3 

Carriage  drivers  and  teamsters 

1 

Laborers,  road  and  street 

Longshoremen  and  stevedores 
Porters  (street)                  

"i 

2 

22 

2 
12 

5 
5 

50 

1 
10 

1 

Sailors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States) 

Other  transportation  pursuits 

Trade 

3 

1 

8 

Clerks  in  stores  i . . . .        

23 

19 

19 

53 

117 

6 

464 

2 
3 
1 

4 
7 
4 

8 

4 

7 

35 

276 

6 
4 

4 
24 
21 

3 

64 

3 
4 

■1 

12 
22 

1 

3 

3 

.... 

5 

2 
4 

"\b. 

15 
2 

399 

11 

11 

19 
11 

53 
2 

48 

10 
4 

10 
9 

7 

10 
72 

1 

384 

6 

7 

8 
36 
22 

3 

64 

4 

1 

Hucksters,     peddlers,     and 

Laborers,  porters,  and  helpers 

3 
1 

8 

11 

30 
49 
2 

11 

6 

6 

Salesmen 

15 
1 

34 
1 

97 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

Public  service 

1 
5 

Guards,  watchmen,  and  door- 
keepers   

23 

11 

21 
20 

377 
12 

66 

4 
2 

10 

8 

251 

1 

20 

4 

6 

9 
10 

30 
5 

20 

10 
3 
2 

5 

1 

0 

20 

20 

1 

1 
18 

4 
4 

28 

2 

4 

10 

9 
5 

358 
2 

38 

8 

8 

12 
10 

18 

8 

23 

4 
2 

1 

Officials  and    inspectors 
(United  States) 

1 

Officials  (Army,  Navy,  and 

2 
95 

2 

1 
2 

15 

6 

5 
3 

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 
(United  States) 

1 
6 

9 



5 

366 
6 

23 

1 

Other  public  service  pursuits. 
Professional  service 

2 

12 

2 

10 
25 
31 

83 

21 
21 

7 

9 
3 

17 
16 

1 

15 

1 
14 

5 

19 

4 
2 
14 

14 

4 

1 

8 

1 

18 
9 

64 

1 

7 

7 

12 

4 

5 
22 
11 

39 

5 
2 
16 

16 

Musicians   and   teachers    of 

1 
2 

Other    professional    service 

5 
11 

4 
1 

15 
3 

2 

Domestic  and  personal 
service 

2 

Servants  and  waiters 

54 
29 

95 

11 

8 

25 

2 
12 

2S 

3 

8 

18 

1 

2 

2 

1 

27 

47 

17 

32 

3 
9 

36 

2 
2 

25 
14 

41 

4 

12 

39 

15 
15 

6 
3 

4 

1 

4 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 
suits   

2 

Clerica  occupations 

4 

Bookkeepers,   cashiers,   and 

26 
36 

26 
7 

7 

3 
3 

7 
2 

9 
11 

4 

1 

6 
16 

4 
2 

6 
6 

4 
2 

2 

10 
12 

5 

4 
S 

15 
2 

12 
16 

3 
5 

9 
18 

11 
3 

..... 
2 

2 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) 
Messenger,  errand,  and  office 

2 

Other  clerical  pursuits 

11...- 

I  Some  of  the  "clerks"  in  stores  probably  are  "salesmen." 
60396°— 18 7 


98 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  15  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

AGE  FEEIODS. 

COLOR  OK  RACE. 

OF      PERSONS       18 

YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OOCTTPATION. 

(H 

S? 

r. 

a 

2  O 

>. 

03 

03 

O 

03 

<B 

d 

13 

a; 

<s 

2 

O 

5 

o 

o 

O 

>i 

^ 

feb 

W 

d 

M 

rtS 

o  > 

o 

to 

« 

n 

5 

S 

1* 

^ 

s 

<) 

Ol 

S 

o 

ST.  THOMAS— Contmued. 


Females 

2,463 

82 

242 

643 

740 

613 

143 

121 

1,798 

541 

3 

1.4S6 

375 

258 

262 

AgricuJtiire  and  animal 

56 

8 

18 

27 

3 

1 

46 

9 

19 

19 

4 

14 

22 

32 

2 

488 

1 
7 

7 
9 
2 

158 

12 
15 

2 
1 

.... 

87 

16 

29 

1 

227 

6 
3 

10 

9 

5 
13 
1 

114 

1 
2 
1 

29 

5 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

Other  agricultural  pursuits. .. 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

8 

7 

34 

127 

139 

23 

174 

275 

63 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers. . . 
Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 
Hat  makers  (not  in  factory). . 
General  and  not  specified  la- 

43 

311 

75 

39 

20 

189 

1 
1 
5 

4 

16 
9 

2 

3 

14 

4 
81 
30 

4 

8 

64 

13 

107 

12 

22 

4 

63 

18 
89 
19 

9 

4 

44 

3 

17 

"\2 
74 

1 
1 

32 

149 

34 
VS 

182 

11 

150 
1 

4 

8 

6 

27 

204 

8 

25 

11 

104 

7 
52 
49 

2 

4 

15 

3 
15 
1 

8 

2 

55 

5 

39 
12 

4 

Other     manufacturing     pur- 

3 

15 

Longshoremen     and    steve- 
dores  

184 

5 

290 

2 

13 

1 

16 

61 
3 

34 

62 

1 

80 

44 

1 
9 

181 

1 

203 

3 
3 

77 

1 

99 
5 

153 

15 

55 

15 

Other    transportation    pur- 

Trade 

112 

46 

55 

16 

64 

Hucksters,     peddlers,     and 

224 

22 

41 

3 

49 

18 

68 
4 

7 

1 

17 

98 
12 

1 
1 

9 

40 
6 

1 
6 
2 

185 
9 
9 

38 
7 

29 
3 

23 
22 

1 

247 

"i 

2 

108 

6 

36 

3 

43 

47 
6 
2 

15 

1 

54 

Merchants  and  dealers 

9 

Saleswomen 

2 

15 
1 

10 
10 

16 
12 

1 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

Professional  service 

1 

1 

10 
10 

16 

4 
4 

2 

School-teachers 

48 
1 

1,380 

12 

16 

1 

402 

9 

16 

42 
1 

882 

2 

Other    professional    scr\ice 
pursuits 

Domestic  and  personal 
service 

73 

168 

390 

281 

66 

11 

1,120 

168 

153 

104 

Cooks 

164 
12 

705 
49 

441 

9 
11 

"3 

2 

68 

10 
1 

39 

7 

111 

57 

2 

166 

12 
151 

2 

8 

42 

4 

275 

11 

68 

2 

2 

46 
5 
187 
11 
31 

1 
1 

9 

"35 
6 
12 

4 

'"4 
1 

6 
2 

136 

6 

574 

23 

376 

5 
4 

28 
2 
128 
20 
65 

4 
5 

""2 

106 
10 

412 
42 

310 

2 
10 

22 

1 

122 

2 

19 

2 

22 

■"98 

2 

31 

1 

14 

Housekeepers  and  stewards.. 
Laundresses 

1 
70 

Nurses ' 

1 

Servants  and  waiters 

13 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 
suits  

5 

Clerical  occupations 

'  Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses. 


POPULATTON". 


99 


Table  44.-TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL    CONDITION 

AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

OF       PERSONS       16 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

E 

d 

t-i 

»- 

d 

73 

a 
is  ^ 

>> 

I 

>. 

s 

I 

>> 

o3 

© 

d 

•c 

6 

o 
o 

o 

CO 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

s 

te 
1 

1 

o 

.9 

OQ 

o 

ST.  JOHN. 


252 

13 

7 

36 
14 

64 
41 

63 

57 
28 

19 
12 

3 

2 

201 
108 

48 
23 

113 
63 

86 
33 

29 

21 

2 
14 
5 

11 

Agriculture  and  animal 

133 

31 

9 

21 

88 

23 

1 

56 

1 

28 
12 

3 

25 
3 

13 
14 

4 
8 

1 
.... 

11 

82 
14 

1 

43 

9 
6 

8 

4 
47 
11 

1 

21 

11 
18 
4 

4 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

4 
3 

9 
5 

5 

Otter  agricultural  pursuits . . . 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries. . . 

1 
16 

5 

8 

11 

16 

13 

28 

5 

2 

Carpenters  and  joiners.. .„ 

17 

28 

11 

44 

4 
4 

4 

6 

2 
10 

6 
9 

1 
11 

1 
8 

7 
12 

2 
2 

1 
2 



10 
26 

7 
34 

7 
2 

4 
10 

11 
6 

4 
18 

4 
18 

6 
24 

2 
3 

2 

.... 
1 

Other    manufacturing    pur- 

9 

.... 

Saflors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States) 

Other    transportation    pur- 

42 
2 

2 

2 

14 

9 

10 

9 
2 

2 
2 

12 

2 

.... 

32 
2 

1 

1 

14 

10 

17 

1 

2 

1 

7 

23 
1 

2 

.... 

Public  service 

1 

.... 

1 

1 

Professional  service. . .. . 

6 

5 

1 
1 

1 

Domestic  and  personal 

1 

Servants  and  waiters 

13 
1 

1 

135 

6 

5 

1 

2 

13 

1 

7 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

1 

Clerical  occupations 

1 
34 

1 

1 
76 

Females. 

9 

19 

35 

34 

4 

104 

31 

23 

11 

16 

Agriculture  and  animal 
husbandry 

23 

1 

1 

4 

4 

11 

2 



21 

2 



9 

3 

3 

7 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

Other  agricultural  pursuits... 

20 
3 

50 

1 

1 

4 

3 
..     1 

10 

1 

18 

1 

1 

2 

m: 

19 
2 

29 

1 
1 

21 

18 
2 

1 

... 

9 

3 

3 

4 
3 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

7 

13 

10 

— 

27 

15 

2 
12 

1 

2 
..... 

1 

6 

Dressmakers      and      seam- 

22 
20 

5 

3 

... 

2 
3 

1 

1 

8 
5 

3 

5 

2 


8 
7 

r 

2 

1 
1 

.4 

18 

4 
3 

17 
6 

2 

2 

3 
1 

1 

Charcoal  burners 

General    and    not    specified 
laborers 

Other    manufacturing    pur- 
suits  

1 

100 


THE   VIBGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE.  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:   1917— Continued. 


MARITAL    CONDITION 

AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOE  OR  RACE. 

OF       PERSONS       16 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  ANB  OCCUPATION. 

« 

2 

<n 

«• 

m 

•O 

>% 

■a 

C3 

I 

o 

o 

o 

<N 

O 

to 

o 

CO 

o 

o 

to 
o 

2 

2fe 

03  t> 
«  O 

in 

to 

d 

■d 

o 

a 

.2 
1 

■a  a> 
.2  > 

ST.  JOHN— Continued. 


Females— Contd . 

7 

2 

1 

3 

1 

5 

2 

5 

6 
1 

55 

2 
6 

1 
10 

3 

1 

4 

1 

49 

2 

4 
1 

35 

Other    professional    service 

Domestic  and  personal 

15 

19 

5 

6 

5 

6 

3 

3.3 
17 

5 

1 
5 

6 
3 

1 

9 
5 

1 

13 
4 

2 

4 

29 
16 

4 

4 
1 

1 

23 
9 

3 

2 

1 

2 

5 

1 

1^ 

1 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

1 

CHRISTIANSTED. 


Males 

1,327 

35 
5 

161 

26 

320 
94 

369 

156 

12 

106 

36 

2 

124 

369 

189 

33 

113 

39 

4 

106 

73 

43 

7 

29 
7 

16 

62^ 

3 

1 
.... 

1 
13 

1,054 

?m 

2 

1 

1 

1 

5S1 

190 

5 

141 

42 

2 

210 

366 

146 

32 

74 
36 

4 

119 

252 

133 

6 

SO 
37 

83 

471     38 

51       1 

326       8 

92     2fi 

Agriculture  and  animal 
husbandry 

513 

39 

54 

334 

119 

6 

458 

2 
64 
28 

11 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

4 

1 

18 
8 

25 
3 

Other  agricultural  pursuits. . . 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . ., 

2 

348 

22 
19 
41 
111 
12 

7 
22 

18 
7 
15 
24 
10 
40 

68 

3 

96 

2 
5 
6 
10 
5 

3 

18 
18 

73 

6 

4 

4 

26 

4 

3 

1 

8 

121 

80 

31 

Apprentices  to  trades 

24 
24 

47 
122 
20 

10 
22 

32 
11 
2S 
34 

12 
72 

87 

6 
11 

22 
69 
11 

5 
9 

21 
2 

13 

14 
2 

25 

44 

4 
16 
36 

9 

2 
5 

11 
1 
7 

12 
2 

IS 

25 

9 
13 
32 

5 

'"io 

10 

5 
6 

'I 

20 

25 

6 
13 

24 
2 

4 
6 

3 

5 
7 
7 
5 
24 

20 

.... 
3 

1 

.... 

7 

10 

5 
13 
25 

4 

3 

5 

4 
7 
8 

13 
7 

25 

21 

7 

6 

22 

4 

""s 

6 

1 
5 
7 
1 
13 

18 

1 

Brick  and  stone  masons 

Carpenters  and  joiners 

Engineers  (stationary) 

Jewelers,  watchmakers,  gold- 
smiths, and  silversmiths . . . 
Laborers,  sugar  factories 

6 
6 
1 

2 

Painters,  glaziers,  varnishers, 

13 
4 

13 

10 
1 

24 

9 

"i 

1 

1 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers 

... 

6 

I 

8 
15 

2 

2 

Other  manufacturing  pursuits 
Transportation 

9 
4 

Hostlers    and  stable    hands 

18 
28 

17 

24 

58 

2 

5 
2 

4 

4 

7 

5 
6 

2 
12 

11 

6 
9 

6 
5 

14 

1 
11 

5 
3 

20 

1 

"'9 
9 

17 
26 

16 
9 

27 

11 
13 

6 
14 

26 

5 
5 

4 

7 

22 

6 
3 

3 

2 

2 

I 

22 

1 

Sailors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States) 

Other  transportation  pursuits 

Trade 

1 
,■> 

10 
19 
12 
17 

...|      3 

2 
1 

2 
6 

1 
5 

3 
9 
2 
6 

.... 

2 
3 

1 
3 

2 

8 
5 
12 

6 

8 
6 
2 

... 

6 

4 

4 

Merchants  and  dealers 

11 

..... 
2, 

4 

Salesmen 

2       3 

i 

6         3 
lOi        4 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

...|      1         4 

1 

1  Some  of  the  "  clerks"  in  stores  probably  are  "salesmen.- 


POPULATION. 


101 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMAI,ES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OE  RACE. 

OF      PERSONS      16 
TEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

S2 

C3 

i 

i 

£ 
S 

"5 

>> 

o 

>> 

>> 

o 

d 

■d 

.a 

© 

-a 

5  o 

IS 

O 
O 

o 

CO 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

to 

2 

feb 

S 

S 

o 
1 

.g 

gS 

-SI 

CHRISTIANSTED— Continued. 


Males— Coutd. 

So 

18 

40 

13 

11 

3 

5 

74 

6 

62 

18 

3 

2 

10 

59 
16 

43 

4 

33 
3 

18 

3 

6 
4 

15 

2 

2 

7 

5 

1 
"'2 

1 

1 
"4 

11 

7 

58 
9 

20 

2 

1 
3 

12 

2 

56 
4 

21 

6 

3 

9 

18 

2 

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 

18 

Other  public  service  pursuits  . 
Professional  service 

1 
2 

2 

2 

2 

Muaieians   and   teachers    of 

14 

29 

41 

2 
5 

1 
1 

11 

9 
9 

3 

3 
12 

10 

1 

4 

9 

1 
3 

11 
1 

11 

9 

30 

3 

9 

10 

9 
12 

19 

4 
14 

7 

1 

1 

9 

Other    professional    service 

Domestic  and  personal 

1 

24 
17 

42 

5 

3 
3 

9 
2 

9 
3 
6 

1 
2 

8 

3 

11 

6 

..... 

332 

5 
4 

9 

1 
2 

2 
1 
1 

43 

1 

10 
6 

"'"4 

32 

17 
13 

16 

7 
3 

16 

7 

4 

5 

226 

2 

12 

7 

19 

2 
5 

15 

4 
5 

4 

1 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

Clerical  occupations 

1 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) 

Messenger,  errand,  and  ofHce 

boys 

18 

15 
9 

1,187 

3 

3 

2 

307 

5 

2 
2 

312 

5 
11 

927 

8 

9 
2 

633 

8 

2 
5 

197 

1 

1 
2 

188 

1 

Other  clerical  pursuits 

Females 

49 

144 

120 

Agriculture  and  animal 
husbandry 

245 

7 

20 

69 

65 

70 

14 

.... 

238 

7 



88 

60 

69 

21 

Farm  and  garden  laborers 

Other  agricultural  pursuits... 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

240 
5 

170 

7 

20 

69 

64 
1 

36 

67 
3 

71 

13 
1 

10 

5 

233 
5 

90 

7 

... 

88 

59 

1 

41 

68 
1 

10 

18 
3 

14 

39 

73 

2 

98 

21 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers... 
Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 
Other  manufacturing  pursuits 

Transportation 

49 

115 

6 

4 

131 

1 

1 

1 
16 

8 

29 

2 

2 

26 

12 
23 

1 

33 

25 

45 

1 

1 

48 

3 

6 
1 

7 

1 
4 

1 
5 

38 
48 
4 

1 

87 

10 
61 

2 

2 
39 

"2 

23 
72 
3 

3 

81 

17 

22 
2 

3 

7 

6 
14 
1 

1 

Trade 

18 

9 

22 

venders 

68 

16 

45 

2 

27 

1 

1 

8 
4 
14 

17 
6 
9 
1 

9 

36 
5 

7 

6 

5 

1 

.... 

.... 

2 
2 

12 

57 

7 
23 

11 

8 
20 

... 

31 
9 

40 

1 

25 

14 
2 
2 

9 

13 

Merchants  and  dealers 

5 

Saleswomen 

... 

15 

3 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

1 

Professional  service 

6 

6 

3 

12 

1 

1 

20 
7 

5 

1 

5 

1 

5 

4 

5 

1 

9 
3 

1 
2 

10 
2 

... 

19 
6 

-  -  •-  - 

1 

1 

Other    professional    service 
pursuits 

102 


THE   VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE.  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

OF       PERSONS      16 

YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

o 
o 

o 
o 
to 

i2 

I 
o 

o 

1 

«o 

o 

6 

6 

& 
o 
"A 

3 

a 
< 

1 

t-i 
ca 

d  S 

a  . 

CHRISTIANSTED— Continued. 


Females— Contd. 
Domestic  and  personal 

604 

40 

85 

165 

187 

115 

12 

7 

506 

91 

334 

76 

100 

')4 

62 
303 

22 
209 

8 
6 

'46 

2 

14 
9 
60 

13 
84 
6 
60 

2 

23 

131 

4 

27 

2 
2 

24 

66 

3 

20 

2 

1 

'"2 
2 

1 
2 
2 

2 

2 

56 
251 

14 
183 

2 
2 

5 
50 

6 
26 

4 
2 

... 

27 
164 

19 
123 

1 
4 

16 

49 

1 

7 

3 
1 

12 
61 

1 
26 

7 

oq 

1 

1? 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

4 

Clerical  occupations 

1 

2 

FREDERIKSTED. 


Males  

778 

24 

100 

204 

231 

191 

28 

50 

646 

81 

1 

342 

254 

139 

19 

AgriCTilture  and  animal 

262 

7 

22 

52 

84 

83 

14 

1 

255 

6 

105 

89 

55 

6 

19 
162 

80 

1 

244 

5 
41 
38 

11 
52 
19 

1 

47 

3 
10 

1 

8 

1 

5 

18 
161 
75 

1 

203 

.... 

5 

-.  . 

3 

62 
40 

11 

56 

21 

'    1 

82 

2 
37 
16 

3 

Fai-m  and  garden  laborers 

6 
1 

10 
12 

43 
9 

1 

9 

Other  agricultural  pursuits... 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

9 

40 

64 

76 

35 

1 

104 

43 

6 

Apprentices  to  trades 

17 
IS 
18 
61 
14 
11 

14 
12 
24 
55 

102 

8 

8 

7 

1 
4 
3 
19 
5 
4 

4 

2 

13 
16 
18 
56 
8 
11 

10 

8 

20 

43 

99 

2 
1 

... 

9 
9 
5 
28 
5 
2 

5 
7 

13 
21 

43 

4 
9 
26 
3 
4 

A 

3 

5 
10 
3 
2 

3 
7 
2 
12 

28 

.... 

.... 
6 

4 

4]        4 

s!      4 

Brick  and  stonemasons 

Car]>enters  and  Joiners 

Engineers  (stationary) 

Laborers,  sugar  factories 

Painters,  glaziers,  varnishers. 

'"i 
... 

1 

6 
3 

1 

1 

3 

11 

8 

5 
5 

... 

24 
6 
4 

4 

3 

3 

26 

28 

8 
3 
4 

3 
2 

8 

7 

28 

.... 

3 
4 
4 
11 

3 

"i 

■> 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers 

Tailors 

4 

U           7 

.... 

Other  manufacturing  pursuits 

9 

28 

17 
33 

1 
0 

Hostlers  and   stable   hands 

17 

10 

4S 

12 
15 

53 

i 

1 
1 
3 

1 
2 

10 

4 
4 
10 

5 
5 

15 

6 
3 
18 

4 
2 

15 

5 
2 

IG 

1 
4 

13 

1 
.... 

1 
1 

5 
'"4 

17 

8 

47 

12 
15 

37 

0 

5 

24 

1 

21 

5 
3 

6 

7 
2 
9 

e 
4 

19 

3 
3 
1-1 

5 
3 

10 

5 
1 
4 

1 

Laborers,  road  and  street 

Longshoremen  and  stevedores 
Sailors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States; 

Other  transporation  pursuits. 

Trade 

2 
1 

.... 

11 

— 

3 

Laborers,  porters,  and  help- 

13 
19 
12 
9 

2 

6 
3 
4 
2 

4 
6 
4 

1 

1 

10 

13 
9 

10 
5 

3 
12 
1 
3 

6 
2 
3 

A 

4 
4 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

2 

1 

>  Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses. 


POPULATION. 


103 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CON'dITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

MARITAL  CONDITION 
OF       PERSONS      19 
YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

c5 

S 

c3 

c3 

X) 

a 

08 

si 

a  . 

>, 

>, 

>. 

>> 

>. 

o  >• 

o 
o 

o 

CO 

o 

o 

o 

|i 

2 

S 

6 

t3 

H 

3 

_2 

a 

03 

o 

2 

c< 

n 

"4 

s 

I? 

z 

a 

<! 

CO 

a 

o 

FREDERIKSTED— Continued. 


Males — Contd. 
Public  service 


Policemen 

Soldiers,  sailors,  and  marines 

(United  States) 

Otlier  public  .service  pursuits. 

Professional  service 


Domestic  and  personal 
service 


Servants  and  waiters 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 
suits   


Clerical  occupations 

Bookkeepers,    cashiers,  and 

accountants 

Other  clerical  pursuits 


Females  . 


Agriculture  and  animal 
husbandry 


Farm  and  garden  laborers 

Other  agricultural  pursuits.. . 


Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers.. 
Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 
Other  manufacturing  pursuits 


Transportation. 


Trade. 


Hucksters,     peddlers,     and 

venders .' 

Merchants  and  dealers 

Saleswomen 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 


Professional  service. 


School-teachers 

Other    professional    service 
pursuits , 


21 


838 


137 


115 


38 


29 


221 


200 


140 
4 


55 


48 


133 


25 


34 


104 


THE  VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


Tablf.  44.-T0TAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE.  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES;    1917— Conlinuod. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

OF       PERSONS      18 

AGE  PEEIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

YE.iRS  OF  AGE  AND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCUPATION. 

M 

m 

•A 

M 

T3 

!>. 

"O 

e 

03 

C5 
Hi 

o 

C3 

H 

o 

o 

3 

O 
TO 
p 

o 

O 

«  c 

s 

o 

o 

a 

o 

o 

1^ 

M 

s 

lO 

t? 

S?; 

a 

< 

03 

K^l 

^ 

FREDERIKSTED— Continued. 


Females— Contd. 
Domestic  and  personal 
service      

447 

18 

63 
6 

141 

21 
2 

48 
5 
64 

1 
3 

117 

15 
6 

20 

98 

21 
2 

56 
3 

11 

5 

10 
2 

'5 
1 

1 

1 

3 
3 

390 

54 

5 
3 
21 

7 
13 

5 
1 

— 

288 

51 

12 
2 

31 
1 
4 

1 

50 

40 

Cooks ...           

65 
10 

191 
22 

149 

7 
3 

60 

4 

173 

15 
130 

2 
2 

32 

112 

19 

116 

2 
3 

12 
'"36 

S 

q 

Housekeepers  and  stewards. . 

1 

1 
1 
16 

12 

8 

37 

9:0 

Nurses ' 

1 

5 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

4 

Clerical  occupations  — 

CHARLOTTE  AMALIE. 


Males 

1,849 

54 

233 

615 

532 

361 

54 

400 

2 

1 

1 

29 

1,092 

8S 

23 

20 

30 

9 

408 

348 

9 

3 
2 
3 
1 

146 

9 
1 

857 

18 

4 
4 
8 
2 

253 

560 
45 

307 

28 

4 
7 

13 
4 

135 

71 

Agriculture  and  animal 

99 

27 
29 
33 
lOi 

644 

2 

14 

4 
4 
4 
2 

195 

40 

8 
11 
19 

2 

200 

39 

13 
11 
10 
5 

141 

4 

2 

1 

.... 

27 

n 

18 
15 
9 
3 

219 

I 

Farm  and  garden  laborers — 

2 

1 

3 

Other  agricultural  pursuits. . . 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

1 

9 

72 

28 

Apprentices  to  trades 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers.. . 
Blacksmiths 

21 
24 
35 
45 
147 
19 

135 

10 

44 
32 
35 
97 

330 

7 

1 

"i 

2 

11 
5 

0 
3 
11 

1 

11 

2 

4 

2 
6 
10 

19 

2 

7 
10 
13 
47 

9 

42 

6 

9 
14 

8 

28 

85 

1 

4 
10 
19 
53 

6 

39 

2 

18 
12 
12 
24 

130 

15 

20 
26 
39 
104 
7 

118 

9 

29 
25 
27 
49 

286 

6 
3 
6 
6 
42 
6 

17 

1 

13 

7 

7 

32 

34 

13 
6 
15 
12 
52 
5 

52 

5 

19 
19 
15 
40 

110 

"■'8 
13 
22 
58 
14 

34 

3 

10 

9 

11 

37 

94 

1 

7 
6 
11 
28 

7 
7 

10 

30 

3 

36 

1 
2 

'"e 

6 

1 

3 

.... 

6 

3 

1 

Brick  and  stone  masons 

Carpenters  and  joiners 

Engineers  (stationary) 

General   and    not    specified 
laborers 

'"9 

44 
2 

14 
2 
6 

14 

107 

4 

Other  laborers  in  manufac- 

Painters,  glaziers,  varnishers, 
and  enamelers 

10 
4 

7 
27 

90 

3 

'"2 

7 

4 

2 

"i 

15 
10 

1 

Shoemakers  and  cobblers 

Tailors 

2 
3 

Other  manufacturing  pursuits 

6 
17 

Boatmen..  .             

37 
21 
141 

22 

83 
26 

214 

7 
2 
42 
6 

21 

7 

52 

14 

9 

58 

8 

35 
6 

58 

15 
10 
31 

8 

20 
6 

37 

1 

■"3 

7 

3 

7 

26 

31 
20 
133 
18 

75 

9 

97 

6 

1 
8 
4 

5 
10 

91 

10 

6 
52 
6 

22 
14 

97 

17 

25 
6 

32 

7 

75 

8 
7 
54 
10 

24 

4 

16 

2 

1 

Longshoremen  and  stevedores 

" 

10 

Sailors  and  deck  hands  (ex- 
cept United  States) 

Other  transportation  piu^uits 

Trade 

2 

19 

5 

7 

41 

3 

1 

7 

Clerks  in  stores ' 

23 

18 
50 
112 

n 

2 
1 

4 

4 

8 

4 

7 

33 

6 

4 

22 

21 

5 

3 

2 
18 
12 

2 

3 

3 

.... 

2 

"ii 
11 

2 

11 

18 

10 

53 

5 

10 

"29 
48 
4 

... 

10 

7 

10 
68 

6 

7 
34 
21 

7 

4 

3 
1 

S 

1 

Laborers   porters,  and  help- 

5 

Salesmen 

15 
1 

31 
2 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

i 

1  Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses. 

*  Some  of  the  "clerks"  in  stores  probably  are  "salesmen." 


POPULATION". 


105 


Table  44.— TOTAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  ANT)  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CONDITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Concimicd. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

^OE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

OP       PERSONS      16 

YEARS  OF  AGE  AND 

Toial. 

OVER. 

SEX    AND    OCCUPATION. 

rr 

m 

m 

w 

m 

>> 

o 

s 

CO 

g 

§ 

■^-s 

o 
o 

O 

i 

o 

CO 

s 

o 

^1 
CS  > 

<o  o 

S 

•a 

ID 

C 

a 

T3 

y 
s 

1^ 

■o.S 

CHARLOTTE  AMALIE-Continued. 


Males— Contd. 

348 

64 

210 

48 

21 

5 

290 

42 

10 

6 

274 

5S 

11 

fi 

Guards,  watchmen,  and  door- 

18 

18 
20 

274 
IS 

57 

2 

8 
8 

190 
2 

20 

2 

8 
10 

21 
7 

18 

9 
2 

5 

18 

17 

1 

6 

7 
5 

255 
1 

34 

7 

11 
10 

18 
12 

19 

4 

1 

Officials  (Army,  Navy,  and 

2 
62 

18 

4 
3 

27 

2 

1 
6 

11 

6 

5 
..... 

2 

Soldiers,  .'^ailors.  and  marines 
(United  States) 

1 
9 

6 

4 

263 
9 

19 

1 

Other  public  service  pursuits. 
Professional  service 

■^ 

9 

2 

Musicians    and    teachers    of 

23 
34 

6S 

16 

7 
2 

14 

14 

6 

16 

2 
16 

12 

IS 
9 

53 

5 
6 

12 

2 

20 
14 

33 

2 
17 

13 

1 
1 

4 

Other  professional  service 

6 
9 

4 

1 

19 
1 

? 

Domestic  and  personal 

? 

43 
25 

89 

16 
6 

13 

1 

14 

9 

7 

23 

1 
11 

26 

3 

6 

18 

1 
2 

1 
23 

39 
14 

31 

3 
9 

35 

1 
1 

... 

20 
13 

38 

8 
17 

10 
3 

1,289 

4 
9 

37 

3 
1 

4 

..... 

2 

1 

213 
2 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 

? 

ClericaJ  occupations  — 

4 

Bookkeepers,   cashiers,   and 

25 
33 

24 
2,035 

6 

68 

3 
3 

6 
2 

199 

8 
10 

4 

1 

524 

6 
14 

4 
2 

614 

8 

6 
6 

4 
2 

501 

10 

2 

129 
1 

10 
10 

3 

37 
1 

3 

8 

IS 
2 

1,512 

12 
15 

3 

5 

483 
5 

3 

15 
13 

6 
3 

258 

•5 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) 
Messenger,  errand,  and  office 

2 

Other  derica  1  pursuits 

Females 

•^07 

Asricnlturc  and  animal 

19 

13 

7 

7 

3 

12 
357 

5 
3 

122 

7 
3 

110 

.... 
21 

.... 

9 

9 
4 

193 

3 

2 

155 

::. 

7 

233 

26 
176 

21 
10 

93 

3 
4 

54 

""2 
22 

? 

Other  agricultural  pursuits . . . 

Manufacturing  and  me- 
chanical industries . . . 

1 

1 

20 

83 

47 

Bakers  and  bakers'  helpers... 
Dressmakers  and  seamstresses 
General    and    not    specified 
laborers 

41 

268 

33 
15 

151 

1 

4 
11 

2 
3 

10 

4 
70 

4 
5 

53 

13 

88 

18 
3 

50 

17 
83 

7 
3 

34 

2 
16 

2 

1 

4 

1 

30 
125 

29 
9 

146 

11 
135 

3 
6 

5 

::. 

6 

45 

1 
2 

9 

3 
11 

7 
1 

38 

5 
36 

4 

Other  manufacturing  pursuits 
Transportation 

2 
11 

Longshoremen  and  stevedores 
Other  transportation  pursuits 

147 
4 

10 

50 
3 

'I 

34 

4 

145 

1 

2 
3 

... 

89 
4 

9 

38 


11 

106 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  44.-T0TAL  MALES  AND  FEMALES  10  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER  IN  SELECTED 
OCCUPATIONS,  CLASSIFIED  BY  AGE  PERIODS  AND  COLOR  OR  RACE,  AND  BY 
MARITAL  CON^DITION  FOR  PERSONS  16  YEARS  OF  AGE  AND  OVER,  FOR  ISLANDS 
AND  CITIES:    1917— Continued. 


MARITAL  CONDITION 

OF      PERSONS      18 

AGE  PERIODS. 

COLOR  OR  RACE. 

^-EARSOFAGKAND 

Total. 

OVER. 

SEX  AND  OCCXXPATION. 

i? 

m 

(3 

>% 

•§    . 

(rt 

03 

CJ 

03 

03 

«^ 

v 

O 

<B 

<D 

x)  ® 

P-, 

>, 

>. 

>, 

>, 

v:  (-1 

<p 

®  H 

o 

o 

o 

o 

3 

d 

■a 

o 

"So 
1 

03 

o  " 
O 

is  o 

o 

2 

« 

n 

^ 

^; 

s 

<; 

a 

^ 

CHARLOTTE  AMALIE— Continued. 


Females— Contd. 
Trade 

250 

2 

10 

32 
16 

68 

90 

42 

36 
6 

8 

1 
5 
2 

170 

71 

33 
6 

29 
3 

21 

1 

'"i 

136 

45 

13 

54 

Hucksters,     peddler?,     and 
Tenders..                 

186 

20 

41 

3 

43 

57 
3 

i 

16 

77 

11 

1 

1 

7 

152 
9 
9 

91 
6 

36 
3 

39 

38 
5 

12 
1 

45 

8 

Saleswomen 

2 

15 
1 

10 

16 
9 

1 

Other  pursuits  in  trade 

Professional  service 

1 

9 

13 

3 

1 

42 

1 

1,205 

... 

10 

9 

15 
1 

348 

7 

1 

9 

13 

20 

1 

221 

2 

38 
1 

772 

3 

1 

Other     professional    service 
pursuits 

Domestic  and  personal 

65 

143 

340 

249 

60 

8 

974 

140 

137 

91 

Cooks 

152 

616 

39 

385 

13 
10 

"3 

2 
60 

9 

29 

4 

101 

55 

138 

9 

135 

3 

7 

38 

248 

7 

51 

4 
2 

41 

166 

11 

28 

3 
1 

9 
32 

6 
10 

3 

3 

2 

125 

502 

18 

324 

5 
3 

27 

111 

18 

61 

4 
5 

"2 

98 
306 

32 
271 

5 
9 

19 

102 

2 

14 

3 

22 
84 
2 
29 

1 

13 

Laundres.ses 

61 

Nurses  ' 

1 

Servants  and  waiters 

Other  domestic  service  pur- 
suits   

11 
5 

Clerical  occupations . . . . 

I  Includes  trained,  practical,  and  children's  nurses.       ^ 
WAGES    AND   HOURS    OF    LABOR. 

At  the  census  of  the  Vu-gin  Islands  in  1917  no  attempt  was  made 
to  take  a  general  and  complete  census  of  the  wages  and  hours  of 
labor  of  all  employees  engaged  in  gainful  occupations.  The  purpose 
was  merely  to  secure  a  sufficient  number  of  returns  of  the  wages 
received  and  the  hours  worked  by  employees  in  a  number  of  repre- 
sentative occupations  to  show  the  prevailing  rates  of  wages  and  hours 
of  labor  in  these  representative  occupations  and  to  indicate  the 
probable  prevailing  wages  and  hours  in  other  similar  occupations. 

The  enumerators  were  instructed  to  secure  the  information  as  to 
the  wages  and  hours  of  labor  of  employees  from  the  employers  them- 
selves if  possible,  and,  in  cases  where  this  was  not  possible,  to  secure 
it  from  some  other  responsible  person,  as  the  manager  or  the  foreman. 
In  each  of  the  three  cities  the  wages  and  hours  of  labor  schedules  were 
secured  by  special  enumerators;  in  the  rural  districts  they  were 
secured  by  the  regular  population  enumerators.  A  total  of  306  sched- 
ules was  secured.     Some  of  the  retm-ns,  however,  were  not  tabulated 


POPULATION.  107 

because  incomplete,  and  some  were  not  tabulated  because  the 
number  of  employees  was  considered  too  small  to  be  representative 
of  the  total  number  in  the  particular  occupations.  The  returns  for 
2,037  employees  were  tabulated,  and  the  statistics  are  presented  in 
Table  45,  which  shows  the  wages  received,  the  hoiu-s  worked  per  day, 
and  the  days  worked  per  year  by  employees  working  in  28  specified 
occupations  m  1917. 

The  majority  of  the  laundresses  and  most  of  the  cooks  and  servants 
and  waiters  received,  in  addition  to  the  money  wages  reported  for 
them,  board,  or  both  board  and  lodging.  Likewise,  each  farm 
laborer  living  and  worldng  on  an  estate  or  plantation  usually  received, 
in  addition  to  the  money  wages  here  reported,  a  room — commonly 
valued  at  five  cents  a  day — and,  especially  on  the  island  of  St.  Croix, 
a  garden  plot  of  not  less  than  one-tenth  of  an  acre  of  land.  On  some 
estates  laborers  who  both  worked  and  lived  there  were  also  allowed  to 
keep  farm  animals.  In  lieu  of  these  privileges  granted  laborers  who 
both  worked  and  lived  on  the  estate,  laborers  working  but  not  living 
on  the  estate  usually  were  paid  five  cents  a  day  higher  wages  than 
the  estate  laborers  of  the  same  class. 

Occasionally  an  employee  in  some  occupation  other  than  those 
mentioned  in  the  preceding  paragraph  also  received  board,  or  both 
board  and  lodging,  in  addition  to  money  wages.  In  each  such  case, 
when  the  value  of  the  board  or  of  the  board  and  lodging,  as  estimated 
by  the  employer,  was  returned  by  the  enumerator,  this  value  was 
added  to  and  reported  with  the  money  wages.  However,  in  some  of 
the  cases  in  which  employees  received  board,  or  both  board  and  lodg- 
ing, in  addition  to  money  wages,  its  value  was  not  returned  by  the 
enumerators.  It  is  probable,  also,  that  in  other  cases  no  return  was 
made  by  the  enumerators  of  the  fact  that  the  employees  received 
board,  or  both  board  and  lodging,  in  addition  to  their  money  wages. 

In  some  cases  the  number  of  employees  returned  on  the  wages  and 
hours  of  labor  schedule  as  engaged  in  a  particular  occupation  exceeded 
the  number  returned  on  the  general  population  schedule.  Such 
excess,  where  it  occurs,  usually  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the 
information  returned  on  the  wages  and  hours  of  labor  schedule  was 
secured,  wherever  possible,  from  the  employers  at  their  respective 
places  of  business,  while  the  information  returned  on  the  general 
population  schedule  was  secured  from  the  different  individuals 
enumerated,  or  from  persons  found  at  their  respective  homes  by  the 
enumerators  in  their  house-to-house  visitation.  In  some  cases  the 
information  as  to  wages  and  hours  of  labor  given  by  employers  was 
from  their  book  records;  and,  in  the  case  of  the  sugar  factories,  the 
information  apparently  was  for  the  operating  season  of  1917  and  not 
for  the  census  date,  November  1,  1917.  This  explains  the  compara- 
tively large  number  of  stationary  engineers  and  laborers  in  sugar 
factories  reported  in  the  wages  and  hours  of  labor  table. 


108 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  45.— WAGES  RECEIVED,  HOURS  WORKED  PER  DAY,  AND  DAYS  WORKED  PER 
YEAR,  BY  EMPLOYEES  IN  EACH  SPECIFIED  OCCUPATION:  1917. 

(In  the  case  of  each  oc<;upation  the  sex  or  the  workers  is  male  unless  otherwise  specified.] 


KATES    OF   WAGES    AND 
HOURS   AND   l>ArS  OF 
LABOR. 

a    ■ 
win 

& 
a 

•a 

a 

-«§ 
to  .2 
.2 

1.. 

c3 

.s  S 

la 

li 

o 

o 

o  ^ 

si 

So 

Eg 

PC4 

M 
^■^ 

o 
o 

O 

a  ° 

fel- 

a  ^ 

O 

1-, 

o 

a 

'U  0:1 

S 

i 

i 
1 

Total  V,  orking 
by  week  or 
rriojith 

31 

12 

14 

25 

13 

58 

36 

22 

12 

130 

118 

Dollars  per  ,ceek. 
Total 

22 

11 

10 

20 

7 

32 

6 

15 

8 

32 

9 

Hnder  1 

6 

7 

3 

1  to  1  24 

3 
1 

1 
3 
2 

1 

1  25  to  1  49                   ... 

2 

1  50  to  1  74 

2 
1 

1 

2 

1  75  to  1  PO 

3 
6 
4 

2 

2  00  to  2  2^1          .       ... 

1 

2 

2 

3 

2  25  to  2  49 

1 

2  50  to  2  74 

2 

1 

1 

2 

1 

10 

2.75  to  299 

1 

1 

3.00  to  3.24 

1 
G 
3 

1 

2 

4 

1 

3  25  to  3  49 

3.50  to  3. 74 

1 

2 

13 

1 

4 

1 

2 

3  75  to  3  99 

4.00  to  4  24 

1 
1 

1 

2 

1 
6 

3 

i 
1 
1 

1 

4 

4  50  to  4  74                          i              1 

1 
2 

3 

5  00  to  5  24                     -1 

2 
1 
1 
1 

5.50  to  5. 74 ' 

5  75  to  5  99                          ' 

1 

6  00  to  G  24          .       ..!..-. 

2 

1 

4 

2 

7  25  to  7  49 

1 

7  50  to  7  74 

2 

1 
1 

1 

7  75  to  7  99 

8  00  to  8  24 

1 

1 

4 

8  00  to  9  24          .         ... 

Dollars  per  month. 
Total 

9 

1 

5 

6 

26 

30 

7 

4 

98 

109 

Under  5       

3 

3 
1 
1 

2 

6 
8 
1 
1 

4 
3 
3 
3 
5 

9 

5 

1 

13 

6                    ... 

1 

11 

7                   

6 

8 

1 

15 

9                    

8 

10 

2 

3 

10 

20 

11 

5 

12 

1 

1 

2 

5 
1 
1 

9 

1 

2 

9 
1 
7 
8 
7 
8 
9 
7 
6 
5 
2 
1 

4 

13     

14 

1 

15 

1 

2 

1 
1 
1 

4' 

5 

16  to  19.99 

1 
1 
1 

4 

20  to  24. 99 

1 

1 

2 

6 

1 

5 

25  to  29  99 

1 

30  to  39  99       

2 

1 
2 

1 

1 

1 

40  to  49  ')9 

1 

$0  to  59  99 

60  to  69  99 

1 

70  to  79.99 

POPULATION. 


109 


Table  4S.-WAGES  RECEIVED,  HOURS  WOilKKD  PER  DAY,  AND  DAYS  WORKED  PER 
YEAR,  BY  EMPLOYEES  IN  EACH  SPEtlFIED  OCCUPATION:  1917— Continued. 

[In  the  case  of  each  occupation  the  sex  of  the  workers  is  male  unless  otherwise  specified.] 


RATES   OF  -WAGES    AND 
HOURS  AND  DATS    OF 
LABOR. 

o 
a  M 

—   (B 

»•" 

p. 
o. 
■< 

CI 
03 

s>| 

fc: 
o 

2 
.9fe 

.11 

li 

a 

gi 

a 

«  P. 

il 

§ 
o 

ti 
il 

X!  <D 

as} 

05  >, 

•-S 
So 

1-1 

-at) 
a  S 

a 
® 

a 
M 

w 

a 
0 

"3 

03 

Hours  per  day. 
Total 

31 

12 

14 

25 

13 

58 

36 

22 

12 

130 

118 

4  and  under  5 

2 

3 
2 

1 

2 

6  and  under  7 

1 

3 

1 

2 
8 
6 

4 
2 
2 

1 
6 
32 
62 
5 
9 
5 
10 

2 

15 
11 

10 

i" 

10 
4 

2 
IS 
2 
1 
2 

2 
3 
4 

4' 

7 
21 
18 
3 
1 
4 
3 

12 

7 
9 
2 



30 

9  and  under  10 

41 

11  and  under  12 

18 

12  and  under  13 

1 

1 

13  and  under  14 

15  and  under  16 

1 

3 

Hours  not  stated 

12 

Days  per  year. 
Total 

31 

12 

14 

25 

13 

58 

36 

22 

130 

118 

ISO  to  174 

1 

1 

1 

250  to  274 

2 

1 

275  to  299   

ie 

15 

■■■■-■ 

5 
9 

17 

36 

2 

2 

11 
9 
1 

14 

10 
5 
2 
5 

2 

4' 

6 

79 
46 
5 

35 

300  to  324 

11 

3 

80 

325  to  349 

350  to  365 

2 

12 

10 

3 

110 


THE  VIRGIK   ISLANDS. 


Table 45 WAGES  RECEIVED,  HOURS  WORKED  PER  DAY,  AND  DAYS  WORKED  PER 

YEAR,  B  Y  EMPLOYEES  IN  EACH  SPECIFIED  OCCUPATION:    1917— Continued. 

[In  the  case  of  each  occupation  the  sex  of  the  workers  is  male  unless  oth  erwise  specified.] 


KATES  OF  WAGES    AND 
HOURS  AND  DAYS  OF 

Bakers 

and 
bakers' 
helpers. 

i. 

1 

3 

O  «  3 

ogS 

m 

11 

5 

O 

O 

2^ 

"3 
S 

1 

O 

a 

o 
"o 

1 

a 
1 

PL, 

Serv- 
ants 
and 
waiters. 

LABOR. 

"a 

a 

[14 

6 

03 

a 

1 
■3 

Dollars  per  month. 
Total 

24 

63 

10 

30 

44 

15 

29 

16 

17 

13 

17 

67 

10 

UnderS      

5 

37 
1 
6 

12 

4 
6 

7 
1 
4 

4 
1 
2 
1 
2 
1 

28 
10 
11 
2 
3 
4 
4 
1 

5 

6                         

1 

7  .               



8                               

1 

1 

1 

2 
2 

9                      

2 

10                                

2 

1 

1 

11                    

12 

2 

16 

2 
1 

1 

1 
1 

4 
1 
1 

13                    

14       

15                        

3 
2 
7 
3 



1 
3 
1 

2 

4 
1 

i' 

3 
1 

1 
1 

1 

16  to  19.99    

3 

1 

20  to  24  99                  .... 

1 

5 
2 
10 
5 
4 
2 
5 
2 
1 
4 

1 

1 
1 
6 
2 
2 

25  to  29  99    

30  to  39  99                    

1 

3 
9 

7 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

30 

10 
3 

40  to  49  99     

1 

60  to  69  99 

60  to  69  99     

70  to  79  99    

2 

80  to  89  99           

90  to  99  99    

100  to  109  99              

1 

110  to  119  99    

120  to  129.99 

1 

1 
1 

130  to  139  99       

1 

150  to  159  99    

170  to  179  99     

Hows  per  day. 
Total 

24 

63 

10 

44 

15 

29 

16 

17 

13 

17 

67 

10 

1 

1 
1 

12 

10 
10 
3 
19 
5 
3 

1 

1 

4 
4 

1 
2 
3 

2 

1 
5 
1 

11 
4 

IS 
S 
7 

7 

1 

4 

6 
9 
9 

1 

8 
13 
5 
2 

1 

1 
3 
7 

20 
1 

9 

1 
4 

3 
5 
3 
7 
1 

8 
1 

1 

""vi 

3 
2 
1 
1 
2 

7 

9, 

1 

2 
2 

5 

1 

3 

2 

•1 

8 

10 

1 

30 

9 
44 

Days  per  year. 
Total 

24 

63 

10 

15 

29 

16 

17 

13 

17 

67 

10 

100  to  124 

1 

125  to  149 

160  to  174 

2 

1 

175  to  199       

1 

1 

200  to  224  

"3 

3 

225  to  249            

4 

250  to  274, 

1 

1 
4 
2 

7" 

275  to  299 

1 
6 
2 
2 

12 

15 
2 

i' 

3 

20 
7 
6 
9 

3 
9 
2 
1 

i" 

1 

27 

7 
8 
2 

"""is' 

1 

1 

1 

14 

2 

5 

3 

55 

2 

300  to  324 

1 

26 

325  to  349 

350  to  366 

21 

32 

= 

= J 



POPULATION. 


Ill 


Table  45.— WAGES  RECEIVED,  HOURS  WORKED  PER  DAY  AND  DAYS  WORKED  PER 
YEAR,  BY  EMPLOYEES  IN  EACH  SPECIFIED  OCCUPATION:  1917— Continued. 

[In  the  case  of  each  occupation  the  sex  of  the  workers  is  male  unless  otherwise  specified.] 


RATES  OF    WAGES  AND 
HOURS  AND   DAYS  OF 

Black- 
smiths. 

Brick 

and 

stone 

masons. 

Carpen- 
ters. 

Engi- 
neers 
(station- 
ary). 

Farm  and  garden 
laborers. 

Farm 
watch- 
men. 

Labor- 
ers, 
susjar 

LABOR. 

Male. 

Female. 

facto- 
ries. 

Cents  per  day. 
Total 

19 

12 

13 

107 

529 

167 

11 

353 

10  to  14 

1 

7 

9 

2 

10 

5 

45 

9 

313 

111 

9 

3 

15  to  19 

1 
2 
8 
5 

20  to  24 

1 

i" 

1 

2.5  to  29 

1 

30  to  34 

1 

1 

1 
7 

10 
9 
2 
6 
2 
4 

17 
8 
8 
8 
7 
1 

1 

3.T  to  39 

8 

40  to  44 

59 
23 
39 
30 

9" 

64 

45  to  49 

1 

1 

27 

1 

1 

29 

55  to  59 

32 

60  to  64 

4 

114 

65  to  69. 

1 

70  to  74 . .            

1 
2 
3 

30 

75  to  "9 

1 
2 

21 

80  to  89.. 

i 

3 

10 

90  to  99 

1 

3 

100  to  109 

2 

2 

1 

2 

4 

110  to  119 

1 

120tol29 

3 

1 

130  to  139 

6 

140  to  149     . 

i 

3 
1 

3 

1 

2 

1 

150  to  174 

1 

4 

175  to  199   ..   . 

200  to  224 

1 
2 
3 
1 

225  to  249 

275  to  299 . .       .                   

325  to  349 

350  to  374 .. . 

1 
13 

Hours  per  day. 
Total 

19 

12 

107 

529 

167 

11 

353 

5  and  under  6 

1 

2 
22 
435 
28 

9 
30 

2 

529 

8  and  under  9    . 

1 
17 

3 
10 

3 

18 
77 

12 
154 

1 

1 

4 

9  and  under  10 

8 
4 

79 

10  and  under  11 

274 

12  and  under  13 

1 

1 

8 

107 

6 

Days  per  year. 
Total 

19 

12 

13 

167 

11 

353 

Under  100 

1 

2 
1 

2 
36 

2 
2 

9 

13 

180 

3 

17 

118 

39 

68 

30 

100  to  124..     . 

128 

125  to  149 

36 

150  to  174 

3 

1 

8 
32 

2 
127 

i* 

62 

175  to  199 

17 

200  to  224.     . 

225  to  249 

250  to  274 

4 
11 
3 

2 
3 
2 

3 
3 
4 

25 
1 
1 

26 

275  to  299 

1 

16 
1 
3 

8 

300  to  .324 

54 

325  to  349 

350  to  365 

1 

78 

11 

10 

Days  not  stated 

AGRICULTURE. 

INTRODUCTION. 

This  chapter  treats  of  the  agricultural  interests  of  the  Virgin 
Islands  and  is  a  summary  and  general  presentation  of  the  results  of 
the  first  census  of  agriculture  of  these  islands.  From  v^arious 
sources  it  has  been  gathered  that  agriculture  has  largely  been  neglected 
throughout  the  islands  for  a  number  of  years,  and  that  there  has 
been  retrogression  rather  than  progress.  During  the  existence  of 
slavery  on  the  islands  agriculture  was  the  principal  industry,  and 
practically  all  the  land  of  every  estate  was  devoted  to  the  growth  of 
sugar  cane.  With  the  abolition  of  slavery  and  the  increase  of  ship- 
ping labor  gradually  deserted  these  estates  and  centered  in  the  ports, 
chiefly  St.  Thomas,  as  farm  laborers  were  poorly  paid,  while  labor 
in  the  ports  was  paid  a  fairly  good  wage  for  that  class  of  work. 

A  complete  statement  is  given  concerning  the  area  and  value  of 
land  in  farms  and  the  value  of  other  property  devoted  to  agriculture 
November  1,  1917,  the  agi-icultural  operations  on  farms  for  the  year 
ending  October  31,  1917,  and  the  number  and  value  of  live  stock  in 
towns  November  1,  1917. 

Area  oj  enumeration. — The  area  of  enumeration  included  the  islands 
of  St.  Thomas,  St.  Croix,  and  St.  John. 

Schedules  and  metJiod  of  canvass. — ^A  general  farm  schedule  was 
designed  for  the  exclusive  purpose  of  collecting  data  relating  to 
farmers,  farm  land,  farm  property,  and  farm  products.  This  general 
schedule  contained  an  inquiry  designed  for  data  relating  to  live 
stock  not  on  farms.  Each  enumerator  was  supplied  with  a  book  of 
instructions  for  use  in  preparing  the  schedule. 

The  general  farm  schedule  was  carried  by  the  enumerators,  who 
also  had  the  duty  of  collecting  statistics  of  population.  An  enumera- 
tor who  carried  the  general  farm  schedule  personally  visited  each 
farm  and  this  same  schedule  was  used  by  enumerators  for  securing 
data  pertaining  to  live  stock  not  on  farms.  The  enumerators  visited 
the  persons  in  charge  of  inclosures,  etc.,  in  towns,  and  secured  from 
them  the  facts  desired. 

Definitions. — For  the  purpose  of  insuring  comparability,  and  for 
the  assistance  of  the  enumerators,  the  Bureau  of  the  Census  has 
adopted  and  each  of  the  enumerators  was  provided  with  certain 
definitions  and  instructions,  the  more  important  oi  which  are  essen- 
tially as  follows: 

60396°— 18 8  (113) 


114  THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 

Farm. — A  "farm,"  for  census  purposes,  is  the  land  under  the  personal  management 
of  a  single  individual  or  firm,  though  consisting  of  different  tracts,  used  for  raising  or 
producing  animals,  poultry,  and  agricultural  products,  and  operated  or  farmed  by 
his  labor,  the  labor  of  the  members  of  his  household,  or  by  hired  employees  working 
under  his  personal  direction.  If  an  individual  works  one  tract  of  land  as  a  hired 
manager  or  overseer  and  a  second  tract  of  which  he  is  owner  or  tenafit,  or  if  he  operates 
two  or  more  farms  for  different  individuals,  the  different  tracts  constitute  different 
farms.  In  all  other  cases  the  land  operated  by  a  given  individual  or  firm  constitutes 
a  single  farm,  no  matter  if  made  of  a  number  of  parcels  or  tracts.  In  rural  districts 
care  should  be  taken  to  secure  a  schedule  for  every  tract  of  land  having  an  occupant 
when  such  occupant  obtains  during  the  year  products  which  contribute  in  any  degree 
to  the  support  of  himself  or  family.  Public  institutions,  as  insane  hospitals,  reform 
schools,  etc.,  carrying  on  agricultural  openations,  are  to  be  considered  as  farms. 
Report  only  the  value  of  the  lands  and  buildings  used  for  agricultural  purposes  for 
such  institutions. 

FarTTi  land. — Farm  land  is  divided  into  (1)  improved  land,  (2)  woodland,  and  (3)  aJl 
other  unimproved  land.  Improved  land  includes  all  land  regularly  tilled  or  mowed, 
land  pastured  and  cropped  in  rotation,  land  lying  fallow,  land  in  gardens,  orchards, 
vineyards,  and  nurseries,  and  land  occupied  by  farm  buildings.  Woodland  includes 
all  land  covered  with  natural  or  planted  forest  trees,  which  produce,  or  later  may  pro- 
duce, firewood  or  other  forest  products.  All  other  unimproved  land  includes  brush 
land,  rough  or  stony  land,  swamp  land,  and  any  other  land  which  is  not  improved  or 
in  forest.  The  census  classification  of  farm  land  as  "improved  land,"  "woodland," 
and  "other  unimproved  land"  is  one  not  always  easy  for  the  farmers  or  enumerators 
to  make,  and  the  statistics  therefore  must  be  considered  at  best  only  a  close  approxi- 
mation. 

Clmses  of  farmers. — Farm  oumers  include  (1)  farmers  operating  their  own  land  only, 
and  (2)  those  operating  both  their  own  land  and  some  land  hired  from  others.  Mana- 
gers are  farmers  who  are  conducting  farm  operations  for  the  owner  for  wages  or  a  salary. 
Farm  tenants  are  farmers  who,  as  tenante,  renters,  or  croppers,  operate  hired  land 
only. 

Text  discusswn  of  tables. — The  general  aspects  of  the  statistics  pre- 
sented in  tabular  form  are  briefly  discussed  in  the  accompanying 
text.  This  explanatory  text  serves  the  purpose  of  calling  attention 
to  certain  important  results  of  the  census  inquiry.  It  is  not  in- 
tended that  this  text  shall  present  an  exhaustive  analysis  of  the 
statistics.  In  the  main,  therefore,  the  discussion  is  confined  to  the 
facts  disclosed  by  the  census  concerning  the  Virgm  Islands  as  a 
whole. 

Value  of  farm,  products. — In  the  tables  and  text  presented  in  this 
chapter  is  shown  the  value  of  crops  produced,  the  value  of  live  stock 
on  hand  at  the  date  of  the  enumeration,  and  of  certain  farm  products, 
but  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  compute  or  even  estimate  the  total 
value  of  farm  products. 

FARMS    AND    FARM    PROPERTY. 

Farm  data  for  ihe  islands:  1917. — Table  1,  which  follows,  sum- 
marizes for  the  Virgin  Islands — St.  Croix,  St.  John,  and  St.  Thomas — 
the  more  important  facts  relating  to  population  and  land  area,  the 


AGRICTJLTITKE. 


115 


number  and  acreage  of  farms,  and  the  total  value  and  average  value 
per  farm  of  all  farm  property  and  the  several  classes  thereof  in  1917. 


Table   1 

NUMBER,  AREA,  AND  VALUE  OF  FARMS. 

1917 

(Nov.  1). 

NUMBER,  AREA,  AND  VALUE  OF  FARMS. 

1917 

(Nov.  1). 

Population"  1917 

26, 051 

430 
84,781 
69,892 
.39,448 
30,444 

162.5 
91.7 
70.8 

82.4 
46.5 
35.9 

Value  of  farm  property: 

Total 

$3,706,911 

Land       

2,402  501 

Approximate  area  of  the  Islands  (acres). 

Buildins^s 

614,840 

Implements  and  macliinery . . . 
Domestic    animals,    poultry, 

106,549 

Unimproved  land  in  farms  (acres) 

A  vera  EC  acreat^e  per  farm: 

Allland      

582,921 

Average  value  per  farm: 
All  farm  projicrty 

8,621 

Land 

5,587 
1,430 

BuUdines 

I'er  cent  of  total  land  area  represented 
by- 

Implements  and  machinery... 

Domestic    animals*    poultry, 

and  bees 

248 
1,356 

Average  value  of  farm  land  per  acre . 

34.37 

Unimproved  land  in  farms 

The  population  of  the  islands  in  1917  was  26,051.  Of  this  number, 
14,590  persons  10  years  of  age  and  over  were  reported  as  gainfully 
occupied,  6,084,  or  41.6  per  cent,  being  engaged  in  agriculture 
and  animal  husbandry.  Tlie  total  area  of  land  in  farms  was  69,892 
acres,  which  was  82.4  per  cent  of  the  total  land  area.  The  improved 
land  in  farms  totaled  39,448  acres,  or  56.4  per  cent  of  all  land  in 
farms.  Tlie  average  farm  for  the  islands  comprises  162.5  acres,  of 
which  91.7  acres  are  improved  land.  The  percentage  of  improved 
land  in  the  smaller  farms  is  much  larger,  and  up  to  20  acres  averages 
over  85  per  cent  of  the  total;  while  of  those  having  1,000  acres  or 
more  less  than  50  per  cent  is  improved. 

The  value  of  farm  property  for  the  islands  amoimted  to  $3,706,911, 
including  the  value  of  land  and  buildings,  S3, 017, 341;  implements 
and  machinery,  $106,649;  and  the  value  of  live  stock,  $582,921. 
The  average  value  of  all  farm  property  per  farm  was  $8,621 ;  of  land 
and  buildings,  $7,017;  of  implements  and  machinery,  $248;  of  live 
stock,  $1,356;  and  the  average  value  of  farm  land  per  acre  was 
$34.37. 

The  total  area  of  the  islands  is  approximately  84,781  acres,  and 
the  land  in  farms  is  about  69,892  acres.  Of  the  acres  in  farms, 
49,206  are  reported  for  the  island  of  St.  Croix,  the  principal  agri- 
cultural island;  10,003  acres  are  reported  for  St.  John;  and  10,683 
acres  for  St.  Thomas.  The  island  of  St.  Croix,  because  of  its  physical 
nature,  leads  in  every  phase  of  agriculture.  Reference  to  Tables  15, 
16,  and  17  (pp.  128-130)  will  show  in  detail  a  comparison  of  the 
agricultural  data  collected  for  each  of  the  islands. 


116 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  2 


FARMS  OPERATED  BY — 


All  farmers. . 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 

White  farmers. 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 

Mixed  farmers. 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 

Negro  farmers. 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 


Number 
of  farms. 


430 


127 

56 

247 


All  land 
in  farms 
(acres). 


33, 890 
32,290 
3,712 


270 


41 

10 

219 


24, 823 
21,219 

1,826 


15,317 


6,948 

7,976 

393 


6,707 


2,119 
3,095 
1,493 


Improved 
land  in 
farms 

(acres). 


18,265 
18, 799 
2,384 


29, 895 


14,056 

14,474 
1,365 


5,995 


2,916 

2,782 
297 


3,558 


1,293 

1, 543 

722 


Valne  of 
land  and 
buildings. 


$3,017,341 


1,169,277 

1,704,935 

143, 129 


2,431,195 


983, 880 

1,352,385 

94, 930 


333, 795 


137, 565 

187, 620 

8,610 


252,351 


47,832 
164,930 
39,589 


Farm  tenure. — Table  2  shows,  for  white,  mixed,  and  Negro  farmers, 
and  for  the  total  of  all  farmers,  the  number  of  farms,  total  acres  and 
improved  acres  of  land  in  farms,  and  the  value  of  land  and  buildings. 
Each  color  classification  is  further  divided  according  to  tenancy  and 
the  detail  is  shown  for  owners,  managers,  and  tenants.  Of  the  430 
farms  reported,  127  are  shown  to  have  been  operated  by  owners,  56 
by  managers,  and  247  by  tenants.  Negro  farm  operators  numbered 
270,  of  which  219  were  tenants.  White  operators  show  the  largest 
number  of  owners  and  managers,  while  only  9  white  tenant  operators 
are  reported  for  the  three  islands.  Whiite  owners  occupied  24,823 
acres  of  farm  land,  of  which  14,056  acres  were  improved;  white 
managers  occupied  21,219  acres,  of  which  14,474  acres  were  improved; 
and  white  tenants  occupied  1,826  acres,  of  which  1,365  acres  were 
improved.  White  managers  occupy  the  largest  improved  acreage. 
The  value  of  the  land  and  buildings  on  farms  operated  by  managers 
amounted  to  $1,352,385,  which  was  44.8  per  cent  of  the  total  for  the 
islands. 

Negro  tenants  operated  the  largest  number  of  farms,  219  having 
been  reported  as  operating  farms  with  a  total  of  1,493  acres,  of  which 
only  722  acres  were  improved. 

The  mixed  farmers  operated  the  smallest  number  of  farms,  although 
the  total  and  improved  acreage  and  the  value  of  land  and  buildings 
was  in  excess  of  that  of  Negro  operators. 

Table  3  shows  the  per  cent  distribution  for  the  data  given  in  Table 
2,  together  with  the  per  cent  of  farm  land  improved  for  each  color 
and  tenure  group,  average  acres  per  farm  for  all  land  and  improved 
land,  and  the  average  value  of  land  and  buildings  per  fai*m  and 
per  acre. 


AGRICULTURE. 


117 


Table  3 

PER   CENT   OF   TOTAL. 

Per 
cent 
of 
farm 
land 
im- 
proved. 

AVERAGE  ACRES 
PER   FARM. 

AVERAGE  VALXHE  OF 
LAND  AND  BUILD- 
INGS. 

FARMS  OPERATED  BY— 

Num- 
ber of 
farms. 

All 
land 

in 
farms. 

Im 
proved 

land 

in 
farms. 

Value 

of 
land 
and 
build- 
ings. 

All 

land. 

Im- 
proved 
land. 

P«r  farm. 

Per 
acre. 

All  farmers 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

56.4 

162.5 

91.7 

$7,017 

S43. 17 

Owners 

29.5 
13.0 
57.5 

48.5 
46.2 
5.3 

46.3 
47.7 
6.0 

38.8 

56.5 

4.7 

53.9 
58.2 
64.2 

266.9 

576.6 

15.0 

143.8 

335.7 

9.7 

9,207 

30, 445 

579 

34.50 

Manajiers 

52.80 

Tenants 

38.56 

White  farmers 

23.7 

68.5 

75.8 

80.6 

62.5 

469.3 

293.1 

23,835 

50.79 

Owners 

13.7 
7.9 
2.1 

13.5 

35.5 

30.4 

2.6 

21.9 

35.6 

36.7 

3.5 

15.2 

32.6 
44.8 
3.1 

11.0 

56.6 
68.2 
74.8 

39.1 

420.7 
624.1 
202.9 

264.1 

238.2 
425.7 
151.7 

103.4 

16, 676 
39,776 
10,548 

5,755 

39.64 

Managers 

63.73 

Tenants 

51.99 

Mixed  farmers 

21.79 

Owners 

6.3 

2.8 
4.4 

62.8 

9.9 
11.4 
0.6 

9.6 

7.4 
7.0 
0.8 

9.0 

4.6 
6.2 
03 

8.4 

42.0 
34.9 
75.6 

63.0 

257.3 

664.7 
20.7 

24.8 

108.0 

231.  S 

15.6 

13.2 

5,095 

15,635 

453 

935 

19.80 

Managers 

23.52 

Tenants 

21.91 

Negro  farmers 

37.63 

Owners 

9.6 

2.3 

50.9 

3.0 
4.4 
2.2 

3.3 
3.9 
1.8 

1.6 
5.5 
1.3 

61.0 
49.9 
48.4 

51.7 

309.5 

6.8 

31.5 

154.3 

3.3 

1,167 

16,493 

181 

22.57 

Managers 

i6.29 

Tenants 

26.52 

Of  the  total  number  of  farms  reported,  29.5  per  cent  were  operated 
by  owners,  13  per  cent  by  managers,  and  57.5  per  cent  by  tenants. 
WTiite  owners  were  57.8  per  cent,  white  managers  33.3  percent,  and 
white  tenants  8.8  per  cent  of  the  total  white  farmers.  Mixed  owners, 
managers,  and  tenants  were  46.6  percent,  20.7  per  cent,  and  32.8  per 
cent,  respectively,  of  the  mixed  farmers.  Of  the  Negro  farmers, 
15.2  per  cent  were  owners,  3.7  per  cent  were  managers,  and  81.1  per 
cent  tenants.  The  Negro  farmers  show  the  smallest  percentage 
of  managers  and  the  largest  percentage  of  tenants. 

Of  the  total  land  in  farms,  48.5  per  cent  was  operated  by  owners, 
46.2  per  cent  by  managers,  and  5.3  per  cent  by  tenants.  Very  httle 
change  appears  in  the  per  cent  distribution  of  improved  land.  In 
the  distribution  of  value  of  land  and  buildings  the  largest  percentage, 
56.5  is  reported  for  managers,  38.8  per  cent  for  owners,  and  4.7  per 
cent  for  tenants. 

The  average  size  for  all  farms  was  162.5  acres,  of  which  91.7  acres 
were  improved.  The  three  tenure  groups  show  a  very  wide  differ- 
ence in  respect  of  average  size  of  farms.  Owned  farms  averaged 
266.9  acres,  farms  operated  by  managers  576.6  acres,  and  those 
operated  by  tenants  15  acres.  The  improved  acreage  was  distributed 
in  about  the  same  ratio. 

The  average  value  of  land  and  buildings  per  farm  and  per  acre  was 
$7,017  and  $43.17,  respectively.  0%vned  farms  reported  an  average 
value  for  land  and  buildings  of  $9,207  per  farm,  or  $34.50  per  acre. 


118  THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 

Farms  operated  by  managers  averaged  $30,445  per  farm,  or  $52.80 
per  acre.     Tenant  farms  averaged  $579  per  farm,  or  $38.56  per  acre. 

White  farmers,  representing  23.7  per  cent  of  the  total  farms  report- 
ing, operated  68.5  per  cent  of  all  land  in  farms  and  75.8  per  cent  of 
the  improved  land.  These  farms  with  the  improvements  represented 
80.5  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  land  and  buildings.  Of  the  total 
acreage  operated  by  white  farmers,  62.5  per  cent  was  improved  land; 
the  farms  averaged  469.3  acres,  of  which  293.1  acres  was  improved 
land.  The  average  value  of  land  and  buildings  was  $23,835  per  farm, 
or  $50.79  per  acre  of  farm  land. 

Of  the  total  farmers,  13.7  percent  were  white  owners,  representing 
35.5  per  cent  of  the  total  acreage  in  farms  and  35.6  per  cent  of  the 
improved  land.  The  value  of  land  and  buildings  in  this  class 
amounted  to  32.6  per  cent  of  the  total  value. 

White  managers,  although  representing  but  7.9  per  cent  of  the 
total  farmers,  operated  30.4  per  cent  of  all  farm  land  and  36.7 
per  cent  of  the  improved  land.  The  value  of  land  and  buildings  in 
this  class  was  44.8  per  cent  of  the  whole.  Of  the  total  area  of  farms 
operated  by  wliite  managers,  68.2  per  cent  was  improved  land.  The 
farms  averaged  624.1  acres,  of  which  425.7  acres  was  improved  land. 
Value  of  land  and  buildings  in  this  class  was  more  than  double  that 
of  an}^  other  class,  averaging  $39,776  per  farm,  or  $63.73  per  acre. 

White  tenants  formed  a  very  small  percentage  (2.1  per  cent)  of 
the  total  farmers,  and  occupied  but  2.6  per  cent  of  the  total  farm 
acreage,  and  3.5  per  cent  of  the  improved  acreage.  The  value  of  the 
land  and  buildings  occupied  by  white  tenants  averaged  $10,547  per 
farm,  or  $51.99  per  acre. 

Mixed  farmers  constituted  13.5  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
farmers.  Of  this  percentage,  6.3  per  cent  were  owners,  2.8  per 
cent  were  managers,  and  4.4  per  cent  were  tenants.  Mixed  farmers 
operated  21.9  per  cent  of  all  farm  land  and  15.2  per  cent  of  improved 
land.  The  value  of  land  and  buildings  represented  in  this  class  was 
but  11.1  per  cent  of  the  total.  The  average  acreage  per  farm  was 
264.1,  of  which  39.1  per  cent,  or  103.4  acres  per  farm,  was  improved 
land.  The  average  value  per  farm  of  the  land  and  buildings  for  mixed 
farmers  was  $5,755,  or  $21.79  per  acre. 

While  Negro  farmers  were  62.8  per  cent  of  the  total  number,  they 
operated  only  9.6  per  cent  of  the  total  area  in  farms  and  but  9  per 
cent  of  the  improved  land.  The  value  of  land  and  buildings  was 
8.4  per  cent  of  the  total.  These  farms  reported  53  per  cent  of  farm 
land  improved.  The  average  acreage  per  farm  was  24.8  acres,  of 
which  13.2  acres  was  improved  land.  The  average  value  per  farm 
was  $935,  or  $37.63  per  acre.  Negro  tenants  occupied  50.9  per  cent 
of  all  farms,  thus  forming  the  largest  tenure  class.  These  farms, 
however,  were  but  2.2  per  cent  of  the  total  acreage  and  1.8  per  cent 


AGRICULTURE. 


119 


of  the  improved  acreage.  The  value  of  the  land  and  buildings  occu- 
pied by  Negro  tenants  was  but  1.3  per  cent  of  the  total.  Farms  occu- 
pied by  Negro  tenants  averaged  only  6,8  acres,  of  which  3.3  acres, 
or  48.4  per  cent,  was  improved  land.  The  average  value  of  land  and 
buildings  per  farm  was  $181,  or  S26.52  per  acre. 

Farms  by  size  groufs. — In  Table  4  is  shown  the  number  of  farms, 
in  size  groups,  from  imder  5  acres  per  farm  to  1,000  acres  and  over 
per  farm.  The  largest  number  of  farms  appears  in  the  group  of  imder 
5  acres,  where  219  of  the  total  of  430  farms  are  reported.  Above  this 
size  the  number  of  farms  is  fairly  uniform  until  the  size  175  to  499 
acres  is  reached;  here  the  number  increased  to  65  farms,  and  from 
these  decreases  imtil  only  16  farms  of  1,000  acres  or  over  are  reported. 
The  largest  acreage  of  all  lands  in  farms  is  reported  in  the  size  1,000 
acres  and  over;  the  largest  improved  acreage  is  in  the  size  175  to 
499  acres ;  and  the  greatest  value  for  land  and  buildings  is  reported 
in  the  size  500  to  999  acres. 


Table  4 

SIZE  GROUP. 

Num- 
ber of 
farms. 

All  land 
in  farms 

(acres). 

Improved 

land 
in  farms 
(acres). 

Value  of 
land  and 
buildings. 

Total                             

430 

69, 892 

39,448 

$3,017,341 

219 
30 
19 
18 
19 
17 
65 
27 
16 

492 

192 

251 

610 

1,309 

2,468 

21,084 

18, 767 

24,719 

480 

172 

215 

503 

763 

1,801 

13,388 

10,260 

11,866 

32,584 

13, 912 

10  to  19  acres                  

21,020 

20  to  49  acres 

64,785 

50  to  99  acres     .          

57,930 

100  to  1 74  acres 

154,525 

175  to  499  acres 

917, 815 

500  to  999  acres     .             

972, 370 

1,000  acres  and  over 

782,400 

Table  5  gives  per  cent  distribution  of  size  groups  based  on  the  figures 
shown  in  Table  4,  and  in  addition  there  is  shown  for  the  total  and 
for  each  of  nine  size  groups  the  per  cent  of  improved  farm  land,  the 
average  acres  per  farm  of  all  land  and  improved  land  and  the  average 
value  of  land  and  buildings  per  farm  and  per  acre.  It  is  noted  that 
the  farms  of  under  5  acres  constitute  50.9  per  cent  of  the  total  num- 
ber of  farms  reporting,  but  these  farms  form  only  0.7  per  cent  of  the 
total  farm  acreage,  and  only  1.2  per  cent  of  the  improved  acreage. 
The  value  of  land  and  buildings  in  this  size  amounted  to  but  1.1  per 
cent  of  the  total.  The  per  cent  of  improved  land,  97.6  per  cent,  is 
the  largest  reported.  The  average  acres  of  all  land  per  farm  and  the 
average  acres  of  improved  land  per  farm  were  represented  by  the 
same  figures,  2.2  acres.  The  average  value  of  land  and  buildings  per 
farm  was  $149,  and  the  average  value  per  acre  was  $66.23.  The 
next  largest  percentage  of  farms  occurred  in  the  size  175  to  499  acres — 
15.1  per  cent  of  the  total.  Other  sizes  ranged  from  3.7  per  cent  for 
the  farms  of  1,000  acres  and  over  to  7  per  cent  for  the  size  5  to  9 
acres. 


120 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Of  all  land  in  farms,  the  largest  percentage — 35.4  per  cent — was 
in  the  size  1,000  acres  and  over;  the  next  largest,  30.2  per  cent,  was 
in  the  size  175  to  499  acres;  while  the  size  5  to  9  acres  and  the  size 
10  to  19  acres  each  amounted  to  0.3  per  cent  of  the  total.  Each  size 
classification  reported  a  larger  percentage  of  the  total  improved  land 
than  of  all  land,  except  the  size  50  to  99  acres,  in  which  the  percentage 
(1.9  per  cent)  was  the  same,  and  the  size  500  to  999  acres  and  the  size 
1,000  acres  and  over,  where  in  each  case  the  land  in  farms  formed  a 
larger  percentage  of  the  total  than  did  the  unproved  land.  The 
value  of  the  land  and  buildings  in  the  size  500  to  999  acres  was  32.2 
per  cent  of  the  total  for  all  farms;  for  the  size  175  to  499  acres  30.4 
per  cent,  and  for  the  size  1,000  acres  and  over  26  per  cent,  while  the 
smaller-sized  farms  ranged  from  0.5  per  cent  for  the  size  5  to  9  acres 
to  5.1  per  cent  for  the  size  100  to  174  acres. 


Table  5 

PER  CENT  OF  TOTAL. 

Per 
ceat  of 

farm 

land 

im- 
proved. 

ATEP.AGE  ACEES 
PER  FARM. 

AVERAGE  VALUE  OP 
LAND  ANT)  BUILD- 
INGS. 

SIZE  GROUP. 

Num- 
ber of 
farms. 

All 

land 

in 

farms. 

Im- 
proved 

land 

in 
farms. 

Value 
of  land 
and 
build- 
ings. 

All 

land. 

Im- 
proved 
land. 

Per  farm. 

Per 
acre. 

Total 

100.0 

7.0 
4.4 
4.2 
4.4 
4.0 
15.1 
6.3 
3.7 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

56.4 

162.5 

91.7 

$7,017 

S43. 17 

Under  5  acres 

0.7 

0.3 

0.3 

0.9 

1.9 

3.5 

30.2 

26.8 

35.4 

1.2 

0.4 

0.6 

1.3 

1.9 

4.6 

33.9 

26.0 

30.1 

1.1 

0.5 

0.7 

2.2 

1.9 

5.1 

30.4 

32.2 

25.9 

97.6 
89.6 
85.7 
82.5 
58.3 
73.0 
63.5 
54.7 
48.0 

2.2 

6.4 

13.2 

33.9 

68.9 

145.  2 

324.4 

695.1 

1,544.9 

2.2 

5.7 
11.3 

27.9 
40.2 
105.9 
206.0 
380.0 
741.6 

149 

464 
1,106 
3,599 
3,049 
9,090 
14.120 
30;  014 
48,900 

66.23 

6  to  9  acres 

72.46 

10  to  19  acres 

83.75 

20  to  49  acres 

106.  20 

50  to  99  acres 

44.26 

100  to  174  acres 

62.61 

175  to  499  acres 

43. 53 

500  to  999  acres 

51.81 

1,000  acres  and  over 

31.65 

The  percentage  of  farm  land  improved  for  all  farms  reporting  was 
56.4  per  cent;  for  the  farms  under  5  acres  the  percentage  was  97.6, 
the  percentage  decreasing  as  the  size  of  farms  increases,  until  farms 
of  1,000  acres  and  over  show  only  48  per  cent  improved  land.  The 
average  acres  of  all  land  per  farm  naturally  increase  with  the  size 
classification  from  2.2  acres  for  the  size  under  5  acres  to  1,544.9 
acres  for  the  size  1,000  acres  and  over.  The  improved  acres  also 
maintain  a  general  increase  from  the  smallest  to  the  largest  size. 

The  average  value  of  land  and  buildings  per  farm  was  $7,017. 
For  the  size  under  5  acres  the  average  was  $149,  showing  a  general 
increase  to  the  size  1,000  acres  and  over,  where  the  average  value 
per  farm  was  $48,900. 

The  average  value  of  land  and  buildings  per  acre  for  all  farms  was 
$43.17.  The  lowest  average  value  per  acre,  $31.65,  was  reported  for 
farms  of  1,000  acres  and  over,  and  the  highest  average  value  per  acre, 
$106.20,  for  farms  of  the  size  20  to  49  acres. 


AGRICULTURE. 


121 


LIVE    STOCK    ON    FARMS    AND    ELSEWHERE. 

TTie  census  of  agriculture  deals  generally  only  with  farms,  farm 
property,  and  farm  activities;  but  in  the  case  of  live  stock  it  includes 
also  live  stock  not  on  farms.  In  this  section  statistics  of  hve  stock 
on  farms  are  first  presented  and  foUowmg,  in  more  condensed  form, 
statistics  of  live  stock  not  on  farms  together  with  the  total  for  those 
on  farms  and  elsewhere. 

The  term  "live  stock"  as  used  by  the  Census  Bureau  comprises 
(1)  the  common  domestic  farm  animals  (cattle,  horses,  mules,  asses, 
and  burros,  swine,  sheep,  and  goats),  (2)  poultry,  and  (3)  bees. 

No  attempt  was  made  to  collect  statistics  of  domestic  animals  by 
the  usual  age  and  sex  classifications,  or  of  poultry  by  the  various 
classes. 

It  is  obvious  that  in  the  consideration  of  live  stock  as  a  whole,  or 
even  of  the  more  limited  group,  "domestic  animals,"  no  combmation 
of  the  numbere  of  the  different  classes  into  one  total  would  have  any 
significance. 

Live  stock  on  farms. — Table  6,  which  follows,  summarizes  the  sta- 
tistics of  domestic  animals,  poultry,  and  bees  on  farms  for  the  Virgin 
Islands,  reported  as  of  November  1,  1917. 


Table  6 


Total 

Cattle 

Horses 

Mules 

Asses  and  burros 

Swine 

Sheep 

Goats 

Poultry 

Bees  (colonies) . . 


FAKMS    REPOETING. 


Number. 


Per  cent 
of  all 
(arms. 


381  j 


88.6 


166 
275 
138 
244 
140 
32 
142 
163 
2 


38.6 
64.0 
32.1 
56.7 
32.6 

7.4 
33.0 
37.9 

0.5 


NUMBER  KUT)   VALDD. 


Number. 


12, 187 
1,872 
1,568 
748 
2,145 
1,046 
1,584 
6,137 
41 


Value. 


S582,921 

335,688 

89,548 

121,095 

13,719 

11,414 

4,920 

3,360 

2,976 

201 


Average 
value. 


$27.54 
47.84 
77.23 
18.34 
5.32 
4.70 
2.12 
0.48 
4.90 


The  total  value  of  hve  stock  on  farms  in  1917,  including  domestic 
animals,  poultry,  and  bees,  was  $582,921.  Domestic  animals  alone 
were  valued  at  $579,744.  Of  the  total  value  of  hve  stock,  cattle 
represented  57.6  per  cent,  mules  20.8  per  cent,  horses  15.4  per  cent, 
asses  and  burros  2.4  per  cent,  and  swine  2  per  cent,  the  other  classes 
forming  an  insignificant  percentage  of  the  total. 

Of  the  total  number  of  farms  enumerated  381,  or  88.6  per  cent, 
reported  hve  stock  of  some  kind,  the  number  without  any  hve  stock 
being  49. 

Cattle  were  reported  by  38.6  per  cent  of  aU  the  farms  in  the  Virgin 
Islands.  The  average  value  of  cattle  was  reported  at  $27.54,  and 
an  average  of  73  cattle  to  every  farm  was  reported. 


122 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLAin>S. 


Of  all  the  farms  in  the  Virgin  Islands  64  per  cent  reported  horses. 
The  farms  reporting  showed  an  average  of  seven  per  farm  and  were 
reported  at  an  average  value  of  S47.84.  Mules  were  reported  on  32.1 
per  cent  of  all  farms  at  an  average  value  of  $77.23  and  an  average  of 
about  11  mules  to  each  farm  reporting.  Asses  and  burros  v/ere 
reported  by  56.7  per  cent  of  all  farms  in  the  islands  and  showed  an 
average  of  about  three  to  a  farm  reporting  with  an  average  value  of 
$18.34  per  animal. 

Of  all  farms,  32.6  per  cent  reported  swine,  an  average  of  15  per 
farm,  and  an  average  value  of  $5.32.  Sheep  and  lambs  were 
reported  from  only  32  farms,  or  only  7.4  per  cent  of  all  the  farms  in 
the  Virgin  Islands.  The  average  flock  was  about  33  sheep.  Goats 
were  reported  from  142  farms,  or  33  per  cent  of  all  farms  in  the  three 
islands.  Of  the  total  number  of  farms  enumerated  163,  or  37.9  per 
cent,  reported  poultry  of  some  kind.     Only  two  farms  reported  bees. 

Table  7  shows  statistics  with  regard  to  the  value  of  the  three  main 
classes  of  live  stock  on  farms,  classified  according  to  the  color  and 
tenure  of  the  operator. 


Table  7 


CLASS  OF  OPERATOR. 


All  farmers . 

Owners 

Hanagers 

Tenants 

White  farmers 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 

Mixed  farmers 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 

Negro  farmers. 

Owners 

Managers 

Tenants 


VALUE  OF  LIVE  STOCK  ON  FARMS. 


Total. 


$582, 921 


230, 705 
318, 897 
33, 319 


438,612 


179, 150 

239, 619 

19,843 


85,762 


40,857 
41,595 
3,310 


10, 698 
37,683 
10, 166 


Domestic 
animals. 


J579, 744 


229,  703 
316,847 
33, 194 


435, 950 


178, 305 

237, 847 

19, 798 


85,479 


40,742 
41,447 
3,290 


58, 315 


10, 656 
37,553 
10,106 


Poultry. 


$2, 976 


1,002 

1,850 

124 


2,462 


845 

1,572 

45 


282 


115 

148 

19 


42 
130 
60 


Bees. 


$201 


200 
1 


200 


The  value  of  all  live  stock  reported  by  white  farmers,  $438,612, 
comprised  75.2  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  all  live  stock  reported  in 
the  Virgin  Islands;  that  of  mixed  farmers,  $85,762,  or  14.7  per  cent; 
and  that  of  Negro  farmers,  $58,547,  or  10  per  cent. 

Over  one-half  (54.7  per  cent)  of  the  value  of  live  stock  was  on  farms 
operated  by  managers;  almost  two-fifths  (39.6  per  cent)  on  farms 
operated  by  owners,  while  only  a  little  more  than  one-twentieth 
(5.7  per  cent)  was  on  farms  operated  by  tenants. 


AGEICULrURE, 


12'3 


Live  stock  not  on  iarms. — ^Most  of  the  live  stock  not  on  farms  is  found 
in  bams  and  inclosures  in  towns,  and  consists  of  animals  kept  more  or 
less  permanently,  such  as  draft  animals,  dairy  cows,  and  poultry. 
Statistics  for  such  live  stock  are  found  in  Table  8,  which  follows. 


Tattle  8 


Total 

Cattle 

Horses 

Mules 

Asses  and  burros 

Swine 

Sheep 

Goats 

Poultry 

Bees  (colonies) . . 


Number 
of  inclos- 
ures re- 
porting. 


2,063 


55 
190 

28 
177 

82 

14 

218 

1,821 

4 


Number. 


134 
257 

32 
226 
184 

50 

675 

7,829 

154 


Value. 


$24,962 


3,005 

12,849 

1,306 

2,415 

512 

173 

1,209 

3,303 

190 


Average 
value. 


$22.42 
50.00 
40.81 
10.69 
2.78 
3.46 
1.79 
0.42 
1.23 


Horses  are  by  far  the  most  important  class  of  animals  not  on  farms 
when  value  is  considered,  this  being  $12,849,  or  a  little  more  than 
one-half  the  total  value  of  all  live  stock  not  on  farms.  Poultry  was 
next,  with  a  value  of  $3,303,  followed  by  cattle,  with  a  value  of 
S3,005. 

Live  stock  on  farms  and  not  on  farms. — Table  9,  which  follows,  gives 
the  number  and  total  value  of  live  stock,  distinguishing  that  on  farms 
from  that  not  on  farms. 


Table  9 


Total. 


Cattle 

Horses 

Mules 

Asses  and  burros . 

Swine , 

Sheep , 

Goats 

Poultry 

Bees  (colonies) . . . 


Number.       Value 


$607,883 

33S,  693 

102, 397 

122, 401 

16,134 

11,926 

5,093 

4,569 

6,279 

391 


Number. 


12,187 
1,872 
1,568 
748 
2,145 
1,046 
1,584 
6,137 
41 


Value. 


$582,921 


335, 688 
89, 548 
121,095 
13,719 
11,414 
4,920 
3,360 
2,976 
201 


NOT  ON  FAEMS. 


Num- 
ber. 


134 
257 

32 
226 
184 

50 

675 

7,829 

154 


Value. 


824,962 


3,005 

12,849 

1,306 

2,415 

512 

173 

1,209 

3,303 

190 


The  total  value  of  all  the  live  stock  on  the  islands  on  November  1, 
1917,  was  $607,883,  of  which  the  value  of  live  stock  not  on  farms 
represented  only  4.1  per  cent. 


LIVE    STOCK    PRODUCTS. 


The  returns  for  Hve  stock  products  on  farms  at  the  census  of  1917, 
like  those  for  crops,  relate  to  the  activities  of  the  yeai-  ending  October 
31,  1917.  No  attempt  was  made  in  this  first  census  of  agriculture  of 
the  Vhgin  Islands  to  collect  statistics  pertaining  to  dairy  products, 


124 


THE   VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


animals  sold  and  slaughtered,  and  poultry  raised.  Although  the 
schedule  contained  inquiries  designed  for  reporting  the  amount  of 
wool  and  mohair  produced,  none  was  reported. 

Poultry  products. — Of  the  430  farms  enumerated  on  the  islands,  110 
farms  reported  10,980  dozens  of  eggs  valued  at  $6,263. 

Honey  and  tvax. — ^Only  one  farm  reported  honey  and  beeswax  pro- 
duced, amounting  to  3,000  pounds  of  honey  valued  at  $120,  and  150 
pounds  of  wax  valued  at  $45. 

CROPS. 

Summary. — In  Table  10  is  summarized  the  census  data  relative  to 
the  farm  crops  for  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917. 


Table  10 


Value  of  all  crops . 


Com 

Dry  beans 

Hay  and  forage,  total. 

Guinea  grass 

other  grasses 

Coarse  forage 

Sugar  cane 

All  vegetables 

Cotton 

Arrowroot 

Fruits  and  nuts 


FARMS  EEPOETING. 


Number. 


137 

16 

1 

286 

184 


Per  cent 
of  all 
farms. 


1.6 
0.5 


31.9 
3.7 
0.2 
66.5 
42.8 
0.5 
0.2 


Acres 
harvested. 


25 
1 

7,834 

7,244 

560 

30 

8,685 

168 

29 


Amount. 


17,682 
90 


,  138, 040 

2S0, 291 

300 

84,129 


7,933 
1,500 


Unit. 


Pounds 
Pounds 


Bundles 
Bundles 

Tons 

Tons 


Pounds . 
Pounds . 


Value. 


$522, 606 


667 

9 

67, 589 

63,886 

2,803 

900 

442,120 

6,537 

3,850 

360 

1,474 


The  total  value  of  crops  reported  in  1917  was  $522,606.  The  gen- 
eral character  of  the  agricultural  operations  on  the  Virgin  Islands  is 
indicated  by  the  fact  that  more  than  four-fifths  (84.6  per  cent)  of  the 
total  value  of  crops  in  1917  was  represented  by  sugar  cane.  The 
remainder,  representing  in  value  15.4  per  cent  of  the  total,  consisted 
mostly  of  guinea  grass  and  vegetables. 

The  leading  crops  covered  by  the  preceding  table,  in  order  of  their 
importance  as  judged  by  value,  ar^  sugar  cane,  $442,120;  guinea 
grass,  $63,886;  vegetables,  $6,537;  and  cotton,  $3,850. 

Tro'pical  fruits  and  nuts. — Table  1 1 ,  which  follows,  presents  data  with 
regard  to  tropical  fruits  and  nuts.  The  acreage  devoted  to  these 
products  was  not  ascertained. 

The  total  value  of  tropical  fruit  in  1917  was  $1,193,  but  this  can 
not  be  considered  as  representative  of  a  normal  year  since  practically 
all  the  tropical  fruit  trees  were  destroyed  by  the  hurricane  that 
visited  the  islands  during  October,  1916.  Cocoa  contributed  about 
two-thirds  and  bananas  one-fifth  of  this  value.  The  production  of 
nuts  in  1917  consisted  entirely  of  coconuts,  numbering  12,180  and 
valued  at  .$281.  A  small  production  of  grapes  was  reported,  amount- 
ing to  only  40  pounds,  valued  at  $8. 


mk    ^ 

^A    '    ^ 

fM 

'^^^^■t%\4 

AGRICULTURE. 


125 


Table  11 

TREES,  PLANTS,  OR 
VINES    NOT    OF 
BEARrNQ  AGE. 

TREES,    PLANTS,  OR 
VINES    OF     BEAR- 
ma  AGE. 

PRODUCTS. 

CROP. 

Farms 
report- 
ing. 

Number. 

Farms 
report- 
ing. 

Number. 

.\mount. 

Unit. 

Value. 

Tropical  fruits,  total. 

17,562 

51,193 

' 

24 
7 

20 
9 
2 

16 

19 

7,207 

6,574 

966 

176 

300 

2,339 

1,070 

818 

5,265 

2, 7.50 

158 

300 

Bunches. . 
Pounds. . . 
Number . . 

Boxes 

Number. . 

240 

790 

10 
8 
2 
9 

15 

680 

64 

400 

2,573 

1,214 

20 

Oranges 

79 

47 

17 

Nuts  (coconuts) 

12, 180 

Number . . 

281 

FOREST    PRODUCTS. 

The  census  schedule  called  for  "value  of  all  firewood,  fencing  ma- 
terials, railroad  ties,  telegraph  and  telephone  poles,  bark,  or  other 
forest  products  cut  or  produced  in  1917,  whether  used  on  farm,  sold, 
or  on  hand  November  1,  1917,"  and  also  in  a  separate  item  the 
"amount  received  from  the  sale  of  standing  timber  in  1917." 

There  were  35  farms  in  the  Virgin  Islands  which  reported  forest 
products  in  1917,  the  total  value  of  such  products  being  $4,631.  Of 
this  total,  $1,460  was  reported  as  that  of  products  used  or  to  be  used 
on  the  farms  themselves,  $2,668  as  that  of  products  sold  or  for  sale, 
except  bay  leaves,  $463  as  that  of  bay  leaves,  and  $40  as  the  amount 
received  for  standing  timber.  It  should  be  noted  that  forest  prod- 
ucts not  produced  on  farms  are  not  included  in  this  report. 


SELECTED    FARM    EXPENSES. 


Farm  expenses. — Table  12  shows,  for  the  islands  as  a  group,  the 
number  of  farms  reporting  expenditures  for  labor,  feed,  and  fertilizer, 
as  well  as  the  sums  expended  for  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917. 


Table  12 

FARMS  REPORTING, 

EXPENSE  FOR— 

Number. 

Per  cent  of 
all  farms. 

Amount. 

Labor 

293 
94 
26 

68.1 
21.9 
6.0 

$572,016 
9  147 

Feed 

Fertilizer 

15  439 

Of  the  430  farms  on  the  three  islands  293,  or  68.1  per  cent,  reported 
expenses  for  labor  aggregating  $572,046;  94,  or  21.9  per  cent,  reported 
payments  for  feed  for  live  stock  amounting  to  $9,147;  and  26,  or  6 
per  cent,  reported  expense  for  fertilizers  amoimting  to  $15,439.  The 
statement  of  expenses  for  labor  would  appear  excessive,  since  it  ex- 
ceeds the  total  reported  value  of  aU  crops  produced  on  the  islands, 


126 


THE  VTBGIN  ISLANDS. 


but  this  situation  is  chiefly  due  to  the  fact  that  some  of  the  larger  farms, 
on  which  practically  no  harvested  crops  were  produced,  are  devoted 
exclusively  to  the  raising  of  live  stock.  The  grazing  lands  are  avail- 
able for  use  for  the  greater  part  of  the  year,  and  such  areas  as  are  de- 
voted to  grazing  produce  no  crop  other  than  grass.  Labor  employed 
on  these  farms  is  included  with  that  of  farms  devoted  to  crop  produc- 
tion. Another  factor  to  be  considered  is  that  the  larger  managed 
farms  are  owned  by  sugar  companies  and  are  devoted  almost  exclu- 
sively to  the  production  of  sugar  cane,  and  the  cost  of  production  is 
most  likely  reported  as  the  value  by  the  managers  of  the  farms. 

Receipts  from  sales  offeedahle  crops. — An  effort  was  made  to  secure 
as  complete  a  statement  as  possible  of  the  sales,  as  well  as  of  the 
production,  of  the  more  important  feedable  crops;  that  is,  those  crops 
which  are  ordinarily  fed  to  live  stock. 

While  the  total  amount  expended  by  Virgin  Islands  farmers  for  the 
purchase  of  feed  in  1917  was  reported  as  $9,147,  the  total  receipt  from 
sale  of  feed  by  those  reporting  sales  amounted  to  $961. 

AGE    OF    FARMERS. 

This  section  presents  data  pertaining  to  the  age  of  farmers  by  char- 
acter of  tenure  and  color  of  operator  for  1917.  It  should  be  noted 
that  "farmers,"  as  here  used,  refers  to  farm  operators  and  not  to  the 
farming  population  of  the  islands.  The  number  of  farmers  as  given 
in  Table  13  and  the  various  age  groups  is  equal  to  the  number  of 
farms  carried  on  by  operators  of  the  designated  age,  counting  one 
operator  to  each  farm.  Thus,  the  total  number  of  farmers  of  all  ages 
is  placed  at  430,  the  niunber  of  farms  on  November  1,  1917. 

Age  of  farm  operator. — Table  13  summarizes  for  the  islands  as  a 
whole  the  num.ber  of  farms  divided  according  to  the  age  of  the  opera- 
tor into  groups  ranging  from  "24  years  and  under"  to  "65  years  and 
over,"  and  further  classified  according  to  tenure  and  color. 


Table  13 

TENTJBE  AND  COLOR. 

All 
ages. 

24 

years 

and 

under. 

25  to 

34 
years. 

35  to 

44 
years. 

45  to 

54 
years. 

55  to 

64 
years. 

65 
years 
and 
over. 

Age 
un- 
known. 

Total  farmers 

430 

8 

39 

91 

142 

91 

55 

4 

127 

1 

9 

23 

44 

22 

27 

1 

White 

59 
27 
41 

56 

1 
1 

5 
2 
2 

7 

10 
5 

8 

15 

14 
14 
16 

20 

15 

1 
6 

13 

13 

5 
9 

1 

Mixed 

Managers                  

White 

34 
12 
10 

247 

i' 

6 

1 

12 

1 
2 

53 

6 
6 

8 

78 

10 
3 

Negro 

Tenants 

6 

23 

56 

28 

3 

White 

9 

19 

219 

2 

1 
3 

i' 

22 

3 

4 
46 

3 

8 
67 

1 

Mixed 

2 
54 

1 
27 

2 

Negro 

AGRICULTURE. 


127 


Of  the  426  farmers  reporting  their  ages,  8  were  reported  in  the  age 
group  "24  years  and  under,"  39  in  the  group  "25  to  34  years,"  91  in 
the  group  "35  to  44  years."  142  in  the  group  "45  to  54  years,"  91 
in  the  group  "55  to  64  years,"  and  55  in  the  group  "65  years  and 
over."     Four  farmers  were  reported  in  the  group  "age  unknown." 

Of  the  127  owners  reported  44  were  in  the  age  group  "45  to  54 
years,"  and  of  this  number  14  were  white,  14  were  mixed,  and  16 
were  Negro,  There  were  247  tenant  farmers  reporting,  53  of  which 
were  in  the  group  "35  to  44  years,"  78  in  the  group  "45  to  54  years," 
and  56  in  the  group  "55  to  64  years." 

As  a  whole  there  was  a  remarkably  small  number  of  operators  in 
the  age  group  "24  years  and  under,"  only  8  having  been  reported 
for  the  three  islands;  one  of  these  was  an  owner,  six  were  tenants,  and 
one  a  manager.  There  were  no  managers  reported  in  the  group  "65 
years  and  over." 

Every  tenure  and  color  classification  shows  the  largest  number  of 
operators  in  the  group  "45  to  54  years,"  with  the  single  exception  of 
white  managers,  where  the  largest  nimiber  of  operators  is  reported  in 
the  group  "35  to  44  years." 

TERM  OF  OCCUPANCY  OF  FARMS. 

This  section  presents  the  principal  data  pertaining  to  the  length  of 
time  farmers  had  occupied  the  farms  they  operated  when  interviewed, 
November  1,  1917. 

Term  of  occupancy. — Table  14  shows  these  data  in  period  of  occu- 
pancy groups,  which  range  from  "less  than  1  year"  to  "  10  years  and 
over,"  and  are  further  classified  according  to  the  character  of  tenure 
and  the  color  of  the  operator. 


Table  14 

Total 
number 
of  farms. 

TEEM   OF  0CCI7PANCY. 

TENURE  AND  COLOR. 

Less 
than  1 
year. 

1  year. 

2  to  4 
years. 

5  to  9 
years. 

10 
years 
and 
over. 

Not 
re- 
ported. 

Total  farmers 

430 

21 

42 

113 

78 

165 

11 

Owners 

127 

7 

4 

16 

25 

72 

3 

White 

59 
27 
41 

56 

2 

1 
4 

6 

2 
2 

8 

7 
5 
4 

14 

12 

6 

8 

35 
14 
23 

14 

1 

Mixed 

1 

Negro 

1 

Managers 

6 

White 

34 
12 
10 

247 

6 

8 

6 
1 

1 

30 

8 
5 

1 

83 

5 
2 
1 

45 

4 
4 
6 

79 

5 

Mixed 

Negro 

i 

Tenants 

2 

White 

9 

19 

219 

2 

3 

78 

2 

1 

42 

4 

10 
65 

1 

Mixed 

2 
6 

3 
27 

Negro 

1 

128 


THE   VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


Of  the  430  farm  operators  in  the  Virgin  Islands  November  1,  1917, 
11  made  no  report  for  the  period  of  occupancy.  Of  the  419  farm 
operators  reportmg,  21  had  operated  their  farms  for  "less  than  1 
year,"  42  were  reported  in  the  group  "1  year,"  113  in  the  group  "2 
to  4  years,"  78  in  the  group  "5  to  9  years,"  and  165  in  the  group  "10 
yeara  and  over."  This  latter  group  represents  38.4  per  cent  of  the 
total  farm  operators  for  the  islands  and  would  indicate  a  stability 
scarcely  to  be  expected  m  view  of  other  general  conditions  on  the 
islands.  In  this  group  owners  operated  72  farms,  tenants  79  farms, 
and  managers  14  farms.  There  is  a  very  considerable  variance  in  the 
three  classes  of  tenure  with  reference  to  the  term  of  occupancy  of  the 
farm,  the  owners  constantly  increasing  with  the  increase  in  the  period 
groups.  Tenants  increase  to  the  group  "5  to  9  years,"  where  there 
is  a  faUing  off  of  nearly  one-half,  and  again  increase  through  the 
group  "10  years  and  over."  Managers  increase  to  the  group  "5  to 
9  years,"  and  decrease  with  that  group.  The  total  number  of  opera- 
tors is  so  small  that  such  comparisons  are  really  of  little  value,  and 
aside  from  the  owner  group  might  be  materially  changed  within  a 
very  few  years. 


Table  15. 


-FARMS  AND  FARM  PROPERTY,  AND  LIVE  STOCK  NOT  ON  FARMS- 
NOVEMBER  1,  1917. 


Population 

Number  of  all  farms 

Color  of  farmers: 

White 

Mixed 

Negro " 

Number  of  farms,  classified  by  size: 

Under  5  acres 

5  to  9  acres 

10  to  19  acres 

20  to  49  acres 

50  to  99  acres 

lOOto  174acres 

175  to  499  acres 

500  to  999  acres 

1,000  acres  and  over 

LAND    AND    FARM    AREA. 

Approximate  area acres 

Land  in  farms acres 

Improved  land  in  farms !acres 

Woodland  in  farms acres 

Other  imimpro ved  land  in  farms acres 

Percent  of  land  area  in  farms ..'. 

Percent  of  farm  land  improved !!!!!!! 

Average  acres  per  farm '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 

Average  improved  acres  per  farm 


Virgin 
Islands. 


26, 051 

430 

102 

68 

270 

219 
30 
19 
18 
19 
17 
65 
27 
16 


84,781 
69,892 
39,448 
10,553 
19, 891 
82.4 
56.4 
162.5 

ei.7 


St.  Croix. 


14,901 

341 

77 

29 

235 

199 
22 
13 
12 
7 
11 
45 
21 
11 


53,920 

49, 206 

33,  581 

4, 088 

11,537 

91.3 

68.2 

144.3 

98.5 


St.  John. 


959 

26 

5 
14 

7 


St. 
Thomas. 


12. 781 

10, 003 

2,086 

3.619 

4.298 

78.3 

20.9 

384.7 

80.2 


10,191 

63 

20 
15 
28 


is.oso 

]0,fiSJ 
3,  7.SI 
2,  Sir, 
4,0.if) 
59.1 
3.-).  i 
169.  6 
60.  0 


AGRICULTURE. 


129 


Tahi.k  16 FARMS  AND  FARM  PROl'KRTY,  AND  LIVE  STOCK  NOT  ON  FARMS: 

N0VP:MBEU  1,  1917— Continued. 


VALUE   OF  FARM  PROPERTY. 

All  farm  property dollars 

Land dollars 

liiiildings dollars 

Ini|)lfiiicnts  and  machinery dollars 

Domestic  animals,  poultry  and  bees dollars 

Percent  of  value  of  all  property  in: 

Land 

Buildings 

Implements  and  machinery 

Domestic  animals,  poultry  and  l)ees 

Average  values: 

All  property  per  farm dollars. 

Land  and  buildings  per  farm dollars 

Land  per  acre dollars 

LIVE  STOCK  ON  FARMS. 

Farms  reporting  livestock 

Value  of  live  stock dollars 

Cattle: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Horses: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Mules: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Asses  and  burros: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Swine: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Sheej): 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Goats: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Poultry: 

Number,  all  kinds 

Value dollars 

Bees: 

Number,  hives  or  colonies 

Value dollars 

UVE  STOCK  NOT  ON  FARMS. 

Inclosures  reporting  live  stock 

Value  of  live  stock dollars 

Cattle: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Horses: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Mules  and  asses  and  burros: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Swine: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Sheep  and  goats: 

Total  number 

Value dollars 

Poultry: 

Number,  all  kinds 

V^alue dollars 

Bees: 

Number,  hives  or  coloiues 

Vklue dollars 


Virgin 
Islands. 


3,706,911 

2,  402,  .501 

614. S40 

106,649 

582,921 

64.8 
16.6 
2.9 
15.7 

8,621 
7,017 
34.37 


381 

582, 921 

12, 187 
335, 688 

1,872 

89, 548 

1,.568 
121,09.5 

748 
13,719 

2,145 
11,414 

1,046 
4,920 

1,5.84 
3,360 

6,137 
2,976 

41 
201 


2,063 
24,962 


134 
3,005 


257 
12. 849 


258 
3,721 


184 
512 


725 
1,382 


7,829 
3,303 


154 
190 


St.  Croix. 


3, 063. 747 

1,990,467 

478,004 

100,612 

494,604 

65.0 
15.6 
3.3 
16.1 

8,985 
7, 239 
40.45 


297 
494,604 


8.968 
268, 705 


1,527 
76, 900 


117,735 


470 
11,120 


1,935 
10, 663 


879 
4,329 


1,122 
2,345 


5,531 
2,607 


40 
200 


1,027 
14,819 


205 
10,513 


123 

2,244 


226 
425 


3,287 
1,438 


St.  John. 


167,208 
94,675 
38, 115 
2.931 
31,487 

56.6 

22.8 
1.8 
IS.  8 

6,431 
5,107 
9.46 


26 
31,487 


1,149 
22, 881 


154 
5,910 


23 
850 


63 
626 


55 
275 


45 
183 


297 
695 


119 
67 


54 
2,381 


75 
1,642 


7 
238 


24 
237 


124 
235 


St. 
Thomas. 


475.956 
317.359 

9S,  661 
3,106 

56,830 

66.7 

20.7 

0.7 

11.9 

7, 5.55 
6,603 
29.71 


58 
56,830 


2,070 
44, 102 


191 
6,738 


63 
2,510 


215 
1,973 


155 
476 


122 
408 


165 
320 


487 
302 


982 

7,762 

57 
1,323 

45 
2,098 

111 
1.240 

158 
412 

375 
722 

4,506 
1.855 

75 
112 


C039G^— 18- 


130 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


Table  16 


NUMBER,  ACREAGE,  AND  VALUE   OF   FARMS,  CLASSIFIED   BY  TENURE 

AND  COLOR  OF   FARMERS,  BY  ISLANDS:  NOVEMBER  1,  1917. 


FARMS  OPERATED  BY  OWNERS. 

Number  of  farms 

Per  cent  of  all  farms 

Land  in  farms acres 

Improved  land  in  farms acres 

Value  of  land  and  buildings dollars 

Color  of  owners: 

White 

Mixed 

Negro 

FARMS  OPERATED  BY  MANAGERS. 

Number  of  farms 

Per  cent  of  all  farms < 

Land  in  farms acres 

Improved  land  in  farms acres 

Value  of  land  and  buildings dollars 

Color  of  managers: 

White 

Mixed 

Negro 

FARMS  OPERATED  BT  TENANTS. 

Number  of  farms 

Percent  of  all  farms 

Land  Ln  farms acres 

Improved  land  in  farms acres 

Value  of  land  and'buildings dollars 

Color  of  tenants: 

White 

Mixed 

Negro 


Virgin  Islands. 


127 

29,5 

33,S90 

18, 265 

1, 169, 277 

59 
27 
41 


56 

13.0 

32,290 

18,  799 

1,704,935 

34 
12 
10 


247 

57.5 

3, 712 

2, 384 

143, 129 


19 
219 


St.  Croix. 


89 

26.1 

25, 734 

16,271 

950, 577 

45 
14 
30 


40 

11.7 

21,629 

15,470 

1,457,915 

30 
4 


212 

62.2 

1,843 

1,840 

60,039 

2 
11 
199 


St.  John. 


St.  Thomas. 


15 

57.7 

3, 558 

845 

42,370 


9 

34.6 

5,992 

1,235 

86,070 

2 
5 
2 


2 

7.7 

453 

6 

4,350 


23 

36.5 

4,598 

1,149 

176,330 

11 
S 
7 


7 

11.1 

4,669 

2,094 

160,950 

2 
3 
2 


33 

52.4 

1,416 

538 

78,740 

7 
7 
19 


Table    17.— VALUE     OF    ALL    CROPS    AND     PRINCIPAL    CLASSES    THEREOF,     AND 
ACREAGE  AND  PRODUCTION  OF  PRINCIPAL  CROPS,  BY  ISLANDS:  1917. 


VALUE  OF  ALL  CROPS. 

Total dollars. 

Com dollars. 

Hay  and  forage dollars. 

Sugar  cane dollars. 

Vegetables dollars. 

Tropical  fruits  and  nuts dollars. 

Sundry  minor  crops dollars. 


CROPS  (ACRES  AND  QUANTITY). 


Com 

Hay  and  forage: 
Coarse  forage. 


(acres. . 
"ipounds 


Guinea  grass 

All  other  grasses. 
Special  crops: 

Cotton 


f acres... 
•\tous 

/acres 

Mbundlos 

|acres 

"tbundlcs 


/acres . - 
mounds 

Sugarcane g^^^f;; 

Vegetables acres . . 

FRUITS  AND  NUTS. 

Tropical  fruits: 

Mangoes {^her: 

Bananas {^^; 

All  other trees 


/trees . 


Nuts  (coconuts) |J,\---- 


Virgin  Islands. 


522.606 


667 

67, 589 

442,120 

6,537 

1,474 

4,219 


25 
17,682 

30 
300 

7,244 

,138,040 

560 

280,291 

29 

7,933 

8, 6,8,5 

84,129 

168 


966 
2,750 

7,207 

818 

9, 389 

1,070 
12, 180 


St,  CroLs. 


498, 574 


St.  John. 


8,218 


655 

46,803 

442,104 

4,362 

431 

4,219 


24 
17,500 

30 

300 

4,039 

,342,790 


29 

7,933 

8, 684 

84,126 

115 


200 


615 

690 

6,  ,S27 

462 
2,900 


7,263 
16 


1, 390 

725, 350 

2 

1,000 


1,000 

63 

1,417 

390 
8,000 


St.  Thomas. 


15, 814 


12 
13, 523 


2,175 
104 


1 

182 


1,815 

1,069,900 

558 

279, 291 


734 

2,750 

5,592 

65 

1,145 

218 
1,280 


MANUFACTURES, 

INTRODUCTION. 

The  census  of  manufactures  taken  in  connection  with  the  special 
census  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  for  1917,  constitutes  the  first  industrial 
census  taken  of  the  islands.  Previous  census  data  compiled  by  the 
Danish  Government  related  chiefly  to  population  and  mortality. 
Tlie  statistics  reported  are  for  the  fiscal  year  most  nearly  conforming 
to  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917,  the  canvass  beginning  in  the 
latter  part  of  December,  1917,  and  ending  dming  the  early  part  of 
January,  1918. 

The  principal  instructions  given  the  agents  employed  in  the  canvass 
were  the  following: 

Scope  of  census. — The  censiis  is  confined  to  manufacturing  establishments  con- 
ducted under  the  factory  system  as  distinguished  from  the  neighborhood,  hand,  and 
building  trades,  and  the  data  required  will  be  entered  on  the  general  schedule. 
Establishments  having  an  annual  product  of  less  than  ?500  are  to  be  omitted  from  the 
census.  Reports  are  to  be  secured,  however,  for  establishments  that  were  idle  during 
a  part  of  the  year  or  new  establishments  started  diiring  the  year,  although  the  product 
is  less  than  $500,  if  such  establishments  are  capable  of  an  annual  production  of  $500 
or  more. 

Building  trades. — Establishments  engaged  in  the  various  building  industries  should 
not  be  reported .  Those  engaged  in  manufacturing  supplies  used  in  building,  however, 
should  be  included. 

Miscellaneous  hand  trades  and  custom  work. — The  small  hand  trades,  engaged  chiefly 
in  repair  work  or  work  to  the  individual  order,  should  not  be  reported.  Boot  and  shoe 
custom  and  repair  shops,  custom  tailoring  shops,  and  dressmaking  establishments  are 
not  to  be  canvassed. 

Retail  stores. — Retail  stores  and  other  establishments  which  incidentally  manu- 
factiu-e  small  quantities  of  goods  which  they  sell  must  not  be  reported. 

Sugar. — Reports  must  be  secured  for  all  mills  engaged  in  the  production  of  cane 
sugar  and  molasses  located  on  plantations,  although  only  the  cane  grown  on  the  planta- 
tion is  treated.  A  supplemental  schedule  for  cane  sugar  calling  for  additional 
information  in  regard  to  materials  and  products  is  required. 

Lime-tree  products. — The  pickling  of  limes  and  making  of  concentrated  lime  juice, 
if  done  for  the  trade,  are  to  be  reported. 

Bay  oil  and  bay  rum. — The  operation  of  stills  for  the  production  of  bay  oil  and  bay 
rum  may  be  associated  with  the  gathering  of  crude  materials  and  the  care  of  an  orchard. 
In  such  cases  the  material  used  may  be  estimated  at  the  market  value.  A  supple- 
mental schedule  for  this  industry,  calling  for  additional  information  in  regard  to 
materials  and  products  is  required. 

The  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States,  formerly  the  Danish  West 
Indies,  comprise  three  principal  islands,  St.  Croix,  St.  Thomas,  and 
St.  Johoi,  with  a  number  of  smaller  islands,  most  of  which  are 
uninhabited. 

St.  Croix  Island,  measuring  the  distance  between  the  nearest  points 
of  land;  is  about  50  miles  southeast  from  Porto  Rico.     It  is  the  largest 

(131) 


iS2 


THE  'ViR^jijji-  ;isr4i^D3; 


and  most  productive  island  of  tlio  group  and  has  a  population  of  14,901. 
There  are  two  towns,  Chris  tiansted  on  the  east  end,  locally  called 
Bassin,  with  a  population  of  4,574,  and  Frederiksted,  or  West  End, 
with  an  open  roadstead  harbor  and  a  population  of  3,144.  The  sugar 
and  runi  industries,  the  most  important  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  are 
carried  on  entirely  on  St.  Croix,  or  Santa  Cruz,  as  it  is  locally  called, 
the  Santa  Cruz  rum  being  world-famous. 

St.  Thomas  is  the  most  important  islnnd  of  the  group,  due  to  its 
magnificent  harbor  on  which  is  located  Charlotte  Amaiie,  the  largest' 
town  in  the  islands,  having  a  population  of  7,747.  St.  Thomas  Harbor 
has  facilities  for  repairing  and  coalijig  up-to-date  vessels  and  supplying 
them  with  water  and  provisions.  The  only  important  product  of  St. 
Thomas  manufactured  for  export  is  bay  rum. 

St.  John  is  the  smallest  and  the  least  important  of  the  three  princi- 
pal islands,  and  is  situated  3  miles  from  St.  Thomas.  The  only  manu- 
facturing industry  is  the  distillation  of  bay  oil  from  the  bay  leaves 
which  are  gro\\m  only  on  this  island. 

GENERAL    SUMMARY. 

The  following  summary  gives  the  more  important  statistics  for  1917 
relative  to  aU  classes  of  maDufactm'es  for  the  islands  as  a  group  and 
for  each  of  the  three  islands: 


Table  1 


Number  of  establishments 

Persons  engaged  in  manufactures 

Proiirietors  and  flirm  members 

Salaried  employees 

"Wage  earners  (average  number) 

Primary  horsepov.er 

Capital 

Services 

Salaries 

Wages 

Materials 

Value  of  products 

Value  added  by  manufacture  (value  of  products  less 
cost  of  materials) 


Virgin  Islands. 


84 

842 

77 

79 

686 

2,595 

,  429, 524 

199, 3H\ 

70,  !)2(i 

12X,  4'iO 

7S1,417 

, 292, 247 

510, S30 


St.  Croix. 


65 

055 

03 

oS 

534 

2,494 

SI,  309,  .343 

152, 861 

59, 500 

93, 355 

642,  G20 

1, 0S4, 653 

442, 033 


St.  John. 


$3, 300 
113 


113 

514 

1,220 


St.  Thomas. 


16 
182 
12 
21 

149 

101 

$110, 881 

46, 412 

11, 420 

34, 992 

13S, 2S3 

20r.,  374 

68. 091 


Table  2  shows  the  relative  importance  of  the  leading  manufacturing 
industries  of  the  islands,  in  1917,  with  a  percentage  distribution. 


Table  2 

Num- 
ber of 
estab- 
Ush- 
ments. 

WAGE  EARNERS. 

VALUE  OF  PRODUCTS. 

VALUE  ADDED   BY 
MANUFACTURE. 

INDUSTRY. 

Average 
num- 
ber. 

Percent 
distribu- 
tion. 

Amoimt. 

Per  cent 
distribu- 
tion. 

Amoimt. 

Per 
cent 
distri- 
bution. 

All  industries 

84 

688 

100.0 

?1, 292, 247 

100.0 

S510, 830 

100.0 

Sugar,  cane 

5 
48 
4 
9 

5 
3 
10 

423 
135 

12 
24 

34 
5 
53 

61.7 

19.7 

1.7 

3.5 

5.0 
0.7 
7.7 

978, 188 

192,544 

38, 745 

16,907 

13, 723 
10,609 
41, 531 

75.7 
14.9 
3.0 
1.3 

1.1 

0,8 

405, 766 
43, 613 
15,457 
11,511 

11,152 

4,389 
IS,  942 

79.4 

Bread  and  other  bakery  products... 
Bay  rum 

8.5 
3.0 

Mineral  and  soda  water 

2.3 

Printing  and  publishing,  newspapers 
and  periodicals 

2.2 

Liquor,  distilled  (rum) 

0.9 

All  other  industries 

3.7 

MANUFACTURES.  133 

The  industries  shown  in  the  table  arc  arranged  according  to  the 
value  of  their  products,  the  sugar  industry  being  by  far  the  most 
important;  this  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  sugar  manufactures 
contributed  75.7  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  the  manufactures  for 
the  islands. 

The  next  industry,  as  measured  by  value  of  products,  was  "bread 
and  other  bakery  products."  This  formed  14.9  per  cent  of  the  value 
of  products.  The  manufacture  of  bay  rum  was  third  in  importance, 
contributing  3  per  cent  of  the  value  of  products.  All  the  other 
industries  shown,  with  the  exception  of  the  distilling  of  rum,  were 
confined  to  supplying  local  requirements  and  together  formed  only 
5.6  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  products. 

Sugar,  cane. — The  manufacture  of  sugar  from  cane  grown  on  the 
islands  is  the  chief  industry.  The  statistics  include  the  making  of 
molasses  as  a  by-product,  but  this  product  has  little  commercial 
value.  The  sugar  industry  employed  61.7  per  cent  of  the  wage 
earners  of  the  islands  and  the  product  amounted  to  $978,188,  or 
75.7  per  cent  of  the  $1,292,247 — the  total  value  of  products,  while 
the  value  added  by  manufacture  by  this  industry  was  79.4  per  cent 
of  the  total  amount  reported. 

Liquors,  distilled — Rum. — The  manufacture  of  rum  is  one  of  the 
important  industries  of  the  islands;  though  only  three  establishments 
reporlcd,  the  product  of  the  distilleries  was  valued  at  $10,609.  Rum 
is  a  by-product  of  the  sugar  mills,  being  made  from  the  waste  sugar 
product  or  from  the  molasses  which  is  a  by-product  of  the  sugar 
industry. 

Baij  rum. — The  distillation  of  bay  rum  was  formerly  one  of  the 
chief  industries  on  St.  Thomas  Island,  carried  on  largely  for  export 
purposes,  but  in  1917  only  3  per  cent  of  the  value  of  products  for  the 
islands  was  reported  by  the  bay  rum  industry,  due  to  lack  of  bay  oil. 
The  bay  oil  from  which  bay  rum  is  distilled  is  a  product  of  St.  John 
Island;  but  this  is  not  shown  as  a  separate  industry,  as  it  amounted 
to  very  little  in  1917,  a  hurricane  almost  entirely  destroying  the  bay 
leaves  from  which  the  oil  is  made. 

Bread  and  other  halcery  products. — This  industry,  second  in  impor- 
tance in  value  of  products,  reported  more  than  one-half  (57.1  per 
cent)  of  the  total  number  of  establishments,  19.7  per  cent  of  the  aver- 
age number  of  wage  earners,  14.9  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  prod- 
ucts, and  8.5  per  cent  of  the  value  added  by  manufacture.  The  bak- 
eries of  Christiansted  and  Frederiksted,  except  for  the  home  baking 
do]ie,  supply  the  island  of  St.  Croix.  The  shops  are  conducted  by 
individuals,  who  operate  only  on  a  small  scale,  having  no  facilities 
for  baking  in  large  quantities.  In  Charlotte  Amalie,  which  supplies 
all  the  bread  for  St.  Thomas,  however,  the  industry  comprises  two 
large  bakeries. 


134 


THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 
WAGE    EARNERS    EMPLOYED,    BY    MONTHS. 


The  following  table  shows  the  number  of  wage  earners  employed 
on  the  15th  day  of  each  month  during  the  year  beginning  November 
1,  1916,  and  ending  October  31,  1917,  for  all  industries  combined, 
and  for  the  principal  industry  (the  manufacture  of  sugar  and  its 
by-products — rum  and  molasses),  and  for  all  other  industries  com- 
bined : 


Table  3 


November,  1916. 
December,  1916. 
January,  1917... 
February,  1917.. 

March,  1917 

April,  1917 

May,  1917 

June,  1917 

July,  1917 

Aupist,  1917.... 
September,  1917 
October,  1917... 


■WAGE  EARNERS. 


All  industries. 


Num- 
ber. 


553 
544 
571 
649 
819 
970 
993 
924 
574 
560 
548 
527 


Per  cent 
of  maxi- 
mum. 


55.7 
54.  8 
57.5 
65.4 
82.5 
97.7 
100.0 
93.1 
57.8 
56.4 
55.2 
53.1 


Sugar  and 
by-products. 


Num- 
ber. 


276 
294 
326 
405 
568 
716 
702 
647 
296 
293 
279 
274 


Per  cent 
of  maxi- 
mum. 


38.5 
41.1 
4.5.  5 
.56.  6 
79.3 
100.0 
9S.0 
90.4 
41.3 
40.9 
39.0 
38.3 


All  other  indus- 
tries. 


Num- 
ber. 


277 
250 
245 
244 
251 
2,5.1 
291 
277 
278 
267 
269 
253 


Per  cent 
of  maxi- 
mum. 


95.2 
85.9 
84.2 
83.8 
86.3 
87.3 
100.0 
95. 2 
95.5 
91.8 
92.4 
86. 9 


The  principal  industry,  the  manufacture  of  sugar  and  its  by- 
products, is  a  seasonal  industry  employing  a  majority  of  the  wage 
earners  the  year  round,  but  the  number  was  largely  increased  during 
March,  April,  May,  and  June.  Employment  in  the  other  industries 
shows  little  variation  from  month  to  month,  the  smallest  mmiber 
employed  in  February  being  83.8  per  cent  of  the  largest  number 
employed  in  May, 

PREVAILING  HOURS  OF  LABOR. 

In  the  next  table  the  average  number  of  wage  earners  reported  for 
all  industries  and  for  each  industry  separately  have  been  classified 
according  to  number  of  hom's  of  labor  per  week  prevailing  in  the 
establishments  in  which  they  were  employed.  The  sugar  industry 
gave  emplo3niient  to  61.7  per  cent  of  the  total  average  number  of 
wage  earners,  but  the  division  of  this  number  of  wage  earners 
according  to  hours  worked  per  week  is  not  satisfactory,  as  this  is 
a  seasonal  industry,  and  during  the  busy  season  the  plants  ran  12 
hours  or  more  per  day,  while  during  the  off  season  9  hom-s  constituted 
a  working-day.  This  industry  reported  practically  all  the  wage  earners 
in  establishments  operating  72  or  more  hours  per  week,  the  wage 
earners  so  employed  constituting  59.9  per  cent  of  the  total  number. 
For  the  manufacturing  industries,  exclusive  of  the  sugar  industry, 
29.3  per  cent  of  the  employees  shown  worked  between  54  and  60 
houi;s  per  week  and  62.4  per  cent  worked  54  hours  per  week  or   less. 


MANUFACTURES. 


135 


Table  4 

AVERAGE  NUMBER  OF  WAGE  EARNERS. 

BroqsTET. 

Total. 

In  establishments  where  the  prevailing  hours  of 
labor  per  week  wore — 

48  and 
under. 

Be- 
tween 

48 
and 
54. 

54. 

Jie- 
tween 

54 
and 

60. 

60. 

Be- 
tween 

60 
and 
72. 

72. 

Over 
72. 

686 

133 

4 

47 

77 

11 

3 

212 

199 

12 

135 

5 

24 

34 

423 
53 

100.0 

10 
2 
5 
7 

15 

""iS 

2 
2 

Bread  and  other  bakery  products 

80 

3 

Mineral  and  soda  waters        

6 

19 
20 
8 

19.4 

4 

7* 

Printing  and  publishing,  newspapers  and 
periodicals .    t.. 

212 

191 

Another 

ae 

8 
6.9 

29 
11.2 

8 

Per  cent  distribution 

1.6 

0.4 

30.9 

20.0 

LOCATION    OF    ESTABLISHMENTS. 

The  largest  city  in  the  islands  is  Charlotte  Amalie,  on  the  island 
of  St.  Thomas,  with  a  population  of  7,747;  the  other  towns  are 
Christiansted,  with  a  population  of  4,575,  and  Frederiksted,  with  a 
population  of  3,144,  on  the  island  of  St.  Croix;  these  three  towns  em- 
brace 59.4  per  cent  of  the  population.  Of  the  84  manufacturing 
establishments  73,  or  86.9  per  cent  of  the  total  number,  were  located 
in  these  three  towns;  but  the  outside  districts  reported  76.6  per  cent 
of  the  value  of  products,  80.4  per  cent  of  the  value  added  by  manu- 
facture, and  62.8  per  cent  of  the  wage  earners  employed  on  the 
islands.  This  is  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  the  most  important 
establishments,  the  sugar  mills,  are  located  on  the  plantations  outside 
the  limits  of  the  towns.  There  is  another  incorporated  town  in  the 
Virgin  Islands,  Cruz  Bay,  on  St.  John  Island,  but  the  population  was 
only  50,  and  there  were  no  manufactures. 

The  following  table  shows  the  manufactures  of  the  islands  as  to 
location  in  cities  and  outside  districts: 


Table  5 


Number  of  places 

Population 

Number  of  establishments 

Average  number  of  wage  earners . 

Value  of  products 

Value  added  by  manufacture 


Aggre- 
gate. 


26, 051 
84 
686 
«1, 292, 217 
510,830 


CITIES  HAVING  A  POPULATION  OF  3,000 
AND  OVER. 


Total. 


3 

15, 465 

73 

255 

*302, 230 

99, 969 


Per 

cent 
of 

aggre- 
gate. 


59.4 
86.9 
37.2 
23.4 
19.6 


3,000  to 
5,0U0. 


2 

7,718 

57 

106 

$95, 856 

31,878 


Per 

cent 

of 

aggro- 
gate. 


29.6 
67.9 
15.5 
7.4 
6.2 


5,000  and 
over. 


|g 


ag; 


1 

7,747 
16 
149 
«206, 374 
68, 091 


Per 

cent 


of 

gate. 


29.7 
19.0 
21.7 
16.0 
13.3 


Districts  out- 
side of  cities 
having  a 
population 

of  3,000 
and  over. 


■So 

1°^ 


Per 
cent 

of 
aggre- 
gate. 


10, 586 

11 

431 

S990,O17 

410,861 


40.6 
13.1 
62. 8 
76.6 
SQ.4 


136 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


CHAEACTER    OF    OWNERSHIP. 


The  table  tliat  follows  shows,  for  1917,  statistics  concerning  the 
character  of  ownership  of  the  manufacturing  enterprises,  with  a 
percentage  distribution. 


Table  6 

CHARACTER  OF  OWNERSHIP. 

Number 
of  estab- 
lish- 
ments. 

Average 
number 
of  wage 
earners. 

Value  or 
products. 

Value 
added 
by  manu- 
facture. 

84 

686 

$1,292,247 

S510,830 

76 

8 

100.0 

305 
381 

100.0 

455. 235 
837, 012 

100.0 

169, 843 

340, 987 

100.0 

90.5 
9.5 

44.5 
55.5 

35.2 
64.8 

33.2 

66.8 

1  Includes  one  establishment  under  a  dilTerent  form  of  ownership. 

Establishments  under  individual  ownership  (including  one  of 
another  form)  constitute  90.5  per  cent  of  the  total  number,  but  these 
reported  only  35.2  per  cent  of  the  total  value  of  products  and  33.2 
per  cent  of  the  value  added  by  manufacture.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  eight  corporations,  though  forming  only  9.5  per  cent  of  the  estab- 
lishments, reported  64.8  per  cent  of  the  value  of  products  and  66.8 
per  cent  of  the  value  added  by  manufacture.  Again,  the  sugar  mills, 
the  largest  of  which  are  under  corporate  ownership  and  which  repre- 
sent the  most  important  industry  of  the  islands,  are  responsible  for 
this  condition. 

ENGINES    AND    POWER. 

Table  7  shows  the  number  and  horsepower  of  engines  or  motors 
employed  in  generating  power  (including  electric  motors  operated  by 
purchased  current).  Electric  motors  operated  by  current  generated 
in  the  establishments  reporting  are  also  shown. 


Table  7 


Number 

of 
engines 


Horse- 
power. 


Per  cent 

dis- 
tribution 
of  horse- 
power. 


Primary  power,  total 

Owned 

Steam 

Gas 

Rented— Electric 

Electric  power 

Run  by  current  generated  in  establishments  reporting 
Run  by  rented  power 


2,595 


100.0 


99.9 

92.9 

7.0 

0.1 


103 

100 

3 


100.0 

97.1 

2.9 


It  will  be  noted  that  practically  all  the  power  was  generated  by 
steam  and  gas  engines,  there  being  no  streams  on  the  islands  that 
could  be  used  for  water  power      The  primary  power  reported  was 


MANUFACTURES. 


137 


largttly  iis«d  by  tlie  sugar  mills;    those  reported  78.4  per  cent  of  the 
engines  and  motors  and  88  1  per  cent  of  horsepower. 

FUEL. 

Closel}'  related  to  the  subject  of  power  emplo)''ed  in  manufactures 
is  that  of  the  fuel  consumed  in  generating  this  power  or  otherwise 
used  for  manufacturing  purposes. 

The  kinds  and  quantities  of  fuel  used  other  than  wood  were  anthra- 
cite, 27  tons;  bituminous  coal,  2,942  tons;  coke,  25  tons;  and  oil, 
228  barrels,  most  of  which  was  used  by  the  sugar  mills.  "Basse,"  or 
crushed  cane  stalks,  in  great  quantities  was  also  used  for  fuel  by  the 
sugar  miUs.  All  fuel  used  in  manufactures  was  imported,  although 
charcoal  burning  is  carried  on  in  the  rural  districts. 

SPECIAL    STATISTICS. 

For  the  sugar  industry  the  Census  Bureau  provides  a  special  sched- 
ule which  requires  details  regarding  quantities  and  values  of  mate- 
rials and  products.  The  most  important  products  of  the  Virgin 
Islands  are  sugar  and  rum,  rum  being  a  by-product  of  the  sugar 
industry.  In  former  j^ears  there  were  many  plants  on  St.  Croix 
Island  that  distilled  rum  exclusively,  but  in  later  years  this  industry 
has  gradually  decreased  until  in  1917  there  were  only  throe  establish- 
ments manufacturing  rum,  to  the  value  of  $10,609.  Distinct  from 
this  product  is  the  rum  manufactured  as  a  by-product  of  the  sugar 
mills,  which  was  valued  at  $59,148  in  1917.  Molasses  as  a  product 
of  the  islands  is  of  little  importance  commercially  or  for  consump- 
tion and  is  shown  only  as  a  by-product  of  sugar. 

The  following  table  shows  supplementary  data  for  the  sugar  indus- 
try, giving  the  quantity  and  cost  of  cane  used  as  material  and  the 
quantity  and  value  of  products,  with  capacity  of  the  mills: 


Tabic  8 

MATERTAL. 

Cane-sujjar 

industry: 

1917. 

PKODUCT. 

Cane-sugar 

industry: 

1917. 

Materials,  total  cost 

S")72,  422 

Products,  total  value. 

S978  ISS 

Sugar,  raw  or  brown: 

Tons  (2,000  lbs.) 

Cane  crushed: 

Tons  (2,000  lbs.) 

86,171 

$449,012 

$41, 443 

S81,967 

1,900 

8, 149 

Cost.... . 

Value.. 

8913,873 

Cost  of  fuel  and  rent  of  power 

Molasses: 
Gallons 

All  other  materials 

16S  000 

Value 

$5, 167 

Capacity  of  mills  (tons  crushed  per  day 

Rum: 

Gallons 

90, 470 

of  24  hours; 

S59  148 

GENERAL    TABLE. 


Table  9  presents  statistics  in  detail  for  1917,  for  the  islands  as  a 
group,  for  each  island,  for  each  city,  and  lor  each  industry  ot  the 
islands  that  can  be  sho-svn  without  disclosing  the  operations  of  indi- 
vidual estabUshments. 


138 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


c3  p  ^  be 
t*  S  S  c«  ; 


C  IJ  >-!  S^  W) 


-o  PI  s  §  ^ 


.-H  OO  r-l 


CO      o«      lo      in 


CO       Oi        w 


>0        00 


00        1-1 

2    S 


C^         O         CO         CO         OO        .-I 
OS  »H  ^-t  i-H  t*  -^ 


»-<         CO         rH         1-1  »H 


CS        CO        (N        O 


i-H        lO        CO 


CO         (N         00         C<1 


C/i        M        C/3 


«  ;5  s 


to        lO        00 
rt  l-H  «S 


<>•       Ol       o 


.1        il         CO 


00        05        W 


CO        —l        -< 


i  S 


MANUFACTTTRES. 


139 


o^s^ 

(U 

3 

03 

d 

g 

O  >i 

k 

ca 

o 

H 

^ 

,11 

M 

o 

fcl 

rti2 

• 

C3 

f^a 

!5 

Sgo 

W 

£^» 

X 

"5 

o 

H 

f  d 

^g 

9 

OJ 

S 

r« 

TS 

O 

0 

C3 

S 

t^' 

o 

(3 

o 

e^ 

c5 

O 

f^ 

>J 

H 

U 

Q 

^ 

t" 

K 

t< 

P 

0 

5 

^' 

i-H           vH 

tc 

"' 

^ 

o 

to 

M          « 

>o 

r- 

«» 

R 

?5 

S 

R 

^ 

s 

ft 

s 

•^ 

^ 

^ 

■V 

r~      (O 

fe 

IN 

-^ 

M 

-t" 

;^ 

M< 

<-, 

^5 

-* 

(M 

o 

-J<        (N 

lO 

ss 

_j 

Ifl 

TO 

o 

on 

■o 

VO 

i~. 

<N 

o 

«3 

-,*< 

Tl 

»< 

^ 

« 

t- 

t^ 

t^ 

o 

Tf 

?? 

00 

„ 

^ 

o: 

CM 

"5        ■* 

rH 

«« 

o 

c- 

■^ 

f^ 

■* 

•— 

r^ 

IQ 

? 

■^     ^ 

(N 

«« 

tr 

CM 

c 

c 

^ 

kT" 

"<f 

R 

-* 

cc 

c 

c 

c 

O         C 

a 

t-- 

t^      o- 

<- 

CD 

C 

e<i 

•>t 

tr 

IT 

c 

CO 

»- 

't 

=^ 

o- 

CO        C«" 

N 

Tt 

^ 

ccT 

M 

Of) 

t^ 

c 

r- 

^ 

5 

eo       -^       O 

CO 

00 

o- 

oc 

t^ 

<c 

c 

1 

•o 

a 

C3 

<D 

t 

a, 

•C 

^ 

1- 

■c 

C 

- 

a 

c 

F 

"■    ?■ 

•f 

r 

^ 

rM 

-* 

1 

•c 
1. 

i| 

i 

:  1 

1 

.2 

1 
■a 

u. 

(/ 

(/ 

F 

•1 

c 

Hi 

Pi       GO 

^ 
-    5 

c 
PC 

c 

r      C 

c 

W  .-H  1-1 


^^ 

,_4 

s 

o> 

ira 

lO 

o> 

«> 

-^_ 

s 

M 

tn 

■«»• 

« 

s 

e 

~       1 

s^ 

•* 

A 

M 

^ 

•J 

LO 

u^ 

r>. 

c^ 

^ 

o 

io 

t^ 

& 

l^ 

If* 

c/» 

03 

c^ 

c< 

ir 

ir 

01 

<> 

T 

l^ 

Xi 

a 
^       2 

•) 

o     cq 

cc 

CV 

r^ 

^ 

TO 

^ 

to        IN 

fn 

8l 

00     a 

4 

03 

C 

cc 

o      -^ 

•a 

^ 

" 

3 
o 

t^ 

;^ 

s 

t~ 

O) 

^ 

(N 

05 

.^ 

tc 

*^ 

^ 

T 

-             f^ 

t- 

»S 

o 

,^ 

t7 

y 

IN 

<c 

s 

cs 

'r 

■*     J^ 

c 

a 

3 

a> 

If 

E 

c 

1 
.2 

1 
.3 

E 

c 
(J 

c 

u 

r 

E- 
5 

o 

a 

s 

:! 

T3 

■c 

"■    B 

C 

c 

g 

-tt 

c 

1- 

T 

c 

•fJ 

« 

5 

^ 
£ 

1 

FISHERIES. 

INTRODUCTION. 

The  census  of  fisheries  for  the  Virgin  Islands  for  the  year  1917 
formed  a  part  of  the  industrial  census  taken  in  connection  with  the 
special  census  of  the  Virgin  Islands  for  1917.  This  was  the  first  at- 
tempt ever  made  to  collect  statistics  of  the  fisheries  industry.  The 
following  instructions  were  given  for  the  guidance  of  the  agents  in 
the  collection  of  data: 

Scope  of  census. — The  census  of  fisheries  must  include  the  fishing  operations  of  all 
shore  and  offshore  or  vessel  fisheries.  In  addition  to  sea  food  and  fish  products,  the 
census  must  cover  shellfish,  turtles,  crabs,  sponges,  etc.  All  commercial  fisheries, 
vessels  engaged  in  fishing,  and  vessels  engaged  in  transi)orting  fish  from  the  fishing 
grounds  must  be  reported.  No  reports,  however,  are  to  be  secured  for  vessels  en- 
gaged in  transporting  fish  from  port  to  port. 

Vessels  engaged  in  fishing  or  transporting  fish  for  a  portion  of  the  year  and  in  other 
work  for  the  remainder  of  the  12  months  must  be  reported  and  in  such  cases  the  reports 
must  cover  the  operations  of  the  entire  year. 

For  census  purposes  the  term  "commercial  fishery"  includes  all  fisliing  operations 
conducted  for  profit,  but  does  not  include  the  operations  of  individuals  or  clubs 
catcliing  fish  for  their  own  consumption  or  for  sport. 

If  an  establishment  is  engaged  primarily  in  the  purchase  and  sale  of  fish,  and  inci- 
dentally in  catching  fish,  the  statistics  for  the  mercantile  portion  should  be  segre- 
gated and  the  census  report  relate  exclusively  to  the  fishing  portion  of  the  business. 

The  census  reports  should  cover  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917,  or  the  fishing 
season  which  most  nearly  conforms  to  this  period.  The  period  covered  by  each  re- 
port must  be  given  on  the  title-page  of  each  schedule. 

Fishing  is  commonly  engaged  in  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands 
as  a  means  of  livelihood;  but  commercial  fishing  is  carried  on  only 
from  the  three  larger  islands,  and  the  catch  is  all  disposed  of  in  the 
markets  of  Charlotte  Amalie,  Christiansted,  and  Frederiksted.  All 
fishing  is  confined  to  salt  water,  there  being  no  fresh-water  streams 
of  any  size  on  the  islands. 

The  canvass  covered  St.  Thomas,  St.  John,  and  St.  Croix,  the  three 
principal  islands,  and  the  statistics  are  for  the  period  conforming 
most  nearly  to  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917.  The  enumeration 
began  the  latter  part  of  December,  1917,  and  ended  early  in  Jan- 
uary, 1918. 

The  majority  of  the  fishermen  on  St.  Thomas  are  white  men  of 
French  extraction,  most  of  whom  speak  the  French  language  only; 
they  are  locally  called  Cha-Chas  and  live  in  a  commmiity  called 
Honduras  just  outside  the  limits  of  Charlotte  Amalie.  The  fishermen 
on  St.  John  and  St.  Croix  are  colored  people  and  speak  English  ex- 
clusively, this  being  the  language  of  the  islands. 

(141) 


142 


THE   ^aRGIN   ISLANDS. 


The  report  for  the  Virgin  Islands  covers  fishing  designated  by  the 
Census  Bureau  as  "shore  fishing,"  i.  e.,  that  carried  on  from  shore  or 
from  boats  of  less  than  5  tons,  motor  boats,  sailboats,  rowboats, 
scows,  etc.  There  was  no  "offshore"  or  "vessel"  fishing.  No  boats 
of  over  5  tons  were  used.  Auxiliary  power  on  the  fishing  boats  of 
the  islands  is  financially  impossible  on  accoimt  of  the  high  price  of 
fuel  oil,  etc. 

It  was  very  difficult  to  obtain  reliable  information  as  to  the  quan- 
tities of  fish  caught  or  amount  received  from  sales,  as  in  no  in- 
stance were  records  kept;  and  the  fact  that  several  fishermen  often 
fish  from  one  boat,  each  disposing  of  his  share  of  the  catch  individu- 
ally, caused  further  complications.  The  statistics  shown  are  largely 
estimates  made  by  the  fishermen.  To  aid  in  the  preparation  of  these 
figures,  however,  an  agent  personally  visited  each  boat  owner  and 
questioned  him  as  to  the  nmnber  of  trips  per  week,  the  average  size 
of  the  catch,  and  the  amount  received  when  the  fish  were  sold  under 
different  circumstances. 

It  was  impossible  to  separate  the  quantities  of  fish  caught  by  any 
given  apparatus,  as  in  many  cases  set  pots,  seines,  and  hand  lines 
were  all  used  by  fishermen,  who  had  no  idea  as  to  the  amount  caught 
by  each;  this  also  applies  to  the  showing  of  the  catch  by  species,  as 
all  kinds  of  fish  sell  at  practically  the  same  price.  These  conditions 
are  unlike  those  in  the  United  States,  where  there  are  many  operators 
who  use  certain  apparatus  for  catching  certain  species  and  are,  there- 
fore, able  to  give  fairly  accurate  figures  as  to  the  various  kinds  caught 
and  the  method  of  capture. 

GENERAL   SUMMARY. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  number  of  persons  employed, 
capital  invested,  and  value  of  products,  for  the  islands  as  a  whole  and 
for  each  of  them  separately,  with  per  cent  of  total  for  each: 


Table  1 


Number  of  persons  employed 
Capital 

Boats,  sail  and  row 

Apparatus  of  capture 

Value  of  products 


Total. 


168 

$11,002 

6,690 

4,312 

44, 436 


St.  Croix. 


103 

$6, 198 

3,386 

2,812 

23,059 


St.  John. 


26 

$991 

420 

571 

5,186 


St. 
Thomas. 


39 

$3,813 

2,884 

929 

16, 191 


PEB   CENT   OF   TOTAL. 


St. 
Croix. 


St. 
■Tohn. 


St. 
Thom- 
as. 


St.  Croix,  the  largest  of  the  three  islands,  with  the  towns  of  Chris- 
tiansted  and  Frederiksted,  shows  61  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
persons  engaged  in  fishing,  56  per  cent  of  capital  invested,  and  52  per 
cent  of  total  value  of  products, 


FISHEKIES. 


143 


Capital  invested  is  represented  by  the  value  of  sail  and  row  boats, 
and  apparatus  of  capture.  Most  of  the  fishermen  operate  on  a  very 
small  scale  and  have  no  shore  property  in  use  for  fishing  purposes. 

The  value  of  products,  amounting  to  S44,436,  shows  approximately 
the  value  of  fish  marketed  on  the  islands  for  1917,  and  it  does  not 
include  the  fishing  of  individuals  for  sport  and  for  home  consumption. 
The  prices  paid  for  fish  during  the  year  1917  were  the  highest  ever 
paid  on  the  islands,  making  fish  to  a  large  extent  unobtainable  by 
the  poorer  classes. 

PERSONS    ENGAGED. 

A  separation  between  proprietors  and  wage  earners  was  difficult  in 
that  both  proprietors  and  wage  earners  work  together  on  shares  and 
in  many  instances  all  own  apparatus  which  is  operated  from  the  same 
boat.  The  fisherman  who  owned  the  boat  and  received  a  share  of  the 
catch  for  the  boat  was  classed  as  a  proprietor  and  those  working  with 
him  were  classed  as  wage  earners. 

Table  2  gives  the  number  of  proprietors  and  of  wage  earners  and 
theii'  wages  for  the  islands  as  a  whole  and  for  each  island  separately 
with  a  per  cent  distribution. 


Table  2 


Total 

St.  Croix.., 
St.  John... 
St.  Thomas 


PERSONS  ENGAGED  IN  THE  INDUSTRY. 


Num- 
ber of 
propri- 
etors. 


119 

8 
85 


Wage  earners. 


Num- 
ber. 


103 
26 
39 


Wages. 


168      $12,940 


7,771 
3,178 
1,991 


Per  cent  distribution. 


Propri- 
etors. 


56.1 
3.8 
40.1 


Wage  earners. 


Number.  Wages, 


61.3 
15.5 
23.2 


100.0 


60.0 
24.6 
15.4 


The  total  amount  paid  in  wages  in  St.  Thomas  in  comparison  with 
that  paid  in  St.  John  and  St.  Croix  was  small;  but  this  is  accounted 
for  by  the  fact  that  in  the  town  of  Charlotte  Amalie,  comprising  most 
of  the  population  of  St.  Thomas  and  situated  on  St.  Thomas  Harbor, 
men  are  employed  in  various  kinds  of  harbor  work  and  other  indus- 
tries and  so  are  not  engaged  steadily  at  fishing;  whereas  in  St.  John 
and  St.  Croix  fishing  is  practically  the  chief  occupation  and  is  carried 
on  the  entire  year. 

EQinPMENT. 

In  the  fisheries  of  the  islands  only  sail  and  row  boats  were  employed. 
There  were  28  sailboats  and  176  rowboats  used  in  the  operations. 
The  kinds  of  appai'atus  are  confined  almost  exclusively  to  set  pots, 


144 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


seines,  hand  lines,  turtle  nets,  and  cast  nets.  The  latter  are  used 
mostly  for  catching  sprat,  a  very  small  fish,  sometimes  locally 
called  "frys."  Cast  nets  are  also  used  for  catching  fish  for  bait. 
Set  pots  are  utilized  more  than  any  other  apparatus.  There  were 
1,263  of  these  used,  of  which  St.  Croix  reported  907,  St.  Thomas  295, 
and  St.  John  61. 

The  following  table  gives  the  number  and  value  of  the  boats  and 
apparatus  of  capture  employed  for  the  islands  combined  and  for  each 
of  the  three  islands  separatel}^ 


Table  3 

BOATS  AND  APPAR.VTUS  ENGAGED. 

a 
a 

c  ,~ 

o  2 

Boats. 

Apparatus. 

ISLAND. 

Tota'. 

Sail- 
boats. 

ROM'- 

bouts. 

Set  rots. 

Cast 
nets. 

Seines. 

Lines. 

Tur- 
tle 
nets. 

2| 

3 

ffl  a 

^ 

03 

t-r 

t-( 

> 

j-i 

^ 

Oi 

X.' 

^ 

^ 

^ 

O) 

Ai 

^ 

© 

U 

3 

3 

"3 

a 

fa 

3 
e3 

o 

u 

3 
■3 

!= 

■3 

3 

■3 

g 
3 

3 

g 

3 

"3 

e 

'A 

> 

'A 

28 
18 

> 

'A 

> 

E-c 

A 

> 

•A 
64 

> 

S376 
291 

A 

26 
~9 

>■ 

•a 

K- 

A 

66 
23 

> 

Total 

.^1,002 

204 

$6,690 

.'$2, 6,S3 

176 

.?4,007 

S4,312 

1,263 

$2, 126 

$1,552 

159 

68 

3595 
47 

$163 

St.  Croix 

6, 198 

9<S 

3,3Sfi 

1,365 

80 

2,021 

2,812 

907 

1,575:49 

.'\32 

67 

St.  John 

991 

11 

95 

420 
2,884 

2 

8 

175 
1,143 

9 

87 

245 
1,741 

571 
929 

61 
295 

54 
497 

6 
11 

440 
280 

13 

78 

5 
43 

31 
12 

72 

St.  Thomas 

15 

85 

24 

PRODUCTS. 

The  catch  is  disposed  of  by  the  ''strap"  only,  never  by  actual 
weight.  The  "strap"  is  a  piece  of  tough  grass,  or  fiber,  and  takes  the 
place  of  a  string.  Selling  by  the  "strap"  is  practically  the  same  as 
selling  by  the  "string  of  fish,"  and  as  a  unit  of  measure  is  about  as 
exact  as  the  fisherman's  usual  string  of  fish.  Roughly,  a  "strap" 
varies  in  weight  from  1  to  2  pounds,  and  its  market  value  varies  from 
10  to  18  cents  per  strap  in  the  forenoon,  to  5  to  10  cents  in  the  after- 
noon, this  variation  being  due  to  lack  of  means  for  refrigeration. 
In  instances  where  the  entire  catch  was  sold  to  dealers  the  price  re- 
ceived was  much  smaller;  but,  as  a  rule,  the  fisherman  disposes  of  his 
catch,  either  by  peddling  from  house  to  house  or  in  the  public  market 
which  each  town  provides.  Quantity  and  value  of  catch  are  shown 
in  Table  4. 


-^^^^^   *                                                             ISLAND. 

Pounds 
of  fish. 

Value. 

Total 

590,057 

$44  -136 

St.  Croix 

239, 575 
168, 815 
181,667 

23  059 

St.  .1obn 

5  186 

St.  Thomas 

le' 191 

FISHERIES. 


145 


As  already  stated,  it  was  impossible  to  classify  the  different  species 
of  fish  caught  by  quantity  or  value,  but  the  principal  kinds  were: 


Barracuda. 

Bluelish. 

Bonito. 

Cravelle. 

Doctorfish. 

Goatfish. 


Grouper. 

Grunt  or  Margate  fish. 

Hogfish. 

Jackfish. 

Kingfish. 

Mackerel. 


Mullet. 
Oldwife. 
Porges. 
Redfish. 
Red  Snapper. 


Rock  fish. 

Shell  or  Trunk  fish. 

Yellowtail. 

Spiny  Lo})8ter. 

Turtles. 


Crabs,  oysters,  and  clams  are  caught  to  some  extent,  but  not  in 
commercial  quantities,  those  for  sale  being  imported.  There  were 
also  a  few  conchs  caught,  but  these  are  caught  mostly  by  divers. 
They  are  of  very  little  commercial  value,  the  value  being  in  the  shells 
when  polished  up  to  be  sold  as  souvenirs,  etc.  Although  fish  form 
such  a  large  product  of  the  islands,  no  canning  or  preserving  is  done. 

The  following  table  shows,  for  1917,  for  the  Virgin  Islands  as  a 
group  and  for  the  thi'ee  islands  separately,  statistics  in  detail  for  the 
fishing  industry: 


Table  5 


Persons  engaged 

Proprietors  aad  firm  members. . 
AVage  earners  (average  number) 

Wages,  total 

Capital  invested,  total 

Boats  engaged- 
Number,  total 

Value,  total 

Sailboats- 
Number 

Value. 

Rowboats — 

Number 

Value 

Apparatus — 

Value,  total 

Set  pots — 

Number 

Value 

Cast  nets — 

Number 

Value 

Seines — 

Number 

Value 

Lines- 
Number , 

Value 

Turtle  nets — 

Number , 

Value , 

Total  catch  for  year: 

Pounds , 

Value , 


FISHERtES  OF  THE  VIEGIN  ISLANDS. 


Total. 


380 

212 

168 

$12,940 

$11,002 

204 
$G,  090 

28 
«2,683 

176 
$4,007 

$4,  .312 

1,263 
$2,126 

64 
$376 

26 
$1,552 

159 
$95 

66 
$163 

590,057 
$44, 436 


St.  Croix. 


222 
11-9 
103 

$7, 771 
$6, 19S 

98 
$3,386 

18 
$1,365 

80 
$2,021 

42,812 

907 
$1,575 

49 
$291 

9 

$832 

68 
$47 

23 

$67 

239, 575 
$23,059 


St.  John. 


34 

8 

26 

$3, 178 

$991 

11 

$420 

2 
$175 


$245 
$571 


61 
^54 


6 
$440 


31 

$72 


108, 815 
$5, 186 


St.  Thomas. 


124 

85 

39 

$1,991 

$3,813 

95 
$2,884 


$1,143 

87 
$1, 741 

$929 

295 
$497 


11 

$280 


78 
$43 


12 
$24 


181,667 
$16, 191 


60396°— 18- 


-iO 


APPENDIXES. 


I.— GENERAL  ORDER 149, 150 

II.— INSTRUCTIONS   TO   ENUMERATORS— GENERAL   INSTRUC- 
TIONS, AND  INSTRUCTIONS  FOR   PUNCHING   CARD 151-163 

III.— ENUMERATION  DISTRICTS  AND  ENUMERATORS 164-165 

IV.— SCHEDULES 167, 174 


(147) 


APPENDIX  I. 


GENERAL  ORDER. 

The  Secretary  of  Commerce  having  directed,  at  the  reqfuest  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy  and  with  the  approval  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  that  a  census  be 
taken  of  the  Virgin  Islands  of  the  United  States,  the  following  order  is  promulgated: 

1.  The  census  herein  provided  for  shall  refer  to  population  and  to  the  products  of 
agriculture,  manufactures,  and  the  fisheries. 

2.  The  census  shall  be  taken  as  of  the  date  November  1,  1917,  and  the  work  of  enu- 
meration shall  be  completed,  as  far  as  practicable,  within  two  weeks  from  that  date. 

3.  The  supervision  of  the  enumeration  will  be  under  the  charge  of  Mr.  Eugene  F. 
Hartley,  who  is  hereby  designated  as  supervisor  in  charge  and  made  responsible  for 
the  rapid  and  efficient  conduct  of  the  work. 

4.  The  area  comprised  in  the  Virgin  Islands  shall  be  divided  into  as  many  enumer- 
ation districts  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  proper  and  prompt  compliance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  order,  and  the  boundaries  of  all  of  the  enumeration  districts  shall  be 
clearly  described  by  civil  divisions,  roads,  or  other  easily  distinguishable  lines. 

5.  The  work  of  the  enumeration  shall  be  performed  by  special  agents  acting  as 
enumerators,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Director  of  the  Census,  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  supervisor  in  charge.  They  will  proceed  in  accordance  with  sections  12, 
16,  and  18  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1909,  providing  for  taking  the  Thirteenth  and  subsequent 
censuses.  The  enumerators  so  appointed  shall  be,  so  far  as  possible,  residents  of  the 
enumeration  districts  they  are  to  canvass  and  shall  be  selected  because  of  their  fitness 
for  the  work  and  their  personal  knowledge  of  the  districts  they  are  to  canvass. 

G.  The  compensation  of  the  enumerators  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Director  of  the  Census 
for  each  day  of  eight  hours'  actual  field  work. 

7.  Each  enumerator  shall  be  required  to  make  a  daily  report  to  the  supervisor  in 
charge.  _  If  the  daily  reports  of  any  enumerator  shall  indicate  that  he  is  not  faithfully 
discharging  his  duties,  the  supervisor  in  charge  is  authorized  to  suspend  him  from 
duty  and  to  submit  to  the  Director  of  the  Census  the  reasons  why  he  should  be  dis- 
missed from  the  service. 

8.  Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  section  22  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1909,  prescribes 
certain  penalties  for  the  failure  of  enumerators  to  perform  their  duties,  or  ii-regularities 
in  the  same.  Neglecting  or  refusing  to  perform  duties  prescribed;  communication  of 
information  gained  through  performance  of  duties  to  persons  not  authorized  to  receive 
the  same;  swearing  or  affirming  falsely,  willingly,  and  knowingly  making  false  certifi- 
cate or  fictitious  return  are  all  covered  by  appropriate  penalties  and  fines. 

9.  Attention  is  also  called  to  sections  23  and  24  of  the  same  act,  which  read  as  follows: 

Sec.  23.  That  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  persons  over  21  years  of  age,  when  requested  by  the  Director  of  the 
Census  or  by  any  supervisor,  enumerator,  or  special  agent,  or  other  employee  of  the  Census  Oftice  acting 
under  the  instructions  of  the  said  director,  to  answer  correctly,  to  the  best  of  llieir  knowledge,  all  questions 
on  the  census  schedules  applying  to  themselves  and  to  the  family  to  which  they  belong  or  are  related,  and 
to  the  farm  or  farms  of  which  they  or  their  families  are  the  occupants;  and  any  person  over  21  years  ol  age 
who,  under  the  conditions  hereinbefore  stated,  shall  refuse  or  willfully  neglect  "to  answer  any  otthese  ques- 
tions, or  shall  willfully  gi\e  answers  that  are  false,  shall  be  guilty  of  "a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction 
thereof  shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  $100. 

And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  owTier,  proprietor,  manager,  .superintendent,  or  agent  of  a  hotel,  apart- 
ment house,  boarding  or  lodging  house,  tenement,  or  other  building,  when  requested  by  the  Director  of 
the  Census,  or  by  any  super\'isor,  enumerator,  special  agent,  or  other  employee  of  the  Census  Office,  acting 
under  the  instructions  of  the  said  cUrcctor,  to  furnish  the  names  of  the  occupants  of  said  hotel,  apartment 
house,  boarding  or  lodging  house,  tenement,  or  other  building,  and  to  give  thereto  free  ingress  and  egress 
to  any  duly  accretUted  rejiresentative  of  the  Census  Olllce.  so  as  to  permit  of  the  collection  of  statistics  for 
census  purposes,  including  the  proper  and  correct  enumeration  of  all  persons  having  their  usual  place  of 
abode  in  said  hotel,  apartment  house,  boarding  or  lodging  house,  tenement,  or  other  building:  and  any 
owner,  proprietor,  manager,  superintendent,  or  agent  of  a  hotel,  apartment  house,  boarding  or  lodging 
house,  tenement,  or  other  building  who  shall  refuse  or  willfully  neglect  t  o  gi\  e  such  information  or  assistance 
under  the  conditions  hereinbefore  stated  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof 
shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  S.'jOO. 

Sec.  24.  .\nd  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  owner,  president,  treasurer,  secretary,  director,  or  other  olTieer 
or  agent  of  any  manufacturing  establishment,  mine,  quarry,  or  other  establishment  of  productive  industry, 

(149) 


150 


THE   VIRCIN   I^^LANDS. 


^/llbtller  eonductea  as  a  corporation,  firm,  limited,  lialiility  company,  or  by  private  individiia Is,  •when 
requested  by  the  Director  of  the  Census  or  by  any  supervisor,  enumerator,  special  agent,  or  other  employee 
of  the  Census  Office  acting  under  the  instructions  of  the  said  director,  to  answer  completely  and  correctly 
to  the  best  of  his  knowledge  all  questions  on  any  census  schedule  applying  to  such  establishment;  and  any 
owner,  president,  secretary,  director,  or  other  officer  or  agent  of  any  manufacturing  establishment,  mine, 
quarry,  or  other  establishment  of  producti\e  industry,  who  under  thf  conditions  hereinbefore  stated  shall 
refuse  or  willfully  neglect  to  answer  any  of  these  questions,  or  shall  willfully  give  answers  that  are  false,  shall 
be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  "conviction  thereof  shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  S10,()00,  or  imprisoned 
for  a  period  not  exceeding  one  year,  or  both  so  fined  and  imprisoned,  at  the  discretion  of  the  court.  The 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  also  apply  to  the  collection  of  the  information  required  and  authorized  by  tho 
act  entitled  "An  act  to  provide  for  a  permanent  Census  Office,"  and  by  acts  amendtitory  thereof  orsupijle- 
mental  thereto. 

Sam.  L.  Rogers, 
Director  oj  the  Census. 
Apf^ved: 

VVlLLIAM    C.    ReDFIELD, 

Secretary  of  Covivurce. 
Washington,  D.  C,  October  1,  1917. 


APPENDIX  II. 


INSTRUCTIONS  TO  ENUMERATORS. 

GENERAL  INSTRUCTIONS. 

1.  Appointment  of  special  agents. — Under  your  appointment  as  a  special 
agent  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Census  you  are  required  to  take  and  subscribe  to  an  oath 
or  affirmation  (Form  8-068  e  1),  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  printed  thereon, 
and  to  return  said  oath  or  affirmation  to  the  supervisor  in  charge.  Upon  its  receipt  an 
appointment  certificate  (Form  8-1847  a)  and  a  certificate  of  authority  (Form  8-1319  d) 
will  be  issued,  under  which  your  work  is  to  be  performed  and  which  will  constitute 
your  authority  for  taking  the  census  required  by  the  terms  of  the  general  order  pro- 
mulgated October  1,  1917. 

2.  Schedule  and  supplies. — There  are  four  schedules  to  be  used  in  your  work, 
as  follows:  Population  (Form  8-4862),  agriculture  (Form  8-4858),  manufactures  (Form 
8-4859),  fisheries  (Form  8-4863).  The  other  supplies  to  be  used  in  your  work  con« 
sist  of  a  circular  of  instructions,  a  set  of  daily  report  cards,  a  certificate  of  completion 
card,  addressed  return  labels,  letterheads  and  addressed  envelopes  for  official  corre- 
spondence only,  a  piece  of  twine  for  retying  bundles,  and  a  duplicate  set  of  pay 
vouchers.  The  daily  report  cards,  return  labels,  and  addressed  envelopes  are  for 
official  use  only  and  do  not  require  postage. 

3.  If  any  of  these  schedules  or  supplies  are  missing  or  the  number  received  is  not 
likely  to  be  sufficient  for  your  needs,  send  notification  at  once,  in  order  that  there 
may  be  no  delay  on  this  account  in  the  completion  of  your  work. 

4.  The  portfolio  furnished  you  is  to  be  used  in  your  daily  canvass.  It  will  not  be 
necessary  for  you  to  carry  in  it  on  any  one  day  any  more  schedules  than  will  be  re- 
cjuh'ed  in  that  day's  work. 

5.  Blank  schedules  not  in  use  and  schedules  already  filled  must  be  carefully  put 
away  where  they  will  not  be  in  danger  of  destruction  or  of  examination  by  unau- 
thorized persons,  and  will  be  kept  clean. 

6.  Description  of  district. — The  number  and  description  of  your  district  are 
given  on  the  inside  of  the  front  cover  of  the  portfolio,  and  within  the  boundaries  of 
said  district  you  are  required  to  make  an  enumeration  of  the  inhabitants  and  of  agri- 
cultural and  other  products,  in  accordance  with  the  printed  instructions  herein 
contained  and  any  other  instructions  which  you  may  receive  from  duly  authorized 
persons. 

7.  Daily  report  cards. — A  supply  of  report  cards  (Form  8-4867)  is  furnished  for 
your  use  in  making  a  report  each  day  of  the  number  of  hours  and  minutes  during 
which  you  were  occupied. 

8.  At  the  close  of  each  day's  work  fill  out  and  send,  if  possible,  one  of  these  report 
cards;  but  if  not,  send  them  as  soon  and  as  often  as  you  have  opportunity.  Since 
they  will  be  used  in  the  settlement  of  your  account  for  services  rendered,  it  is  im- 
portant that  pains  should  be  taken  to  insure  accuracy  in  filling  them  and  in  arranging 
for  sending  them  promptly. 

9.  If  the  supply  of  report  cards  fiu-nished  should  not  prove  to  be  sufficient  for 
your  needs,  send  notification  in  ample  time  for  an  additional  supply  to  reach  you, 
so  as  not  to  delay  the  sending  of  your  daily  reports. 

10.  Completion  of  enumeration. — As  soon  as  the  work  in  your  district  is  fin- 
ished you  are  required  to  fill  out  and  send  the  certificate  of  completion  of  enumeration 
card  (Form  8-4868).  This  is  an  important  requirement  and  is  a  necessary  prerequi- 
site to  the  prompt  certification  of  your  account  for  services  rendered. 

11.  Compensation. — Vouchers  (Form  8-4543)  corresponding  to  the  rate  of  com- 
pensation to  be  allowed  for  your  services  in  taking  the  census  of  your  district  have 
been  furnished  to  you  in  duplicate.  On  the  completion  of  your  work  fill  out  and 
sign  these  two  vouchers  and  inclose  them  in  the  portfolio  with  the  completed  sched- 
ules. They  will  be  compared  with  your  daily  report  cards  and,  if  upon  examination 
they  are  found  to  be  correct,  the  amount  due  you  will  be  sent  in  the  form  of  a  United 

(151) 


152  THE  VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

States  Treasury  draft  payable  to  your  ordec.  Any  failure  on  your  part  strictly  to 
observe  the  instructions  as  to  the  filling  of  the  vouchers  will  postpone  the  date  of 
final  settlement  of  your  account. 

12.  Return  of  schedules. — After  inclosing  your  completed  schedules,  pay  vouch- 
ers, filled  out  in  duplicate,  certificate  of  authority  (Form  8-1319  d),  and  all  unused 
supplies,  the  package  is  to  be  wrapped  for  forwarding.  For  this  purpose  use  the 
manila  paper  in  which  it  was  originally  sent.  This  paper,  if  preserved  and  turned, 
will  form  a  suitable  wrapping.  Each  package  must  be  neatly  wi-a])ped  and  securely 
tied  with  the  twine  supplied  for  the  purpose.  The  label  (Form  8-8-498-2)  bearing 
the  address  of  the  supervisor  in  charge  is  to  be  pasted  on  the  outside  of  the  package. 
If  the  wrapping  paper  is  not  turned,  paste  it  over  the  old  label  bearing  your  own 
name  and  address. 

13.  Obligations  and  duties. — As  stated  in  the  general  order,  you  can  not  under 
your  oath  of  office  disclose  any  information  obtained  by  you  in  the  discharge  of  your 
official  duties,  and  the  law  provides  a  penalty  for  any  infraction  of  this  obligation. 
Under  this  provision  you  are  not  permitted  to  show  your  schedules,  when  filled,  or 
to  retain  copies  of  the  same,  or  to  furnish  the  population  of  your  district,  or  any  por- 
tion thereof,  to  newspapers,  local  officials,  or  individuals. 

14.  Penalties  are  also  provided  for  failure  to  perform  your  duties  in  accordance 
with  your  official  oath  and  instructions,  and  for  making  false  or  fictitious  returns; 
and  there  is  a  penalty  also  to  cover  the  failure  of  any  person,  when  requested,  to 
furnish  the  information  required  by  the  law  and  these  instructions.  This  latter 
requirement  need  not  be  referred  to  except  in  extreme  cases,  as  much  can  be  done  by 
tact  and  persuasion.  If,  after  proper  and  courteous  effort,  you  fail  to  secure  the  de- 
sired information,  report  the  fact  to  the  supervisor  in  charge  and  continue  the  work 
of  enumeration. 

16.  You  are  not  at  liberty  to  delegate  your  authority  to  any  other  person,  or  to  be 
accompanied  by  or  assisted  in  your  work  by  any  unauthorized  person. 

16.  You  will  be  expected  to  devote  at  least  eight  hours  each  day  (except  Sun- 
days) to  the  diligent  canvassing  of  your  district,  but  it  is  not  permissible  for  you 
to  combine  with  this  work  any  other  occupation,  such  as  soliciting  subscriptions  to 
newspapers  and  magazines,  or  the  sale  or  advertisement  of  any  article  whatever. 

SPECIAL   INSTRUCTIONS    FOR    FILLING    SCHEDULES. 

17.  General. — The  entries  in  the  schedules  are  to  be  made  in  ink.  Write  plainly 
and  neatly.  Do  not  rub  out  or  interline,  and  be  sure  to  make  each  entry  upon  the 
proper  line  and  in  the  proper  column. 

18.  Sign  every  schedule,  wherever  a  space  is  left  for  your  signature,  as  a  certificate 
that  the  work  upon  it  has  been  done  wholly  by  yourself. 

19.  Try  to  make  the  entries  on  the  schedule  with  such  care  that  copying  will  not 
be  required.  But  if  copying  is  necessary,  copy  line  by  line,  crosswise.  Never  copy 
one  column  down  and  then  another.  Use  a  ruler  to  keep  the  place,  and  be  careful 
that  the  ruler  is  not  displaced.  Otherwise  you  are  liable  to  copy  entries  on  the  wrong 
lines. 

POPULATION    SCHEDULE. 

20.  Definite  answers. — Try  to  get  a  definite  answer  to  each  inquiry,  according 
to  the  instructions  herein  given.  But  if  after  every  effort  you  can  not  obtain  the  desired 
information  write  "Un"  (for  unknown). 

21.  Persons  to  be  included  in  the  enumeration. — The  enumeration  of  the 

Eopulation  of  your  district  is  intended  to  cover  every  man,  woman,  and  child  who  had 
is  or  her  residence  or  usual  place  of  abode  in  your  district  on  the  1st  day  of  November, 
1917,  the  day  as  of  which  the  census  is  taken.  You  will  include,  therefore,  every 
person  living  on  November  1,  1917,  or  during  any  part  of  that  day,  and  omit  chil- 
dren born  after  that  date;  that  is,  an  entry  is  to  be  made  of  every  person  who  was 
a  resident  of  your  district  upon  the  1st  day  of  November,  1917,  but  who  between 
that  date  and  the  day  of  your  visit  shall  have  died,  precisely  as  if  he  were  still  living, 
but  no  entry  is  to  be  made  of  a  child  born  between  the  1st  day  of  November,  1917, 
and  the  day  of  your  visit,  say  November  5,  November  10,  etc.,  as  the  case  may  be. 

22.  It  is  difliicult  to  guard  against  the  danger  that  some  persons  will  be  reported 
in  two  places  and  others  not  reported  at  all.  Much  must  be  left  to  your  judgment, 
but  you  can  usually  satisfy  yourself  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  as  to  the  pro- 
priety of  including  or  not  including  doubtful  cases  in  the  enumeration  of  any  given 
family.  The  following  explanations,  however,  will  be  of  service  to  you  in  your  work 
and  should  be  carefully  studied: 


APPENDIX  II.  153 

23.  Usual  place  of  abode. — This  means  the  place  where  a  person  may  be  said  to 
live  or  belong,  or  the  i)lace  which  is  his  home.  As  a  rule  the  usual  place  of  abode  is 
the  place  where  a  person  regularly  sleeps.  Note,  however,  that  where  a  man  happens 
to  sleep  at  the  time  of  the  enumeration  may  not  be  the  place  where  he  regularly  sleeps, 
as  more  fully  explained  below. 

24.  Residents  absent  from  home. — If  a  member  of  any  family  in  your  district 
is  temporarily  away  from  home  on  a  visit,  or  on  business,  or  traveling  for  pleasure, 
or  attending  school  or  college,  or  sick  in  a  hospital,  such  absent  person  should  be 
enumerated  and  included  with  the  other  members  of  the  family.  But  a  son  or 
daughter  permanently  located  elsewhere  should  not  be  included  with  the  family. 
Under  this  instruction  it  will  be  noted  that  a  person  visiting  a  family  is  not  to  be 
enumerated  with  the  family  in  which  he  is  visiting,  but  with  the  family  of  which 
he  is  a  member. 

26.  Servants. — Servants,  laborers,  or  other  employees  who  live  with  the  family 
and  sleep  in  the  same  house  or  on  the  premises  should  be  enumerated  with  the  family. 

26.  Boarders  and  lodgers.— Boarders  (that  is,  persons  eating  and  sleeping  at  the 
same  place)  or  lodgers  should  be  enumerated  at  the  place  where  they  are  rooming  or 
lodging,  if  they  are  there  permanently.  On  the  other  hand,  transient  boarders  or 
lodgers,  at  hotels,  or  elsewhere,  should  not  be  enumerated  at  their  temporary  rooming 
or  lodging  place  unless  it  is  practically  certain  that  they  will  not  be  enumerated  any- 
where else.  This  refers  to  persoJis  rooming  or  lodging  for  a  short  time  at  a  hotel  or 
boarding  or  lodging  house  or  with  a  private  family  while  temporarily  absent  from 
their  usual  places  of  abode. 

27.  Construction  camps. — Members  of  construction  camps,  road  camps,  or  other 
places  which  have  shifting  populations,  composed  of  persons  with  no  fixed  places 
of  abode,  should  be  enumerated  where  found,  except  in  so  far  as  certain  members  of 
such  camps  may  have  some  other  usual  place  of  abode  from  which  they  are  likely 
to  be  reported. 

28.  Students  at  school  or  coUege. — If  there  is  a  school,  college,  or  other  educa- 
tional institution  in  your  district  which  has  students  from  outside  of  your  district,  you 
should  enumerate  only  those  students  who  have  their  homes  or  regular  places  of 
abode  in  your  district. 

29.  Inmates  of  medical  or  surgical  hospitals.— Most  inmates  of  medical  and 
surgical  hospitiils  are  there  only  for  temporary  treatment  and  have  other  regular  places 
of  abode.  Therefore  you  should  not  report  as  a  resident  of  the  hospital  any  patient 
unless  he  claims  to  have  no  other  usual  place  of  abode  from  which  he  is  likely  to  be 
reported. 

30.  Inmates  of  prisons,  asylums,  and  institutions  other  than  hospitals. — 
If  there  is  within  your  district  a  prison,  reformatory,  or  jail,  an  almshouse,  an  asylum 
or  home,  or  any  similar  institution  in  which  inmates  usually  remain  for  long  periods 
of  time,  all  the  inmates  of  such  an  institution  should  be  enumerated  as  of  your  dis- 
trict. It  is  to  be  specially  noted  in  the  case  of  jails  the  prisoners  should  be  there 
enumerated,  however  short  the  term  of  sentence. 

31.  Persons  engaged  in  railway  service  or  traveUng. — Railroad  men,  canal 
men,  expressmen,  railway  mail  clerks,  sailors  on  merchant  ships,  traveling  salesmen, 
and  the  like,  usually  have  homes  to  which  they  return  at  intervals  and  which  con- 
stitute their  usual  place  of  abode  within  the  meaning  of  the  census  act.  Therefore 
any  such  persons  who  may  be  in  your  district  temporarily  on  November  1,  1917,  are 
not  to  be  enumerated  by  you  unless  they  claim  to  have  no  other  regular  place  of 
abode.  But  if  their  homes  are  in  your  district,  they  should  be  enumerated  there, 
even  though  absent  on  November  1,  1917.  Sailors  on  voyages  are  to  be  reported  at 
their  land  homes,  no  matter  how  long  they  have  been  absent,  if  they  are  supposed  to 
be  still  alive. 

32.  All  buildings  to  be  visited. — Be  careful  to  include  in  your  canvass  every 
occupied  building  or  other  place  of  abode  in  your  district.  Before  leaving  any  build- 
ing make  sure  that  you  have  included  all  persons  living  in  that  building.  Inquire 
specifically  whether  any  members  of  the  family  you  are  enumerating  are  temporarily  absent, 
and  xvhether  there  are  any  boarders  or  lodgers  or  servants  in  that  family  or  any  other  per- 
sons in  the  same  house.  If  any  dwelling  house  or  apartment  is  closed  on  the  day  of 
your  visit,  do  not  take  it  for  granted  that  the  place  is  unoccupied.  Find  out  whether 
anyone  is  living  there.  If  a  building  appears  to  be  used  for  business  purposes  only, 
do  not  take  it  for  granted  that  no  one  lives  in  it.     Make  inquiries. 

33.  Individuals  out  of  families. — Be  careful  not  to  overlook  persons  living  en- 
tirely alime,  such  as  a  person  occupying  a  room  or  rooms  in  a  public  building,  store, 
warehouse,  factory,  or  stable,  and  having  no  other  usual  place  of  abode;  or  a  person 
living  alone  in  a  cabin,  hut,  or  tent;  or  a  person  sleeping  on  a  boat  and  having  no 
other  place  of  abode. 


154  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

THE    HEADING    OF   THE    SCHEDULE. 

34.  Fill  out  the  spaces  at  the  top  of  each  page  above  the  heavy  black  line  in  ac- 
cordance wth  the  following  explanations.  Do  this  on  each  page  before  entering  any 
names  on  that  page. 

35.  Number  the  sheets  of  the  population  schedule  in  the  exact  order  in  which 
you  fill  them  as  you  progress  with  the  enumeration.  Each  sheet  must  be  numbered 
the  same  on  each  side,  as  sheet  No.  lA,  IB,  2A,  2B,  etc. 

36.  Enter  at  the  head  of  each  sheet,  and  on  both  sides,  the  number  of  your  enu- 
meration district  and  the  name  of  the  island  in  which  your  district  is  located. 

37.  Enter  at  the  head  of  each  sheet,  and  on  both  sides,  the  name  of  the  city  or 
district. 

38.  WTien  signing  the  schedule,  be  sure  to  enter  the  day  of  the  month  on  which 
the  entries  were  made. 

THE    BODY   OP  THE    SCHEDULE. 

39.  Notice  that  each  sheet  is  divided  into  50  horizontal  lines,  25  to  each  page 
(A  and  B),  and  that  they  are  numbered  from  1  to  50.  The  answers  concerning  each 
person  enumerated  should  be  entered  on  one  of  these  horizontal  lines,  and  so  the  facts 
required  for  50  persons  can  be  entered  on  each  sheet,  if  completely  filled. 

40.  Column  1.  Name  of  street  or  road,  etc. — Write  lengthwise  the  name  of 
the  street,  court,  place,  alley,  or  road,  as  the  case  may  be. 

41.  Column  2.  House  nvimber,  if  any. — Write  the  house  number,  if  there  is 
one,  in  the  second  column  opposite  the  name  of  the  first  person  enumerated  in  that 
house.  If  a  house  is  in  the  rear  of  another  one  fronting  on  a  street  and  has  no  number 
of  its  own,  give  it  the  same  number  as  the  front  house  and  add  the  letter  "R." 

42.  If  you  are  enumerating  the  population  of  an  institution,  such  as  a  prison, 
jail,  almshouse,  or  asylum,  enter  lengthwise  the  full  name  of  the  institution  in  the 
column  provided  for  house  number. 

43.  The  places  at  which  you  begin  and  end  work  on  any  street,  road,  etc.,  are  to 
be  marked  by  drawing  heavy  lines  (  )  across  the  first  and  second  columns. 

44.  Column  3.  Number  of  dwelling  in  order  of  visitation. — In  this  column 
the  first  dwelling  house  you  visit  should  be  numbered  as  "1,"  the  second  as  "2," 
and  so  on  until  the  enumeration  of  your  district  is  completed.  The  number  should 
always  be  entered  opposite  the  name  of  the  first  person  enumerated  in  each  dwelling 
house,  and  should  not  be  repeated  for  other  persons  or  other  families  living  in  the 
same  house. 

45.  A  dwelling  house,  for  censiis  purposes,  is  a  place  in  which,  at  the  time  of  the 
census,  one  or  more  persons  regularly  sleep.  It  need  not  be  a  house  in  the  usual 
sense  of  the  word,  but  may  be  a  room  in  a  factory,  store,  or  office  building,  a  loft 
over  a  stable,  a  boat,  a  tent,  or  the  like. 

46.  Column  4.  Number  of  family  in  order  of  visitation. — In  this  column 
number  the  families  in  your  district  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  enumerated, 
entering  the  number  opposite  the  name  of  the  head  of  each  family.  Thus  the  first 
family  you  visit  should  be  numbered  as  "1,"  the  second  as  "2,"  and  so  on,  until 
the  enumeration  of  your  district  is  completed. 

47.  The  word  "family,"  for  census  purposes,  has  a  somewhat  different  application 
from  what  it  has  in  popular  usage.  It  means  a  group  of  persons  living  together  in 
the  same  dwelling  place.  The  persons  constituting  this  group  may  or  may  not  be 
related  by  ties  of  kinship,  but  if  they  live  together  forming  one  household  they  should 
be  considered  as  one  family.  Thus  a  servant  who  sleeps  in  the  house  or  on  the 
premises  should  be  included  with  the  members  of  the  family  for  which  he  or  she 
works.  Again,  a  boarder  or  lodger  should  be  included  with  the  members  of  the 
family  with  which  he  lodges;  but  a  person  who  boards  in  one  place  and  lodges  or 
rooms  at  another  should  be  returned  as  a  member  of  the  family  at  the  place  where 
he  lodges  or  rooms. 

48.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  two  or  more  families  may  occupy  the  same 
dwelling  house  without  living  together.  If  they  occupy  separate  portions  of  the 
dwelling  house  and  their  housekeeping  is  entirely  separate,  they  should  be  returned 
as  separate  families. 

49.  All  the  occupants  and  employees  of  a  hotel,  boarding  house,  or  lodging  house, 
if  that  is  their  usual  place  of  abode,  make  up,  for  census  purposes,  a  single  family. 

50.  The  officials  and  inmates  of  an  institution  who  live  in  the  institution  building 
or  buildings  form  one  family.  But  any  officers  or  employees  who  sleep  in  detached 
houses  or  separate  dwelling  places  containing  no  inmates  should  be  returned  as  eeptt- 
rate  families. 


APPENDIX  II.  155 

51.  The  census  family  may  likewise  consist  of  a  single  person.  Thus  a  clerk  in  a 
store  who  regularly  sleeps  there  is  to  be  returned  as  a  family  and  the  store  as  his 
dwelling  place. 

52.  Home  tenure. — Entries  are  to  be  made  in  columns  5  and  6  opposite  the 
nan^e  of  the  head  of  each  family  only.  If  a  dwelling  is  occupied  by  more  than  one 
family  it  is  the  home  of  each  of  them,  and  the  questions  should  be  answered  with 
reference  to  each  family  in  the  dwelling. 

53.  Column  5.  Owned  free  or  mortgaged. — If  the  home  is  owned  and  fully 
paid  for,  with  no  incumbrance  of  any  kind  upon  it,  write  "OF,"  meaning  owned 
and  free  from  mortgage.  If  the  home  is  owned  and  not  fully  paid  for,  of  if  there  is 
an  incumbrance  of  atiy  kind  upon  it,  write  "OM,"  meaning  oumed  but  mortgaged. 

54.  Column  6.  Rent  paid  or  not. — If  the  home  is  not  owned  and  rent  is  paid 
for  it,  write  "Yes."  If  the  home  is  not  owned,  but  no  rent  is  paid  or  required,  write 
"No." 

55.  Column  7.  Narue  of  each  person  enumerated. — Enter  the  name  of  every 
person  whose  residence  or  usual  place  of  abode  is  in  the  family  or  dwelling  place  for 
which  the  enumeration  is  being  made.  The  census  day,  that  is,  the  day  as  of  which 
the  enumeration  is  taken,  is  November  1,  1917.  Include,  therefore,  every  person 
living  on  November  1,  1917,  or  during  any  part  of  that  day,  and  omit  children  born 
after  that  date. 

56.  Enter  the  members  of  each  family  in  the  following  order,  namely:  Head  first, 
wife  second,  children  (whether  sons  or  daughters)  in  the  order  of  their  ages,  and  all 
other  persons  li\'ing  \vith  the  family,  whether  relatives,  boarders,  lodgers,  or  servants. 

57.  Enter  first  the  surname,  then  the  given  name  in  full,  and  the  initial  of  the 
middle  name,  if  any.  Where  the  surname  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  person  on  the 
preceding  line  indicate  this  by  drawing  a  horizontal  line  (  )  there- 
under. 

58.  Colirmn  8.  Relationship  to  head  of  family  .^Designate  the  head  of  the 
family,  whether  husband  or  father,  widow,  or  unmarried  person  of  either  sex,  by  the 
word  "Head";  for  other  members  of  a  family  write,  wife,  father,  mother,  son,  daughter, 
grandson,  daughter-in-law,  uncle,  aunt,  nfpheiv,  niece,  hoarder,  lodger,  servant,  etc.,  ac- 
cording to  the  particular  relationship  which  the  person  bears  to  the  head  of  the  family. 

59.  Occupants  of  an  institution  or  school,  living  under  a  commi  n  roof  should  be 
designated  as  oflicer,  inmate,  pupil,  patient,  prisoner,  etc.;  and  in  the  case  of  the  chief 
officer  his  title  should  be  used,  as  warden,  principal,  superintendent,  etc.,  instead  of 
the  word  "Head." 

60.  If  two  or  more  persons  share  a  common  abode  as  partners,  write  head  for  one 
and  partner  for  the  other  or  others. 

61.  In  the  case  of  a  hotel  or  boarding  or  lodging  house  family  (see  paragraph  49), 
the  head  of  the  family  is  the  manager  or  the  person  who  keeps  the  hotel  or  boarding 
or  lodging  house. 

62.  Column  9.  Sex. — Write  "M"  for  male  and  "F"  for  female,  as  the  case  may 
be. 

63.  Column  10.  Color  or  race. — Write  "W"  for  white,  "N"  for  negro,  "M"  for 
mixed  (white  and  negro),  amd  "Ch  "  for  (?hiuese,  as  the  case  may  be. 

64.  Column  11.  Age  at  last  birthday. — For  each  person  of  one  year  of  age  or 
over  enter  the  age  at  last  birthday  in  whole  years,  omitting  months  and  days.  For 
children  who,  on  the  1st  day  of  November.  1917,  were  less  than  one  year  of  age,  enter 
the  age  in  twelfths  of  a  year,  as  -^,  ■^,  ■^,  or  for  a  child  less  than  one  month  old,  y\. 

65.  An  answer  given  in  round  numbers,  such  as  "about  30,"  "about  45,"  is  likely 
to  be  wrong.     In  such  rases  be  always  careful  to  A'orify  the  statement  of  age. 

66.  Column  12.  Whether  single,  married,  widowed,  or  consensuaily 
married. — If  the  i^erson  is  single  or  unmarried,  write  "S";  if  married,  write  "il"; 
if  widowed  (man  or  woman),  write  "Wd";  if  divorced,  write  "D";  if  Uving  together 
by  mutual  consent,  write  "MC." 

67.  Coliimn  13.  Place  of  birth  of  person. — If  the  person  was  born  in  the  Virgin 
Islands  or  in  the  United  States  enter  the  name  of  the  island  or  the  name  of  the  state  or 
territory  in  which  he  was  born. 

68.  If  the  person  was  boru  outside  of  the  Virgin  Islands  or  the  United  States  enter 
the  name  of  the  coimtry  in  which  he  was  born.  By  country  is  meant  usually  a  region 
whose  people  have  direct  relation  with  other  countries.  Tlius,  do  not  write  Prussia 
or  Saxony,  but  Germany.     To  this  rule,  however,  note  the  following  exceptions: 

69.  If  the  person  reported  was  born  in  the  West  Indies,  write  the  name  of  the 
island  in  which  born,  and  not  the  group  of  islands  or  the  country  to  which  said  island 
belongs. 

70.  Instead  of  Great  Britain,  write  Ireland,  England,  Scotland,  or  Wales. 


156  THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 

71.  If  the  birthplace  reported  is  Canada,  ask  whether  the  person  is  of  English  or 
French  descent.  Write  "Canada  English"  or  "Canada  French,"  according  to  the 
answer. 

72.  If  the  person  was  bom  at  sea,  write  "at  sea." 

73.  If  the  person  was  born  abroad  of  American  or  Virgin  Island  parents,  write 
both  the  birthplace  and  either  "Am.  Cit."  or  "V.  I.  Cit.";  that  is,  American  citizen 
or  Virgin  Island  citizen,  as  the  case  may  be.  With  these  two  exceptions  do  not 
abbreviate  in  this  column  but  spell  out  the  names  of  states,  islands,  and  countries. 

74.  Column  14.  Citizenship. — Write  "Virgin  Island"  for  citizens  of  Virgin 
Islands  and  "Danish"  for  citizens  of  Denmark,  but  for  citizens  of  Denmark  who  have 
not  yet  declared  their  intention  of  retaining  allegiance  to  Denmark  write  "Not 
declared."  For  citizens  of  the  United  States,  either  by  birth  or  naturalization, 
write  "United  States."  For  persons  of  foreign  birth  and  of  foreign  citizenship  write 
"Foreign." 

75.  Column  15.  Whether  able  to  speak  English;  or,  if  not,  give  language 
spoken. — This  question  applies  to  all  persons  5  years  of  age  and  over.  If  such  a 
person  is  able  to  speak  EngUsh  write  English.  If  he  is  not  able  to  speak  English — 
and  in  such  cases  only — write  the  name  of  the  language  which  he  does  speak,  as 
Danish,  French,  German,  Italiun.  If  he  speaks  more  than  one  language,  but  does 
not  speak  English,  write  the  name  of  that  language  which  is  his  native  language  or 
mother  tongue.     For  persons  under  5  years  of  age,  leave  the  column  blank. 

76.  Column  16.  Whether  able  to  read  in  any  language. — Write  "  Yes"  for 
all  persons  5  years  of  age  and  over  who  can  read  any  language,  whether  English  or 
some  other,  and  ''No"  for  all  such  persons  who  can  not  read  any  language.  For 
persons  under  5  years  of  age,  leave  the  column  blank. 

77.  Column  17.  Whether  able  to  write  in  any  language. — Write  "  Yes"  for 
all  persons  5  years  of  age  and  over  who  can  write  any  langua.^e,  whether  English  or 
some  other,  and  "No"  for  all  such  persons  who  can  not  wnte  any  language.  For 
persons  under  5  years  of  age,  leave  the  column  blank. 

78.  Column  18.  Whether  attending  school. — Write  "  Yes"  for  any  person 
who  was  attending  school,  college,  or  any  educational  institution  on  November  1, 1917, 
and  "No"  for  any  person  of  school  age — 5  to  21  years — who  was  not  attending  school 
on  that  date.  For  persons  below  or  above  school  age,  leave  the  column  blank,  unless 
they  actually  attended  school. 

79.  Column  19.  Trade  or  profession. — An  entry  should  be  made  in  this  column 
for  every  person  enumerated.  The  entry  should  be  either  (1)  the  occupation  pur- 
sued— that  is,  the  word  or  words  which  most  accurately  indicate  the  particular  kind 
of  work  done  by  which  the  person  enumerated  earns  money  or  a  money  equivalent, 
as  physician,  carpenter,  dressmaker,  laborer,  newsboy;  or  (2)  none  (that  is,  no  occupation). 
The  entry  none  sliould  be  made  in  the  case  of  all  persons  who  follow  no  gainful  occu- 
pation. 

80.  Persons  retired  or  temporarily  unemployed. — Care  should  be  taken  in 
making  the  return  for  persons  who  on  account  of  old  age,  permanent  invalidism,  or 
otherwise  are  no  longer  following  an  occupation.  Such  persons  may  desire  to  return 
the  occupations  formerly  followed,  which  would  be  incorrect.  If  Living  on  their 
own  income  or  if  they  are  supported  by  other  persons  or  institutions,  the  return  should 
be  none.  On  the  other  hand,  persons  out  of  employment  when  \isited  by  the  enumer- 
rator  may  state  that  they  have  no  occupation,  when  the  fact  is  that  they  usually  have 
an  occupation  but  merely  happen  to  be  idle  or  unemployed  at  the  time  of  the  visit. 
In  such  cases  the  retiim  should  be  the  occupation  followed  when  the  person  is 
employed. 

•81.  Persons  having  two  occvipations. — If  a  person  has  two  occupations,  return 
only  the  more  important  one — tliat  is,  the  one  from  which  he  gets  the  more  money. 
If  you  can  not  learn  that,  return  the  one  at  which  he  spends  the  more  time. 

82.  Column  20.  Industry. — ^An  entry  should  be  made  in  this  column  in  all 
cases  where  the  entry  in  column  19  has  been  that  of  an  occupation.  But  where  the 
entry  in  column  19  is  none,  leave  column  20  blank.  The  entiy,  when  made,  should  be 
the  name  of  the  industry,  business,  or  establishment  in  which  this  person  works,  as 
general  farm,  dry-goods  store,  bank.     (See  also  illustrative  examples  on  page  21.) 

83.  Farm  workers. — Return  a  person  in  charge  of  a  farm  as  a  farmer,  whether  he 
owns  it  or  operates  it  as  a  tenant  or  renter;  but  a  person  who  manages  a  farm  for  some 
one  else  for  wages  or  a  salary  should  be  reported  as  a  farm  manager  or  farm  overseer; 
and  a  person  who  works  on  a  farm  for  some  one  else,  but  not  as  a  manager  or  tenant, 
should  be  reported  as  a /arm  Za6orer. 

84.  Women  doing  housework. — In  the  case  of  a  woman  doing  housework  in  her 
own  home  and  having  no  other  employment  the  entry  in  column  19  should  be  nom. 
But  a  woman  working  at  housework  for  wages  should  be  returned  in  column  19  as 
housekeeper,  servant,  cook,  or  chamhermaid,  as  the  case  maj^  be;  and  the  entry  in  column 


APPENDIX  n. 


157 


20  should  state  the  kind  of  place  where  she  works,  as  private  family ,  hotel,  or  hoarding 
house.  Or,  if  a  woman,  in  addition  to  doine  housework  in  her  own  home,  regularly 
earns  money  by  some  other  occupation,  whetner  pursued  in  her  own  home  or  outside, 
that  occupation  should  be  returned  in  columnis  19  and  20.  For  instance,  a  woman  who 
regularly  takes  in  washing  should  be  reported  as  laundress  or  washerwoman,  followed 
in  column  20  by  at  home. 

85.  Women  doing  farm  -work. — A  woman  working  regularly  at  outdoor  farm 
work,  even  though  she  works  on  the  home  farm  for  her  husband,  son,  or  othei  relative 
and  does  not  receive  money  wages,  should  be  returned  in  column  19  as  2,  farm  laborer. 
Distinguish,  however,  such  women  who  work  on  the  home  farm  from  those  who  work 
away  from  home  by  writing  in  column  20  either  home  farm  or  working  out,  as  the  case 
may  require.  Of  course,  a  woman  who  herself  operates  or  runs  a  farm  should  be 
reported  as  a  farmer,  and  not  as  a  "farm  laborer.  " 

86.  Children  on  farms. — In  the  case  of  children  who  work  for  their  own  parents 
on  a  farm  the  entry  in  column  19  should  be /arm  laborer  and  in  column  20  home  farm; 
but  for  children  who  work  as  farm  laborers  for  others  the  entry  in  column  20  should  be 
working  out. 

87.  Children  working  for  parents. — Children  who  work  for  their  parents  at 
home  merely  on  general  household  work,  on  chores,  or  at  odd  times  on  other  work, 
should  be  reported  as  having  no  occupation.  Those,  however,  who  somewhat  regu- 
larly assist  their  parents  in  the  performance  of  work  other  than  household  work  or 
chores  should  be  reported  as  havmg  an  occupation. 

88.  Officers,  employees,  and  inmates  of  institutions  or  homes. — For  an 
officer  or  regular  employee  of  an  institution  or  home,  such  as  an  asylum,  penitentiary, 
jail,  etc.,  return  the  occupation  followed  in  the  institution.  For  an  inmate  of  such 
institution,  if  regulaily  employed,  return  the  occupation  pursued  in  the  institution 
whether  the  employment  be  at  productive  labor  or  at  other  duties,  such  as  cooking, 
scrubbing,  laundrj^  work,  etc.;  but  if  an  inmate  is  not  re";ularly  employed — that  is, 
has  no  specific  duties  or  work  to  perform — write  none  in  column  19. 

89.  Avoid  general  or  indefinite  terms. — Give  the  occupation  and  industry 
precisely.  For  example,  return  a  worker  on  a  sugar  farm  or  plantation  as  foreman — 
sugar  farm;  laborer — sugar  farm;  teamster — sugar  farm,  etc.,  as  the  case  may  be. 

90.  The  term  "laborer"  should  be  avoided  if  .any  more  precise  definition  can  be 
secured,  as /oreman,  inspector,  watchman,  etc.  \\Tiere  the  term  "laborer"  is  used,  be 
careful  to  state  accurately  the  industry  or  business  in  column  20. 

91.  Avoid  in  all  cases  the  use  of  the  word  "mechanic,  "  but  give  the  exact  occupa- 
tion, as  carpenter,  painter,  machinist,  etc. 

92.  An  assistant  in  a  store  engaged  in  selling  goods  should  be  called  a  saleman  and 
not  a  clerk.  A  stenographer,  typewriter,  bookkeeper,  or  cashier,  etc.,  should  be  reported 
as  such,  and  not  as  a  clerk. 

93.  Illustrations  of  how  to  return  occupations: 


CSolumn  19. 

Column  20. 

Column  19. 

Colnmn  20. 

farm  laborer 

working  out 

retail  merchant 

groceries 

farm  laborer 

home  farm 

cashier 

bank 

laborer 

street  work 

farmer 

general  farm 

laborer 

garden 

fanner 

■sugar  farm 

civil  engineer 

general  practice 

gardener 

private  estate 

carpenter 

shipyard 

manager 

general  farm 

carpenter 

house 

president 

bank 

blacksmith 

own  shop 

newsboy 

street 

cook 

hoUl 

teamster 

sugar  plantation 

servant 

private  family 

EMPLOYER,    EMPLOYEE,    OR    WORKING    ON   OWN   ACCOUNT. 

94.  Column  21.  Whether  employer,  employee,  or  working  on  own  ac- 
count.— For  one  employing  persons,  other  than  domestic  servants,  in  transacting  his 
oivn  business,  write  "Emp"  (for  employer).  For  a  person  who  works  for  wages  or  a 
salary,  write  "  W  "  (for  wage  earner).  For  a  gainful  worker  who  is  neither  an  employer 
nor  an  employee,  write  "OA"  (for  own  account).  For  all  persons  returned  as  having 
no  occupation,  leave  the  column  blank. 

95.  Employer.— An  employer  is  one  who  employs  helpers,  other  than  domestic 
servants,  in  transacting  his  own  business.  A  person  employing  domestic  servants 
in  his  own  home  but  not  employing  any  helpers  in  his  business  should  not  be  returned 
as  an  employer.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  a  person  who  is  the  proprietor  of  a  hotel  or 
boarding  or  lodging  house  and  employs  servants  in  running  that  hotel  or  boarding  or 


158  THE  VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

lodging  house  should  he  returned  as  an  emploj^er,  because  he  emijloys  these  servants 
in  his  business. 

96.  Einployee.^^4n7/  person  who  works  for  wages  or  a  salary  and  is  subject  to  the 
control  and  direction  of  an  employer,  is  an  employee,  whether  he  be  president  of  a 
large  corporation  or  only  a  day  laborer,  whether  he  be  paid  in  money  or  in  kind,  and 
whether  he  be  employed  by  his  own  parent  or  by  another. 

97.  Working  on  own  account.— Persons  who  have  a  gainful  occupation  and  are 
neither  employers  nor  employees  are  considered  to  be  working  on  their  own  account. 
They  are  the  independent  workers.  They  neither  pay  nor  receive  salaries  or  regular 
wages.  Examples  of  this  class  are:  Farmers  and  the  o^vners  of  small  establishments 
who  do  not  employ  helpers;  professional  men  who  work  iorfecs  and  employ  no  helpers; 
and,  generally  speaking,  hucksters,  peddlers,  newsboys,  bootblacks,  etc. 

AGRICULTURAL   SCHEDULE. 

98.  Object. — The  census  of  agriculture  is  taken  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
accurate  information  concerning  the  area  and  value  of  land  in  farms,  and  the  value 
of  other  property  devoted  to  agriculture  November  1,  1917,  the  agricultural  opera- 
tions on  farms  in  1917  and  the  number  and  value  of  domestic  animals  in  cities  and 
towns  November  1,  1917. 

99.  Not  connected  with  taxation. — The  information  reported  on  this  schedule 
will  not  be  used  as  a  basis  of  taxation,  nor  communicated  to  any  assessor.  It  will, 
under  all  circumstances,  be  treated  as  strictly  confidential. 

100.  Schedules. — For  securing  the  desired  information  relating  to  farms,  the 
enumerators  are  provided  with  the  general  farm  schedule;  and  for  obtaining  the 
number  and  value  of  domestic  animals  in  cities  and  towns,  inquiry  44  of  this  same 
schedule  should  be  used. 

101.  All  questions  applying  to  be  answered. — Give  data  asked  for  by  schedule 
for  every  crop  produced  and  every  kind  of  animal  on  farm.  Inability  to  secm-e 
exact  data  does  not  justify  failure  to  answer  a  question.  The  most  accurate  returns 
that  the  circumstances  permit  must  be  secured.  If  farm  records  or  accounts  are  kept, 
take  data  from  them.  If  such  records  are  not  available,  careful  estimates  should  in 
all  cases  be  secured  or  made.  Where  there  are  no  crops  or  animals  corresponding  to 
names  listed  in  schedule,  leave  spaces  opposite  such  names  blank. 

102.  Instructions. — Some  important  instructions  relating  to  the  general  farm 
schedule  are  printed  upon  that  schedule,  to  which  your  attention  is  specifically 
directed.  In  addition  to  the  instructions  there  given,  which  are  here  repeated, 
observe  the  following  definitions,  explanations,  and  general  instructions: 

103.  Farm. — ^A  farm,  for  census  piu-poses,  is  the  land  under  the  personal  manage- 
ment of  a  single  individual  or  firm,  though  consisting  of  different  tracts,  used  for 
raising  or  producing  animals,  fowls,  and  agricultural  products,  and  operated 
or  farmed  by  his  labor,  the  labor  of  the  members  of  his  household,  or  by 
hired  employees  working  under  his  personal  direction.  The  farm  of  an  "owner" 
includes  all  lands  owned  by  him  and  operated  or  farmed  by  him,  or  upon  which 
agricultural  operations  are  conducted  under  his  personal  direction;  that  of  a  "part 
owner,"  which  should  be  reported  as  an  "owner,"  includes  all  lands  operated  or 
farmed  by  him  which  are  in  part  owned  by  him  and  in  part  leased  from  others,  but 
the  farm  of  an  "owner"  or  "part  owner"  does  not  include  land  owned  by  swh  person 
and  leased  or  rented  to  or  cropped  by  others.  The  farm  of »  "tenant"  (sometimes  called 
a  renter)  includes  the  land  leased  or  hired  by  him  from  others  and  farmed  under  his 
management  or  direction.  The  farm  of  a  "manager  "  includes  all  land  for  the  manage- 
ment of  which  such  person  (who  may  be  known  as  a  manager,  overseer,  or  superin- 
tendent) receives  salary  or  wages.  If  an  individual  works  one  tract  of  land  as  a  hired 
manager  or  overseer  and  a  second  tract  of  which  he  is  owner  or  tenant,  or  if  he  operates 
two  or  more  farms  for  different  individuals,  the  different  tracts  constitute  different 
farms.  In  all  other  cases  the  land  operated  by  a  given  indi\-idual  or  firm  constitutes 
a  single  farm,  no  matter  if  made  of  a  number  of  parcels  or  tracts. 

104.  SmaU  farms. — In  rural  districts  care  should  be  taken  to  secm-e  a  schedule 
for  every  tract  of  land  having  an  occupant  when  such  occupant  obtains  during  the 
year  products  which  contribute  in  any  degree  to  the  support  of  himself  or  family. 

105.  Public  institutions. — Public  institutions,  as  insane  hospitals,  reform  schools, 
etc.,  carrjdng  on  agricultural  operations,  are  to  be  considered  as  farms.  In  returning 
schedules  for  such  institutions,  report,  after  inquiries  12  and  13,  only  the  value  of  the 
lands  and  buildings  used  for  agricultural  purposes. 

106.  Farm  operator.— All  answers  on  this  schedule  should  relate  to  the  land 
operated  or  farmed  November  1,  1917,  by  the  person  named  in  answer  to  inquiry  1, 
who  is  here  called  "farm  operator."    All  answers  regarding  crops  or  other  products 


APPENDIX  II.  159 

of  1917  must  cover  the  land  occupied  by  the  farm  operator  on  November  1,  1917, 
whether  such  land  was  farmed  by  him  diu-ing  1917  or  not,  and  ghould  not  cover  any 
other  land  which  the  farm  operator  may  have  farmed  in  1917. 

107.  Crosses  on  schedules. — Make  no  entries  in  spaces  marked  thus  (X). 

108.  Inquiry  1.  Name. — For  each  farm  operated  by  one  individual,  whether  aa 
owner,  tenant,  or  manager,  write  only  one  name.  But  in  all  cases  where  an  owner 
and  a  tenant  on  shares,  or  two  owners  or  two  tenants  are  residing  upon  and  jointly 
working  the  farm,  write  tAvo  names. 

109.  Inquiry  4.  Age. — Give  exact  age  at  last  birthday,  but  where  this  can  not  be 
done  get  as  nearly  as  possible  the  exact  years  of  age. 

110.  Inquiry  5.  Citizenship. — ^Write  "Virgin  Island"  for  citizens  of  Virgin 
Islands  and  "Danish"  for  citizens  of  Denmark,  but  for  citizens  of  Denmark  who 
have  not  yet  declared  their  intention  of  retaining  allegiance  to  Denmark  write  "Not 
declared."  For  citizens  of  the  United  States,  either  by  birth  or  naturalization,  write 
"United  States."  For  persons  of  foreign  birth  and  of  foreign  citizenship  write 
"Foreign." 

111.  Inquiry  6.  Tenure. — This  inquiry  is  to  be  answered  as  follows: 

112.  Owner. — If  a  farm  is  operated  by  a  person  who  owns  all  of  it,  by  a  man  whose 
wife  owns  all  of  it,  by  the  heir  or  heirs  thereto,  or  by  the  trustee  or  guardian  for  such 
heirs,  write  "owner."  Report  as  owner  a  ijerson  who  has  bought  land  on  a  contract 
for  a  deed  or  a  person  who  holds  over  for  redemption. 

113.  Part  owner. — If  a  farm  is  operated  by  a  person  who  owns  a  part  of  it,  or  by 
one  whose  wife  owns  a  part  of  it,  and  the  rest  of  such  farm  is  leased  from  others,  write 
"owner." 

114.  Owner  and  share  tenant. — If  a  farm  is  operated  by  two  persons,  one  own- 
ing and  one  working  for  a  share  of  the  farm  products,  write  "owner." 

115.  Share  tenant. — If  a  farm  is  operated  by  a  tenant,  renter,  or  share  hand 
who  pays  a  share  (as  one-third  or  one-half)  of  the  crops  raised,  write  "tenant." 

116.  Cash  tenant. — If  a  farm  is  operated  by  a  tenant  or  renter  who  pays  a  fixed 
rental  in  money,  or  a  stated  amount  of  labor  or  farm  prodiicts  (not  a  proportionate 
share  of  all),  or  occupies  land  by  permission  of  the  owner  without  making  specified 
payment  therefor,  write  "tenant." 

117.  Share-cash  tenant. — If  a  farm  is  operated  by  a  tenant  or  renter  who  pays  a 
share  of  the  crops  and  also  a  fixed  rental  in  money  or  a  stated  amount  of  labor  or  farm 
products,  or  by  one  who  pays  a  share  of  the  crops  for  part  of  the  farm  and  pays  a  fixed 
rental  in  money  or  a  stated  amount  of  labor  or  farm  products  for  another  part,  write 
"tenant." 

118.  Manager. — If  a  farm  is  operated  for  its  owner  or  for  a  public  institution  by 
one  who  receives  wages  or  a  salary  for  his  services  as  manager,  superintendent,  or 
overseer,  write  "manager."  But  a  husband  is  never  to  be  reported  as  manager  of  hia 
wife's  farm.     (See  '  'Owner' '  and  '  'Part  owner. ") 

119.  Inquiries  9  to  11.  Farm  acreage. — The  sum  of  the  answers  to  inquiries 
9  to  11  must  be  the  same  as  the  answers  to  inquiry  8. 

120.  Change  of  owners  or  tenants. — Never  omit  the  report  of  a  farm  because 
it  has  changed  owners,  tenants,  or  managers,  during  the  crop  year  1917,  but  report  in 
full  in  the  name  of  the  person  in  possession,  giving  the  statistics  of  hve  stock,  imple- 
ments, machinery,  and  farm  values  as  for  any  other  farm. 

121.  Changes  in  size  of  farms. — If  a  tract  of  land  which  prior  to  November  1, 
1917,  Avas  divided  and  cultivated  by  two  or  more  persons  is  cultivated  by  one  person 
November  1,  1917,  report  it  as  only  one  farm.  Or,  vice  versa,  if  that  which  prior  to 
November  1,  1917,  was  one  farm  is  operated  November  1,  1917,  as  two  or  more  distinct 
farms,  report  as  many  farms  as  there  are  separate  owners,  managers,  or  tenants. 

122.  Duplication  in  enumeration  of  farms. — Great  care  should  be  taken  by 
enumerators  in  agricultural  districts  when  reporting  farms  and  farm  products  to  avoid 
dupUcation.  Numerous  cases  Avill  be  found  where  persons  are  operating  tracts  of 
land  Avhich  form  parts  of  a  larger  farm,  as  where  the  operator  of  a  large  farm  permits, 
under  one  arrangement  or  another,  persons  to  live  on  and  cultivate  for  their  own  use 
small  parts  of  his  farm.  In  all  such  cases  a  farm  schedule  should  be  obtained  for  each 
person  occupying  and  cultivating  a  part  of  a  larger  farm,  and  great  care  should  be 
taken  that  the  schedule  secured  for  the  larger  farm  does  not  include  in  the  acreage  and 
products  returned  the  acreage  and  products  to  be  reported  in  the  schedule  for  these 
small  tracts.  To  avoid  duplication  and  at  the  same  time  insure  that  schedules  are 
secured  for  all  such  small  tracts,  the  operator  of  the  large  farm  should  first  be  approached 
and  a  schedule  be  obtained  for  his  farm,  excluding  all  tracts  occupied  as  above 
described,  and  a  list  of  the  persons  so  occupying  and  cultivating  small  tracts  of  his 
farm  should  be  obtained  from  him  to  serve  as  a  guide  in  obtaining  schedules  for  them. 


160  THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 

INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   CROPS. 

123.  Crops  harvested  in  1917. — Give  acreage,  ciuantity,  and  value  of  each  crop 
harvested  in  1917  on  any  land  reported  under  inquiry  8,  whether  the  present  farm 
operator  operated  such  land  in  1917  or  not.  Do  not  report  any  crop  not  on  the  land 
covered  by  inquiry  8. 

124.  Units  of  measure. — If  you  can  not  secure  a  report  of  quantities  in  the 
measure  stated  on  the  schedule,  erase  "Cwt.,"  "Lbs.,"  "Gals.,"  etc.,  and  insert  the 
measure  used  by  the  farm  operator. 

125.  Acres. — In  reporting  number  of  acres,  give  the  nearest  whole  number  for 
tracts  of  3  acres  or  over.     For  smaller  tracts  give  acres  and  fractions  of  an  acre. 

126.  Values. — The  values  of  animals,  crops,  and  other  products  should  be  based 
on  the  amounts  for  which  they  are  sold  at  the  usual  market  town  under  average  con- 
ditions. Express  values  in  dollars  only,  and  in  no  case  make  use  of  cents.  Thus, 
one  hundred  and  twenty-seven  dollars  should  be  written  '  '$127  "  (not '  '$127.00  "). 

127.  Others. — If  any  crops  are  raised  other  than  those  specified  on  schedule, 
even  though  in  small  quantities,  give  names  and  data  concerning  them  on  blank  hnes 
provided  for  such  purposes. 

128.  Inquiry  33.  Grains  and  seeds. — The  crops  to  be  reported  here  are  those 
grown  exclusively  for  gi-ain  and  seed,  and  harvested  after  ripening.  The  quantities 
called  for  are  those  of  thrashed  or  "shelled"  grain.  "When  ripened  grain  has  been 
fed  to  stock  untlirashed,  include  its  acreage  with  that  of  thrashed  grains  of  the  same 
kind,  and  include  careful  estimates  of  the  quantity  raised  and  its  value  in  the  proper 
columns. 

129.  Com. — Always  report  in  quintals  (cwt.)  the  quantity  of  corn  harvested. 
Eighty  pounds  of  shelled  corn  is  equivalent  to  100  pounds  of  dry  corn  in  the  ear. 

130.  Frijoles. — Report  here  frijoles  (beans)  usable  for  human  food  that  were 
harvested  when  ripe. 

131.  Inquiry  34.  Malojillo  (forage)  and  yerba  (grass)  guinea. — When  fields 
of  malojillo  and  yerba  guinea  were  mown  two  or  three  times  in  1917,  report  the  acreage 
of  such  fields  only  once,  but  give  the  total  number  of  tons  of  malojillo  and  yerba 
guinea  cut  and  its  total  value. 

132.  Inquiry  35.  Weight  of  cotton. — In  answering  that  portion  of  inquiry  35 
relating  to  cotton,  the  weight  of  the  cotton  reported  should  be  that  of  the  cotton  in 
the  seed. 

133.  Inquiry  36.  Tropical  fruits. — The  object  of  this  inquiry  is  to  obtain  the 
number  of  trees  and  plants  on  November  1,  1917,  that  have  not  yet  reached  bearing 
age,  and  the  number  which  are  of  bearing  age,  giving  the  quantity  of  fruit  produced 
in  1917  by  those  bearing,  with  the  value  thereof.  In  reporting  trees  and  plants  which 
have  not  reached  bearing  age,  do  not  include  those  in  nurseries. 

134.  Inquiry  37.  Sugar  cane. — When  a  plantation  or  farm  raising  sugar  cane  is 
operated  by  a  tenant  who  sells  his  cane  to  his  landlord,  the  amount  reported  on  the 
schedule  as  receipts  from  the  sale  of  cane  should  be  the  total  value  of  such  cane,  and 
not  the  total  value  less  the  rental  paid  for  the  use  of  the  land.  When  a  plantation  or 
farm  raising  sugar  cane  is  operated  by  a  person  who  sells  his  cane  to  a  central,  the 
amount  reported  on  the  schedule  as  receipts  from  the  sale  of  cane  should  be  the  total 
value  of  such  cane,  and  not  the  total  value  less  any  deductions  that  may  be  made  by 
the  central.  Where  a  farmer  raises  sugar  cane  and  has  it  reduced  to  sirup  by  a  neigh- 
bor, the  schedule  should  exhibit  the  acreage  of  the  cane  grown,  its  weight  in  tons,  the 
gallons  of  sirup  produced,  and  its  value.  In  all  cases  the  information  procured  in 
answer  to  the  several  inquiries  under  this  heading  should  pertain  to  the  sugar  crop  of 
1916-17;  that  is,  cover  the  crop  period  for  12  months,  which  was  approximately  from 
October  1,  1916,  to  September  30,  1917,  inclusive. 

135.  Inquiry  39.  Vegetables. — When  vegetables  are  grown  for  farm  use  or  for 
sale  in  small  quantities,  mark  a  cross  (X)  in  the  margin  after  the  name  of  the  vegetable 
so  grown,  and  on  the  line  "Farm  garden"  report  the  total  acreage  and  value  of  all 
crops  so  marked.  For  each  vegetable  grown  for  sale  in  considerable  quantities  report 
separately  the  acreage,  quantity,  and  value,  writing  in  the  column  provided  therefor 
the  unit  of  measure,  as  "cwt.,"  "pounds,"  "boxes,"  "number,"  etc. 

136.  Inquiry  43.  Irrigation. — "Part  A."— If  the  water  used  is  obtained  from 
a  river  or  stream,  enter  the  name  of  said  river  or  stream;  if  obtained  from  a  well,  write 
the  word  "Well." 


APPENDIX  n.  161 

MANUFACTURES    SCHEDULE. 

137.  Scope  of  census. — The  census  is  confined  to  manufacturing  establishments 
conducted  under  the  factory  system  as  distinguished  from  the  neighborhood,  hand, 
and  building  trades,  and  the  data  requirM  will  be  entered  on  the  general  schedule. 
Establishments  having  an  annual  piwiudi  of  less  than  $500  are  to  be  omitted  from  the 
censtis.  Reports  are  to  be  secured,  however,  for  establishments  that  were  idle  dur- 
ing a  part  of  the  year  or  new  establishments  started  during  the  year,  although  the 
product  is  less  than  $500,  if  such  establishments  are  capable  of  an  annual  production 
of  $500  or  more. 

138.  Building  trades. — EstaJblishments  engaged  in  the  various  building  indus- 
tries should  not  be  reported.  Those  engaged  in  manufacturing  supplies  used  in 
building,  however,  should  be  included. 

139.  MisceUaneous  hand  trades  and  custom  work. — The  small  hand  trades, 
engaged  chiefly  in  repair  work  or  work  to  the  individual  order,  should  not  be  reported. 
Boot  and  shoe  custom  and  repair  shops,  custom  tailoring  shops,  and  dressmaking 
establishments  are  not  to  be  canvassed. 

140.  Retail  stores. — Retail  stores  and  other  establishments  which  incidentally 
manufacture  small  quantities  of  goods  which  they  sell  must  not  be  reported. 

141.  Sugar. — Reports  must  be  secured  for  all  mills  engaged  in  the  production  of 
cane  sugar  and  molasses  located  on  plantations,  although  only  the  cane  grown  on  the 
plantation  is  treated.  A  supplemental  schedule  for  cane  sugar,  calling  for  additional 
information  in  regard  to  materials  and  products,  is  required. 

142.  Lime-tree  products. — The  pickling  of  limes  aiid  making  of  concentrated 
lime  juice,  if  done  for  the  trade,  are  to  be  reported. 

143.  Bay  oil  and  bay  rum. — The  operation  of  stills  for  the  production  of  bay  oil 
and  bay  rum  may  be  associated  with  the  gathering  of  crude  materials  and  the  care  of 
an  orchard.  In  such  caries  the  material  used  may  be  estimated  at  the  market  value. 
A  6Lipi)Iemental  schedule  for  this  industry,  calling  for  additional  information  in  re- 
gard to  materials  and  products,  is  required. 

FISHERIES    SCHEDULE. 

144.  Scope  of  census. — The  census  of  fisheries  must  include  the  fishing  opera- 
tions of  all  shore  and  offshore  or  vessel  fisheries.  In  addition  to  sea  food  and  fish 
products,  the  census  must  cover  shellfish,  turtles,  crabs,  sposges,  etc.  All  commer- 
cial fisheries,  vessels  engaged  in  fishing,  and  vessels  engaged  in  transporting  fish  from 
the  fishing  grounds  must  be  reported.  No  reports,  however,  are  to  be  secured  for 
vessels  engaged  in  transporting  fish  from  port  to  port. 

145.  Vessels  engaged  in  fishing  or  transporting  fish  for  a  portion  of  the  year  and 
in  other  work  for  the  remainder  of  the  12  months  must  be  reported,  and  in  such  cases 
the  reports  must  cover  the  operations  of  the  entire  year. 

146.  For  census  purposes  the  term  "commercial  fishery  "  includes  all  fishing  opera- 
tions conducted  for  profit,  but  does  not  include  the  operations  of  individuals  or  clubs 
catching  fish  for  their  own  consumption  or  for  sport. 

147.  If  an  establishment  is  engaged  primarily  in  the  purchase  and  sale  of  fish, 
and  incidentally  in  catching  fish,  the  statistics  for  the  mercantile  portion  should  be 
segregated  and  the  census  report  relate  exclusively  to  the  fishing  portion  of  tie 
business. 

148.  The  census  reports  should  cover  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917,  or  the 
fishing  season  which  most  nearly  conforms  to  this  period.  The  period  covered  by 
each  report  must  be  given  on  the  title-page  of  each  schedule. 

INSTRUCTIONS  FOR  PUNCHING  CARD. 

The  punch  card  is  to  be  used  by  a  separate  set  of  enumerators  in  order  to  test,  on 
a  limited  scale,  the  advisability  of  substituting  a  punch  card  for  a  ^vritten  schedule 
at  the  next  decenial  census  of  the  United  States. 

Each  enumerator  selected  for  this  work  will  be  furnished  with  a  supply  of  punch 
cards  and  a  punch. 

One  card  is  to  be  used  for  each  person  enumerated.  The  answers  to  the  inquiries 
on  the  upper  half  of  the  card  are  to  be  in  writing,  while  the  information  called  for  on 
the  lower  half  of  the  card  is  to  be  punched.  The  following  inquiries  are  contained, 
in  the  order  given,  on  the  part  of  the  card  that  is  to  be  punched:  Tenure  of  home; 
sex;  color  or  race:  age  (in  single  mouths  and  single  yearsj;  marital  condition;  place  of 

60396°— IS 11 


162 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS, 


birth;  citizenship;  language  spoken;  ability  to  read  and  write;  school  attendance. 
The  part  of  the  card  beyond  these  inquiries  is  not  to  be  used  by  the  enumerator. 

The  following  inquiries  are  to  be  answered  in  writing: 

Island  and  city  or  rural  district. — Write  the  name  of  the  island  and  also  the 
name  of  the  city,  if  any,  or  rural  district.      ^ 

Enumeration  district  number. — Write*he  number  of  the  enumeration  district 
to  which  you  have  been  assigned. 

Schedule  number. — Write  the  number  of  the  card  being  filled,  beginning  with 
number  1  and  continuing  in  numerical  order  until  all  the  inhabitants  of  your  district 
have  been  enumerated. 

Street  or  road,  and  house  number. — Write  the  name  of  the  street  or  road,  and 
house  number,  if  any,  in  which  the  person  enumerated  resides. 

Dwelling  nvunber  and  family  number. — Write  in  the  order  of  visitation  the  num- 
ber of  the  dwelling  and  the  number  of  the  family  being  enumerated,  beginning,  in 
each  case,  with  number  1  and  continuing  in  numerical  order  until  your  work  has  been 
completed.  All  jjersons  residing  in  the  same  dwelling  must  be  given  the  same  dwell- 
ing number  and  all  persons  belonging  to  the  same  family  must  be  given  the  same  family 
number.  If  tivo  or  more/amilie",  reside  in  the  same  dwelling  each  family  must  be  given 
a  separate  number. 

Name  of  person  enumerated. — Write  the  name  of  the  person  enumerated,  writ- 
ing first  the  last  or  surname,  then  the  given  name,  and  the  initial  of  the  middle  name, 
if  any. 

Belationsliip  to  head  of  family. — Write  for  the  recognized  head  of  family  the 
word  "Head;"  for  other  members  of  a  family  write  wife,  father,  mother,  son,  daughter, 
grandson,  uncle,  boarder,  lodger,  servant,  etc.,  according  to  the  particular  relationship 
which  the  person  bears  to  the  head  of  the  family. 

Trade,  profession,  or  particular  kind  of  v/ork  done,  and  industry,  business, 
or  establishment  in  wiiich  at  work. — Write  in  these  two  spaces,  first,  the  partic- 
ular kind  of  work  done  by  the  person  enumerated  and,  second,  the  industry  or 
business  in  which  engaged  or  employed.     (See  special  instructions.) 

Employer,  employee,  or  working  on  own  account. — Write  whether  the  person 
enumerated  is  an  employer,  employee,  or  is  working  on  own  account.  (See  special 
instructions). 

Date  and  signature. — Each  card  must  be  dated  and  signed  by  the  enumerator  in 
the  spaces  provided  for  this  purpose. 

The  following  information  is  to  be  punched  on  card: 

Tenure  of  home. —  This  inquiry  applies  only  to  heads  of  families.  If  the  home 
occupied  is  owned  by  the  head  and  is  free  from  mortgage,  punch  Owned  free;  if  the 
home  occupied  is  owned  by  the  head  but  is  mortgaged,  punch  Owned  Altgd;  if  the 
home  occupied  is  rented  and  rent  is  paid,  punch  Rent —  Yes;  if  the  home  occupied  is 
not  owned  and  rent  is  not  paid  or  required,  punch  Rent — No.  For  other  persons  in 
family,  punch  X. 

Sex. — For  males,  punch  Male;  for  females,  punch  Female. 

Color  or  race. — For  whites,  punch  White;  for  negroes,  punch  Negro;  for  mixed 
bloods,  punch  Mixed;  for  all  other,  punch  Other,  and  write  color  or  race  on  card. 

Age. — Provision  has  been  made  to  punch  the  age  in  single  months  and  single  years, 
and  the  age  field  is  subdivided,  the  first  four  columns  of  the  field  representing  the  age 
group  and  the  last  the  unit  year  of  age.     Punch  the  age  as  follows: 


Under  1  month  0  Mos-0 

1  month 0  Mos-1 

2  months 0  Mos-2 

3  months 0  ^fos-3 

1  months 0  ^fos-4 

5  months 0  Mos-5 

ti  months G  ^JoS'0 

7  months 6'  ^^0!■-! 


8  months 6  Mos-^ 

9  months G  Mos-S 

10  months 6  Mos-^ 

11  months .....  6  Moa-o 

1  year 0-1 

2  years 0-2 

3  years OS 

4  years O-If 


5  years 5-0 

6  yea  rs 5-1 

7  years 5-2 

8  years 5-S 

9  vear.« 6-^ 

10  years 10-0 

11  years ...  10-1 

12  T^ars 10-2 


13  years 10-3 

14  years  lO-J^ 

15  years to-O 

16  years 15-1 

17  vears i5-g 

18  years 15-3 

19  years l.^-j^ 

and  so  on  to  99  years. 


For  a  person  100  years  of  age  or  over  punch  100+  and  write  exact  age  on  card. 

Marital  condition. — For  single  persons,  punch  Single;  for  married  persons,  punch 
Married;  for  widowed  ])ersons,  punch  Widowed;  for  persons  living  together  by  mutual 
consent,  punch  Cons' I  Mar'd;  for  divorced  persons,  punch  Divorced. 

Place  of  birth. — Punch  the  place  of  birth  as  follows: 

Virgin  Islands:  St.  Croix,  St.  John,  St.  Thomas. 

Other  islands:  Bahamas,  Barbados,  Ctiba,  Guadeloupe,  Ha'ti,  Jamaica,  Porto  Rico, 
Martinique,  Trinidad. 

Countries:  Br.  Guiana,  China,  Denmark,  Dtch.  Guiana,  England,  France,  Fr.  Guiana, 
Germany,  Inland,  Italy,  Spain,  U.  S. 

FoT  persons  born  in  any  other  island  or  country,  punch  ^' Other"  and  write  place 
of  birth  on  card. 


APPENDIX   II.  163 

Citizenship. — For  citizens  of  the  Virgin  Islands,  punch  Virgin  Islands;  for  citizens 
of  Denmark,  punch  Danish;  if  citizenship  has  not  been  declared,  punch  Not  declared; 
for  citizens  of  United  States,  punch  U.  S.;  for  citizens  of  any  other  country,  punch 
Foreign  and  write  name  of  country  on  card. 

Language  spoken. — Punch  the  language  spoken  as  follows:  Chinese,  Danish, 
Dutch,  English,  French,  German,  Italian,  iSpanuh. 

If  not  speaking  any  of  the  above  languages  punch  "Other"  and  write  language 
spoken  on  card. 

Ability  to  read  and  wTi-ite. — If  able  to  read  in  any  language,  punch  Bead —  Yes; 
if  not  able  to  read  in  any  language,  punch  Read — No;  if  able  to  write  in  any  language, 
punch  Write — •  Yes;  if  not  able  to  write  in  any  language,  punch  Write — No. 

School  attendance. — If  attending  school,  punch  School —  Yes;  if  not  attending 
sthool.  ])UTH'li  Si-hoi)l — No. 

The  part  oi  the  card  beyond  this  inquiry  is  not  to  be  uaed  by  the  enumerator. 


APPENDIX  III. 


ENUMERATION  DISTRICTS  AND   ENUMERATORS— CENSUS   OF  THE 

VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


No. 


ISLAND  OF  ST.  THOMAS. 

Special  Offents. 
Charlotte  Amalic: 

General Niels  C.  A.  Kjeldsen. 

Wages  and  hour!  of  ln^nr Victor  C.  Peterson. 

Manufactures Anthony  L.  Audain. 

Messenger Joseph  Morrill. 


ENUMERATION  DISTRICTS. 


Designation. 


Enumerators. 


Charlotte  A  malie  Town. 


Kine's 
King's 
King's 
Queen' 
Queen' 
Queen 
Crown 
Crown 
Crown 
Crown 


Quarter. 
Quarter. 
Quarter. 
s  Quart f 
s  Quarts 
s  Quarti- 
Prince's 
Prince's 
Prince's 
Prince's 


<.L'uarter . 
Quart  t  r . 
Quarter. 
Quarter . 


Kut 


(■Frenchman's  Bay  Quarter. 
\Red  Hook  Bay  Quarter 

East  End  Quarter 

New  Quarter 

Great  Northside  Qiiart'T... 
(Little  Northside  QuarUr... 
\South'^ide  Q'larter. 


Flma  U.  Smith. 
IrvLna  N.  Meyers. 
Anna  M.  Ve^suup. 
Amadeo  I.  Francis. 
Ivanna  E.  Kean. 
Cleoda  H.  Boiielli. 
Etnmy  A.  Williams. 
Eulalie  M.  Stevens. 
Adina  M.  Petrus. 
Estella  A.  Martine. 


Ixiels  C.  A.  Kjcldsen. 

Niels  C.  A.  Kjcldsen. 
James  C.  Roberts. 
Ludvig  Rogers. 

Vuiises  A.  Gimenez. 


West  End  Quarter i  Amadeo  I.  Francis. 


ISLAND  OF  ST.  JOHN. 


No. 


ENUMERMION  DISTRICTS. 


Desienarion. 


Enumerators. 


Cruz  Bav  Quartf-r John  E.  I,indq%-ist. 

Mahol  Bav  Quarter Carl  E.  Francis. 

Reef  Bav  "Quarter Alfred  B.  White. 

Coral  Bav  Quarter Ernest  W.  Marsh. 

East  End  Quarter  John  E.  Lindqvist. 


ISLAND  OF  ST.  CROIX. 

Special  agent''). 
Chnstiansted: 

ManufacturcJ Ifiporffp  A  Jackson 

AVages  and  hours  of  labor |ueorge  A.  Jackson. 

Fisheries Halvor  E.  Andreasen. 

Fisheries Frederick  C.  Jackson. 

Messengrr Ludvig  Bertrand. 

Frederiksted 

Manufactures \Emanuel  B.  Oliver. 

Wanes  and  hours  of  labor /    '"""">=' 

Fisheries Frank  M.  CorneUas. 


(164) 


APPENDIX   IIL 

ISLAND  OF  ST.  CROIX— Continued. 


165 


No. 


ENUMERATION  dSTRICTS. 


Designation. 


Enumerators. 


Christiansted  Town Ilva  A.  Forbes. 

r!hristiansted  To^vn Halvor  Gordon. 

Thristiansted  Town i  I^dna  B .  Forbes. 

Thristiansted  Town Haidee  E.  Rcngger. 

I'hristiansted  Town Wilfred  E.  Messer. 

Christiansted  Town r> .Toseph  E.  Ritzberg. 

Thristiansted  Town '  ^>lias  Williams. 

Christiansted  Town '•  Medora  A.  Jackson. 

Fredorik-sted  Town 1    Vgnes  M.  Golden. 

Fre4eriksted  Town Maud  E.  Flanna-an. 

Frederikstcd  Town ^^nos  Kerr. 

Frederiksted  Town 1  Alexandra  M.  Grandjean. 

Frederikstcd  Town ,. Walter  A.  Browne. 

Frederikstcd  Town • .Mtagracia  M.  Milligin. 


RuraL 


East  End  ("A"  and  "B"')  Qiiartor. 

Company's  Quarter 

Queen's  Quarter 

King's  Quarter 

Prince's  Quarter 

Northside  "B"  Quarter 

Northside  "A"  Quarter 

West  End  Quarter , 


Eugene  A.  Schuster. 
(Malcolm  K-  Armstrong. 
m.  Mackay. 
(David  DeLeon. 

Arthur  W.  Elliott. 

Gustave  Nordby. 

Francis  Lunney. 

c.eorge  B.  Fleming. 

Mnlcolm  M.  Skeoch. 

Carl  Neuman. 

Arthur  Queale. 

Andrew  J.  Blackwood. 

Thomas  Gaffney. 

'Wm.  II.  Floniin:;. 


APPENDIX  IV. 


Schedules  op  Population,  Agriculture,  Manufactures  (General),  Fisheries, 
AND  Wages  and  Hours  of  Labor,  and  the  Punch  Card  Used  in  the  Enumer- 
ation OF  THE  Town  of  Charlotte  Amalie. 

Page. 

Population  schedule 167 

Agriculture  schedule 168 

Manufactures  schedule 170 

Fisheries  schedule 172 

Wages  and  hours  of  labor  schedule 174 

Punch  card  (population) 174 

(166) 


APPENDIX  IV. 


167 


CO 

UJ 

< 
\- 
co 

o 

UJ 

H 

2 
D 

3      U. 

z    O  2 

Id  /-. 

"  CO  2 

^  z  5 

fe    <  3 

3     — I   Q. 

<    CO  o 

g     —   Q. 

i  ? 

o 

DC 
> 
UJ 

f  i 

o    s 

CO       ^ 
Z        o 

O      2 


e 

"r.?dn7-V.'°"i.l 

s 

i 

j 

"1" 

i 

"T 

1! 

1 

• 

1 

j 

j 

I 

i 

i 

1 

It 

1 

If 

1=' 

- 

J 

1 

1 

i 
j 

2 

< 

M,,.:!^;-,?,,..*  5 

i 

1 

.ZT."::z:i. 

: 

i       1 

1 

j 

1 

i 

..ro;:r,'j  ;.?,.":„ 

1 

I 

i 

! 

-if  i 
fill 

: 

; 

'■ 

i 

j 

ill 

; 

1 

> 
< 

= 

1 

\ 

\ 

* 

1 

'■■H'^H 

= 

i 

j 

.... 

;| 

: 

i 

I 

j 

— 

i        1 

1 

.^,.,0,0. 

S 

1 

j 

i 

i 

... 

» 

i 

! 

i 

; 

i 

2: 

c 

III 

- 

1 

i 

i 

1 

til  -i 

„  It  It  si 
5  |«  a=.  II 
•^  f  =  il  =; 

1:1   M 

f 

1 

■ 

i 

i? 

u"  "•"'.'yVo'  "" 

' 

1      i 

"t- 

.„..,r,:;,%„.„|- 

; 

: 

. 

.,"r!|i';;',v;,vr. 

' 

i 

1 

e 

c 

< 
ft. 

.v:i-.t",r£i 

- 

; 

j      \ 

„  .,«:r.  „... 

- 

\ 

1 

\ 

MM 

- 

168 


THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


|3J  in  II 

liliifi!  I 

•*  -r  a  3  ■  si  ' .    s 


ill i IS  Si  i  I 


1  !    illfl 
I 


liil 


I  i 

sic 
:  3   c 

i  ' 

ill 

III 
II 


J  ll  P 

-   a.   jS 
I   I'   1° 


:3      = 


ai 


31 


t  I  I 

»     a     -a 


s      a 


s 


J  J  ri  I 


1 1 

i  •a 

*   -    i  - 

S     1     -3  J 


LI 

u 
q: 

(J 

|5 

2  (A  ; 
OgS 
Oo| 
■    u° 

0*-5 

o:  a 

< 

0. 

u 
Q 


a: 

ID 


*  i 

Lu  : 

o  I 
en 

CO 

z 

LJ 
O 


CO 

Ul 


o» 


CO 


M 


C9 


CO 

3 
CO 


S     i     a     i 

I  I  i  i 


lilHfFHIflPMIf 


1  =  i|i|!iiiii|i  a 


=  i-3  3  2  J  31  y-,?|  !  3 1 1 2-3  a  .| 

!l|ill1jliiliilpll|il 

1    ^3S3    Si-asis'^Si-saa    » 


APPENDIX  rv. 


169 


\ 

1 

3 

1    i 
!  J 

' 

i= 

i 
i 

"~[ 

}! 

1 

1 

= 

■= 

?= 

r 

'  n  \ 

i 

^    «. 

i 

1 

1 

1 

: 

h 

1 

s 

1 

1 

i 

J  1 

i 

s 
a 

! 

1 

,i 

. 

III 

i 

1 

j 

i     i 

1 

^ 

i 

!     '     III 

s 

H 

; 

1| 

I 

t 

I 

a 

^     ^ 

1 

3 

1 
1 

! 

- 

II     ! 

IS  !  . 

pi. 

5 

1 
I 
1 

J 

s 

s 
s 
s 

T 

i 

! 

1 

i 

i 

1 

i 
I 

1 

! 

1      II 

\  \  \ 

\  \  j 

i 

.3 

1  1 
1  i 

i 

1 

i 

1 

^"1  h  i 

sS  -  s   s 

1 

' 

?M 

t 

1 

* 

i     ' 

1    - 
.11 

it 
II 

if 

a 

i 

i        ! 
i 
i 

1 

i 

j 

! 

li     8     3     3 
!j     3     5     1 

»l   1    1    1 

a 

I 
1 
1 

i 

3 

i 

i  i 

11  i 
III 

III 

I 

1     . 

1     i 

; 

i    ! 

■    M 

i 

i 
i 

il 

i 

i 

i  1  1  M  i  I 

!  1    !    i  J   i 
J  1  1  1  1  II 

S   3 

ll'tllillti^i   1 

JiS 

s 

J  1 

i 

1 

170 


THE   VIRGIN   ISLANDS. 


ilKI 
III 

::^:s.| 

iillt! 

ill 

iHi 

Piiii 

II  i 

li 

11 

ll  1 
rl 

li 

i 

11 

i 

i 

i 

ii 

1^ 

1 

i 

1 

li" 

S 

£ 

i 

i 

1 

i     1 

i    ! 

- 

j 

- 

1 
1 

1 
1 

i 

1 
1 
1 
1 

s 

4 

•9) 

i 

E 
I 
i 

I        . 
1        '' 

a 

1    II 

1   iS! 

l«1 

i 

Si 

ll 

1 

j 

— 

1        ^ 

i    j 
1 

3 

: 

!  i 

i  i 

;    if 
s   1? 

;tyii 

l!iai 

lip 

1      1^ 

1             "^ 

1         1 

£ 

i 
: 
! 

1 

i 

i  \ 

\ 

»             "i 

i 

ri 

}    ! 

1  i 

1 

i 
1 

i 

! 

1 

1 

s    ^ 

^    1 
1    ^ 

1         ilili 

^1 

1 

3* 

1   " 

[ 

u 
u 

a 
iii 

0  5  5 

O  >-  E 

^  °l 

i=  IS 
q:  o 

< 

Q. 
Ill 
O 


CO 
UJ 

a: 

D 
I- 
O 
< 
Ll 
Z> 
Z 
< 

li. 

o 

0) 

D 
(0 

z 
u 
o 


tf)  0) 


Ox 


»|3 


I     I    E     I 

i       f       I        i 


5     5 


til 


i|0  iiipii 


§111^1 


,>5g-S. 


^1 


4*" -sis  o  Sl-la  2.5*- 


a  a 

••  g  ■= «    '  si 

£^£?     ||-s 

^  ill 

■|"!||l|fyi"|g-l  !&■ 


fc^ 


?1 


i-.is,-:j*faEi|^  .i§.f 


APPENDIX   IV. 


171 


» 

i 

i 

1   1   i   M 

1     ^ 

1    . 

1         i 

i 

i 

i    i 

1 

^ 

! 

i        i          i 

1 

&     8 

1? 

i 

j 

1          M          i    i       i 

i   !  = 

II 

It 

It's 

i      '             i      i                   i       i             i 

1 1 

1  1 

is 

1 

1 

i 

Hi 
S  i  1     \ 

c  a  e.  -    ' 
S    S    g        i 

j 

1 

1                    j          i                    ! 

j 
i 
i 

i 

i^ 

— 

i    j    M    i    1           1 

j 

1 1 

if 

\ 

s  i 

! 
1 

1    i    i    1       i 
ill           i 

1 
! 

1 

li    -s     1- 

in  ^  ^ 

ll 

i    i    j              1 

1 

liil  1  ^ 

5." 

i 

Ml    "      S      •■ 
i        "      1      1 

1i 

t       ; 

1! 

!            i            i        M 

i      !      i  r        ■§     s 
1      i      !  5        -    "S 

11 

i  5 

i  1 

Ml      i    M  i 

it 

11 

1 1 

i         i     i 

i  M   I  \  n 

II 

II 

1 

1           :       '   i                     i 

Mi         I          if 

If 

11 

J 
i 

1 

1  "^ 

1     1      1 

II        i   i  i  1   i 

- 

[ 

'SI 

g  s 

1   i   M 

i                            !               1                       J       ■ 

i                  !                        s 

i    i        If 

L        •. 

j||  l|S.i 
f  '-  ll  I  5  1 


P   S-y 

"  E  i  s'j 


1  e  E. 


•  c.  5  c  i  .  S 

i-  =  f  _  I  -5  s 

111  111- 

a  I  -2  s  § ;  I  6 
jtt.se  lis  I 

4  .3  S  1  ■£  til 


"  .5  I  J  i  £ 


mm 


►  =  |  E=  I 


*  •  c  "  i  S 
•;  £  t-  =  =  1; 


II 
H 

if 

8  a  J 

»i 

K     B    S 


'   5    £ 

S   f   f 


I    f 
f    1 


172 


THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS. 


CO 

a 

z 


2  ?o  s 

< 

2    Z    5 

o  g  i 

O   "  5 

_l 

CO 

fefs 

z 

-S? 

o 

UJ    3   J 

QC 

5Si 

> 

CO 
UJ 

QC 

tu 
X 
CO 

u. 


1 

i 

: 

1    J 

*     s3 

u 

2 

p 

i 

5  •;  i  - 


■2  2  I  ^  I 


-  -^  J3   a   S  s  a       •€ 

f  1 1 1 1 1  i     "a  i 


■i  3   §  -3 

1  =  i  a  i  i 

"    "■  -3  ^  _ 


ill 

ill 


•5  Tj  .a  o  -3  s 
i  I  =■  -S  s  a 


S3 


.lull 


3|   |J 
S  -^  5  5  a  S 

1  « ; «  :  I  =- 


•3  a  ^  o  -  - 

i  s  a  J  i  »?  s 
»  s  §  i 


w   9    3    a    a 
S    fi    5  (3    i  . 


3  s  i  a  3 


I  3 
•^  I  I 

ill 

Jrf  ■"   >» 

-g  .a  5 
•^   ?  3 

ill 

■s  =  | 
a  §  z 

"2  J  ^ 

lit 

o    §   S   * 
•^11 


"4 


iirj^  J 


APPENDIX  IV. 


1.73 


i 

1 

3 

i 

'  s  S 

PI 

ill 

til 

lilli 

sill 

i 

a 
S 

< 

1 

j 

2     1 

i  i 

i 

1 

1 

i 
1 

i 

i 

f 

1    M  M  1  1  M  i  M  1     M 
'    M  j  M  M  M  M  i      i  1 

CERTIFICATE. 

CEETiFT  that  the  information  contained  in  this  echedxile  and  in  the  supp 
,  is' complete  and  correct  to  the  best,  of  my  knowlodgo  and  belief,  and  co 

191         tn                                 101 

M  M  M  1  M     1  1  M  M 

W       i       i       i       i       !                             i       !       i       !       i       i 

i 

1 

1 

■s 

% 
1 
1 

1    i  1      I  1  1 

!  i     1  M  i  M  i 

M      M   1   M   !   i 

1 

1 

-                 1 

i     :          i          iii'          i          iii 
1     1          i          j     i     i     !          1          iii 
1     •          ■          iii!          i          ■     :     ; 
i     ;          !          !     i     ■     i          !               ■     ; 

1 

!   i  1 

1     i         1          :     M     i         1              i     i 

1 

i 

i 

1 
1 
I 

>       i 

i 

III              II 

i  r 

1     i 

fill         1 

'Ml       1 

i     i"     i  i 

i    1 

1 
1 

t 

ill          ! 

1  !  1  M  M 

1    1 

i 

5 

I       g   g 

'               S      -       E 

■i  1 

1 

174 


THE   VIEGIN   ISLANDS. 


Department^f  commerce 

BUREAU   OF  THE   CENSUS 


CENSUS  OF  THE  VIRGIN  ISLANDS  OF  UNITED  STATES.  1917 

WAOES  AH9  HOURS  OF  LABOR 

IdLA^^>  „ 

Name  of  city  or  rcral  district _ _..     Enumeration  district  No _.... 

Name  of  proprietor  or  emploteb 


Inddstry  or  business  of  p'roprietor  or  employer 
Wame  and  position  of  person  furnishing  information  . 


occurxnott. 


WaOU  OB  aiLAXT  POZV.l 


NoHBBiteoumtr; 


Mb'*.  Feaiale. 


Uaja.  FvBulft 


'  Indicate  whether  the  wage,  reported  paid  a.-o  by  the  day,  week,  Eonth,  or  year,  respectively,  by  srjliiig  after  tlie  amount  do;  for  d-  v 
tfi.  for  week,  mo.  for  month,  and  yr.  for  year.  ^  ""',««j  joru,*>. 

- - - ^.    Date—  Nov. ,  1917. 


Enumerator 


THE  POPULATION   PUNCH  CARD. 


8— 9t01 

Island 

sus 

Department 
BUREAU  OF 

Of  Commerce 

THE  CENSUS 

Fr, 

'ation 
Sche 

So _.. 

rNo _.. 

- 

i 

CEN 

City  or  rural 

OF  THE  VTOGIN  ISUNDS  OV  UNITED  STATES:  1917 

POPULATION 

aule  .Vo. 
Famil 

Street  o 

Dwelling  No. 

fession,  or  partic- 
kind  of  work  done 

1  Trade,  m 

1  lodujfry,  business,  or  cstab- 

l:.«t.mi.nt  m  whir-h  .-It  WDri. 

■L-   eniuluyi't*  o- 

work. 

Enumerated  by  mo  on  tho  _ day  of  November,  1917. 

_ _._ _ -..,  Special  Ag-nt. 

1¥ 

X 

Croli 

Bafc- 

/■or.'o  1  Itutcit 

July 

I'l 

C.'.i-      li„l- 

\".'' 

u 

i 

S 

=       •     1    • 

1 

% 

g 

s 

|p 

1 

1 

1 

^ 

"7 

Joki: 

J.. 

'"'*• 

S?.,-;. 

°!h' 

Oan.    Span- 

M. 

- 

.       . 

- 

1 

2 
1 

r= 

•'   u> 

t'lf"]?' 

SI. 

Thaa- 

Cuba 

io.) 

/"rcTTC^- 

U.S. 

N.10.. 
clu.d 

v.. 

- 

~       „ 

,       ,«       „ 

Tr 

fs  isjrs  r-u fs 

't"""" 

iJ>. 
Oniano 

fr. 

<>""■ 

U.S. 

Eng-         ^ 

(W«.. 

- 

~ 

" 

- 

1  a 

r3.Ni?s|rs  r^ 

..red 

• 

"-■     «™X 

f... 

ut^. 

- 

~ 

" 

- 

.   1  . 

r+  ^"ii'°  i""  1*3 

™i»     f:,"     :ln. 

• 

• 

0:t- 

^ir'' 

- 

- 

" 

•I"l 

?» 

j^   5..  ?»   5_  j^ 

H 

PLACE  Oi  318IH 

SKIP 

Li;;ci;.'.C£ 

let 

- 

~ 

" 

o 


This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  helow 


JUN  9      1932 
ilW  2  1 195b 


Form  L-9-10m-2,'31 


^^7     U.S.  Bureau 
TT/V?     of   tHe 


the   Virj 


Leiisus__of_ 

"^^ 

.States  .November 


AA    000  559  965 


HA!$7 
U7V7 

1917 


ur-iivKKsrrY  of  CALIFORNIA 

AT 

LOS  ANGELES 

LIBRARY 


